Workshop equipment Chapter overview Continued next page Continued next page
Small parts storage
Shelving systems
Assortment containers and cases
914
Pallet shelving
946
Tool cases
915
Heavy duty shelving
947
Drawer magazines
916
Environmental protection and waste disposal
Transport cases
Tool bags and cases
Padlocks
Key cabinets
Recyclable materials collectors
948
Cleaning rag bins and waste containers
948
Absorber cabinets and collecting trays
950
Oil dispensers and safety cabinets
951
917
918
926
927
Workplace equipment
Workshop equipment
Easy view storage bins, shelf boxes and containers
928
Workbenches Selection overview
953
Shelving cabinets with easy-view storage bins
931
Work tables
954
Wheel trolleys with easy-view storage bins
932
Workbenches
955
RasterPlan programme
933
Base cabinets and drawer blocks
983
Perforated and slotted panels, tool holders
938
Workbench top panels and work plates
987
System workstations
986
Group workbenches
989
Assembly and workbench trolleys
990
Work stools and perching stools
995
Work chairs
996
170 mm 170 mm
510 mm
170 mm
Shelving systems Tool shelving units
Rack systems
Boltless shelving
Wide span shelving
912
942
942
943
945
2011/12
Workshop equipment Chapter overview Continued next page Continued next page
Workplace equipment
Tool trolleys
Anti-slip mats and adhesive tapes
1001
Tool and workshop trolleys
1020
Workstation mats
1002
Module hard-foam inserts
1021
Floor grids
1005
Tool assortments
1030
Rolling stool and safety steps
1006
Cabinets and cupboards
Ladders
Roller stands and trestle
Protective housing and computer cabinets
1032
Clothing cabinets and wardrobes
1034
Hinged door cabinets
1036
1008
1009
Hydraulic machine lifters
1010
Sliding door cabinets
1043
Transport wheel sets
1011
Tool cabinets
1047
Pallet trucks
1012
Insert material for drawers
1064
Highlift pallet trucks and electric stackers
1013
Classification systems for drawers
1067
Scissor lifting tables
1014
Grinding wheel cabinets and storage systems
1071
Transport equipment
2011/12
Tool holder system WTS
Platform trolleys
1016
Tool holders
1073
Table trolleys
1017
Module frames
1075
Transport trolleys and sack trucks
1019
Transport and supply trolleys
1076
Storage and supply frames
1078
Hinged door and roller shutter cabinets
1079
913
Workshop equipment
Lifting equipment
Small parts storage Assortment containers and cases Continued next page
Assortment containers with fixed compartment divisions Execution: with coloured base, transparent cover and clip fasteners. Ident. No. 008-024 made of polystyrene without handle Ident. No. 108-124 made of polypropylene with handle Delivery: without content
Ident. No. 008
Ident. No. 112
Model External dimensions L x W x H Number of compartments / dimensions (clear space)
mm mm
Tray
50001
Colour Ident. No.
without handle
E
Unit price
50001
with handle
O. R.
12 335 x 225 x 55
24 335 x 225 x 55
12 = 105 x 52 x 45
24 = 52 x 52 x 45
yellow 012
blue 024
O. R.
108
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Ident. No. 024
8 335 x 225 x 55 1 = 325 x 105 x 45 2 = 105 x 52 x 45 4 = 52 x 52 x 45 1 = 105 x 105 x 45 red 008
O. R.
112
O. R.
124
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
Assortment cases with removable trays Workshop equipment
Execution: •made of plastic, lid made of polycarbonate, double-walled case bottom made of polypropylene •carrying handle with locking and unlocking mechanism, allows operation with one hand •removable polypropylene inserts allow partitioning of the case as required and easy access to its contents •profile grids in lid and bottom secure contents of case during transport •integrated profile in base helps to stack the cases and protects their surface •case stands firmly even in upright position thanks to the support feet integrated in the rear panel •exchangeable ID label in 3 colours (yellow, grey and green) for easy identification, included in delivery •two fixed partitions for short-term storage of small parts and accessories, integrated in case Accessory: Ident. No. 498: Mobile box made of polypropylene, empty, to store four assortment cases Ident. No. 440-445. The cases thus can be transported without any problem and can be used as mobile storage. Dimensions L x W x H 347 x 305 x 342 mm, colour dark blue / grey. Ident. No. 498, for equipment with four cases
Ident. No. 435
Ident. No. 440 Ident. No. 455
Ident. No. 465 Dimension H x W x D Number of trays 50002 Case
Unit price
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50002
mm
Box
Ident. No. 485
Ident. No. 475 241 x 225 x 55 9 11 430 435
298 x 284 x 55 13 15 440 445
354 x 323 x 55 12 14 450 455
421 x 361 x 55 25 45 460 465
421 x 361 x 78 14 25 470 475
465 x 401 x 78 18 20 480 485
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
Ident. No.
–
–
498
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
O. R.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– Prod. Gr. 500
914
2011/12
Small parts storage Tool cases Continued next page
Small parts assortment case with insert boxes– the original made of steel sheet for small parts storage Execution: with impact-resistant blue epoxy-polyester powder coating and removable coloured plastic insert boxes in 4 sizes, which can be combined with each other as required. Secured with 2 fastening clips and forced bolting. 5 mm foam rubber insert in lid prevents the contents falling around in any position and preserves the partitioning.
Ident. No. 005
Ident. No. 009
Model Dimensions L x W x H Type A3 (52x52x63 mm) Type B3 (104x52x63 mm) Type C3 (104x104x63 mm) Type D3 (156x104x63 mm)
50004 Unit price
Ident. No. 012
Ident. No. 015
Sortimo KM 321 A KM 321 B KM 321 C KM 321 D KM 321 E mm 440 x 330 x 66 440 x 330 x 66 440 x 330 x 66 440 x 330 x 66 440 x 330 x 66 Unit 48 (red) – – – 12 (red) Unit – 24 (yellow) – – 6 (yellow) Unit – – 12 (blue) – 3 (blue) Unit – – – 8 (green) 2 (green) Ident. No. 005 009 012 015 020 E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
Ident. No. 020
Prod. Gr. 505 Continued next page
Insert boxes for small parts assortment cases Execution: made of impact-proof polystyrene for small parts storage. Type/colour Dimensions L x W x H
mm Ident. No. E
50004 Unit price
A3 / red 52 x 52 x 63 100 O. R.
B3 / yellow 104 x 52 x 63 110 O. R.
C3 / blue 104 x 104 x 63 120 O. R.
D3 / green 156 x 104 x 63 130 O. R. Prod. Gr. 505
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Carrying boxes with or without trays Execution: made of hard polyethylene, anthracite paint. Delivery: Ident. No. 020 Use without dividers Ident. No. 030 Use with dividers, dimensions: for 1 compartment 100 x 50, 100 x 100, 100 x 150, 2 compartments 50 x 50 mm. Designation External dimensions L x W x H
50003 Unit price
mm Ident. No. E
Carrying box without insert 420 x 300 x 125 010 O. R.
Cover for carrying box – 015 O. R.
Trays, red 410 x 130 x 55 410 x 130 x 55 020 030 O. R. O. R. Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
Tool cases No. 50005 made of steel sheet, sheet metal thickness 1.0 mm, with cover projecting on all sides, with inset hollow folding handle, cover edges welded, upper box edge folded so that it is reinforced, one swing-top closure, continuous rod hinge, lockable with a padlock (not included in the scope of delivery) Colour: RAL 7031, blue-grey, powder-coated. No. 50010 a, made of sheet steel, multiple compartments, very stable construction. The case is opened by pressure on the carrying handle. It closes itself as soon as it is lifted. Lockable with a padlock (padlock not included in the delivery). Colour: hammer blow, blue. No. 50015 made of sheet steel, with sturdy coatings and wide carrying handles. With hard fibre insulated interior covering and splash water protection. A removable insert for small parts in half width. An inner compartment in the cover. Lockable with a padlock (padlock not included in the delivery). Paint: RAL 5002, ultramarine blue, powder-coated.
No. 50005 Number Version External dimensions (L x W x H) Unit price
No. 50010
50005 mm Ident. No. E
h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926.
2011/12
400 x 170 x 125 010 O. R.
No. 50015
50010 3-piece 430 x 200 x 150 500 O. R.
5-piece 430 x 200 x 200 510 O. R.
5-piece 530 x 200 x 200 520 O. R.
50015 5-piece 600 x 200 x 200 530 O. R.
830 x 440 x 340 020 O. R. Prod. Gr. 505
915
Small parts storage Drawer magazines Continued next page
Drawer magazines made of steel sheet, with shatterproof drawers Execution: torsion-resistant and sturdy frames made of sheet steel, rust-protection through primer. Drawers made of polypropylene, transparent and breakproof with extraction safety device. Application: clear and dust-protected storage of small parts. The drawers magazines are suitable for wall assembly (incl. attachment), at the workplace (incl. rubber feet) or can be also be mounted on a rotating tower to save space. Accessory: the drawers can be labelled and be divided using partitions. Version
HxWxD Drawers (Quantity x Type) Carrying capacity
50002
mm 285 x 307 x 150 285 x 307 x 150 24 x B 12 x B 3xC 1xD kg 20 20 Ident. No. 062 072 E
Unit price
O. R.
O. R.
555 x 307 x 150 60 x A
555 x 307 x 150 48 x B
555 x 307 x 150 24 x C
555 x 307 x 150 8xD
40 082
40 092
40 102
40 122
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
555 x 307 x 150 36 x B 3xC 1xD 40 132 O. R. Prod. Gr. 500
Continued next page
Accessories for drawer magazines Version
Workshop equipment
Type Internal dimensions H x W x D Drawers (separate without dividers) 50002
E
Unit price Packed set
50002
Unit Ident. No.
Labels
E
Set price Packed set
50002
mm Ident. No.
Unit Ident. No.
Dividers
E
Set price
A 35 x 52 x 135 140
B 35 x 64 x 135 150
O. R.
O. R.
60 182
48 183
O. R.
O. R.
60 190
48 200
O. R.
O. R.
C 57 x 87 x 135 160 O. R.
D 57 x 275 x 135 180 O. R.
24 184
8 186
O. R.
O. R.
24 210
16 240
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 500
Continued next page
Rotary tower empty or equipped with 12 drawers magazines Execution: •frame made of steel sheet metal, colour dark blue •drawers made of polypropylene, transparent and breakproof with extension safety device •sturdy, secure stand on height adjustable feet •easy-moving rotary axis on maintenance-free roller bearings For all magazines with a height of 555 mm. Ident. No. 305 with 12 magazines for small parts, dimensions of each magazine H x B x T: 555 x 307 x 150 mm: 4 pieces with No. 50002 092 - (48 drawers per magazine), 4 pieces with No. 50002 102 - (24 drawers per magazine) and 4 pieces with No. 50002 122 (8 drawers per magazine). Ident. No. 315 for individual fitting with 12 drawer magazines, see pos. No. 50002 082-132. Ø x Height Carrying capacity
50002
Rotary tower
E
Unit price
50002 Unit price
mm kg Ident. No.
Rotary tower, empty
Ident. No. E
680 x 1760 480 305 O. R. 315 O. R.
Ident. No. 305 Prod. Gr. 500
916
2011/12
Small parts storage Transport cases Continued next page
Transport boxes EUROBOX made of aluminium Execution: with sturdy cover, edge and base sectional frames. Corner beading for extra stability. Ident. No. 101 -161 cover with stainless steel hinges and two stop straps. Lid sealed against dust and water splashes. Spring mounted drop handles on front sides. Slip-proof stacking corners made of impact-resistant plastic. Snap locks on front for installation of padlock or other lock Ident. No. 171 and 181 same as above, but includes toolbox with aluminium corners and inside for holding plastic inserts (Ident. No. 370 and 380). Reinforced flap for shackle lock (with bar thickness up to 8 mm) Accessories: Ident. No. 320 Tool bag removable, made of hard-wearing fabric, 435 x 260 mm Ident. No. 330 Small parts box with 21 plug-in dividers made of PP, 430 x 330 x 60 mm Ident. No. 340 Divider set made of high quality foam material, 550 x 350 x 190 mm Ident. No. 350 Foam insert set made of soft foam for sensitive parts, 550 x 350 x 220 mm Ident. No. 360 Foam insert set made of soft foam for sensitive parts, 750 x 550 x 220 mm Ident. No. 370 Plastic insert made of blue PS, including 2 dividers, 315 x 170 x 60 mm Ident. No. 380 Plastic insert made of blue PS, including 2 dividers, 515 x 155 x 60 mm Ident. No. 395 Lock set for a box. Two locks incl. two keys, simultaneous closing within the set. Ident. No. 400 Add-on trolley, for easy self-mounting, smooth running chassis, wheels Ø 54 mm, carrying capacity 30 kg, extractable and stoppable handle.
Ident. No. 320
Ident. No. 330
Ident. No. 340
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 350
Ident. No. 181 with plastic inserts (Ident. No. 370 and 380). Ident. No. 400 Model Volume Internal length Internal Width Internal height External Length External Width External Height
50018
l approx. mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
50018
Tool case
Unit price
50018
Small parts box
Unit price
50018
Divider set
Unit price
50018
Foam insert set
Plastic insert
Unit price
50018
Plastic insert
Unit price
50018
Lock set
Mounting trolley
Unit price h Padlocks see No. 50025 page 926.
2011/12
Ident. No.
–
E
–
Ident. No.
–
E
–
Ident. No.
–
E
–
40702 60 550 350 310 600 400 340 121
O. R.
40703 73 550 350 380 600 400 410 131
O. R.
40704 81 750 350 310 800 400 340 141
O. R.
40705 157 750 550 380 800 600 410 151
O. R.
O. R.
40706 239 750 550 580 800 600 610 161 O. R.
320 O. R. 330 O. R. 340 O. R.
40707 60 550 350 310 600 400 340 171
40708 81 750 350 310 800 400 340 181
O. R.
O. R.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
350
Ident. No.
360
O. R.
O. R.
Ident. No.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Ident. No.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
370 O. R. 380 O. R.
395
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50018
O. R.
40701 42 550 350 220 600 400 250 111
E
Unit price
50018
40700 27 350 250 310 400 300 340 101
O. R.
Ident. No.
–
E
–
400 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
917
Small parts storage Tool bags and cases Continued next page
Tool cases, COMPACT a tool case for professionals – robust and functional Execution: •compact, practical, new design •resistant against oils, acids and bases •made of impact-resistant plastic (polypropylene) •high load capacity - lower tare weight •carry friendly strap handle •stoppable drawers •removable tool carrier with partitions for small parts •colour dark blue/grey
Model 27
Model COMPACT 62 closed Model Dimensions L x W x H Volume Load capacity Number of drawers Trays Weight 50021 No contents
mm l kg Unit kg Ident. No. E
O. R.
Ident. No.
–
E
–
Carrying strap
Ident. No.
–
E
–
Trays (12 Compartments)
Ident. No.
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
Ident. No.
–
E
–
Unit price
50021
Roller set
Unit price
50021 Unit price
50021 Unit price
Workshop equipment
50021
Tray Ident. No. 100 COMPACT 27 COMPACT 37 COMPACT 47 COMPACT 62 474 x 239 x 248 540 x 296 x 230 540 x 296 x 292 621 x 311 x 322 27 37 47 62 30 40 40 50 2 None 2 4 6 7 7 10 2,6 3,7 4,6 7,1 012 022 032 042
Trays (16 Compartments)
Unit price
O. R.
O. R.
Model 37
O. R.
050 O. R.
Model 47
060 O. R. 070 O. R.
100 O. R.
Model 62 Prod. Gr. 500
Continued next page
Tool case synthetic leather, blue Execution: with zip, rubber straps. Dimensions: open length x width closed
55400
mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
500 x 275 240 x 275 x 35 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 598
Continued next page
Tool case made of synthetic leather, black Execution: with zip, 2 peg boards, 20 band clips, rubber band for mounting as per your individual requirements, transparent compartment for visiting card. Dimensions: open length x width closed
55402
mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
620 x 250 310 x 250 x 30 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
No contents
918
2011/12
Small parts storage Tool bags and cases Continued next page
Tool roll made of synthetic leather, black Execution: profiled pockets, with buckled belts. Pockets Dimensions, L x W
55405
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
5 280 x 305 010
8 380 x 320 020
12 550 x 315 030
20 750 x 330 040
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
No contents
Continued next page
Tool roll made of synthetic leather, black Execution: with 19 assorted pockets with flap, spring latches. Internal dimensions length x width
55408
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
520 x 440 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
No contents
Continued next page
Universal tool pouch
Internal dimensions L x W x H
55410
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
340 x 110 x 170 600 O. R.
370 x 110 x 250 610 O. R.
Workshop equipment
made of Cowhide, black, grained Ident. No. 600 without insert, with spring latches. Ident. No. 610 ear wall with 10 adjustable straps, spring latches, ring caps. Ident. No. 620 ear wall with 8 adjustable straps, spring latches, ring caps. 410 x 160 x 300 620 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
No contents
Continued next page
Tool case with central wall, cowhide, black, grained Ident. No. 010 with carrying strap for using as shoulder bag, with glide runners, reinforced corners, partition, with spring latch and compartments for tools, see-through compartment in lid. With aluminium angle, reinforced. Ident. No. 020 The height of 300 mm also allows to store a hammer or extra-long screwdrivers. The lock closes nearly automatically via a magnetic closure. Bag made of extra thick cowhide, black Con-Pearl®, side walls made of polypropylene. Front, back and central wall with a total of 17 pockets, transparent clamping compartment in the lid, glide runners, adjustable carrying strap, aluminium reinforced corners
Ident. No. 010 (without contents) Internal dimensions L x W x H
Ident. No. 020
55430
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Ident. No. 020 (without contents) 220 x 140 x 250 010 O. R.
230 x 140 x 300 015 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
2011/12
919
Small parts storage Tool bags and cases Continued next page
Tool cases Cowhide, black, grained No. 55435 Floor and side walls of unbreakable and moisture resistant HDPE-plastic, aluminium reinforced corners, robust spring latches, plate base, handle, ring caps for carrying strap, tip-out front wall, with 11 straps, rear wall with 9 fixed plastic loops, front pouch. No. 55445 Reinforced walls and floor, steel plate base, glide runners, reinforced corners, locks, CP-7 tool holders on central and rear wall. Zip down front wall to fold out, with pockets for small articles. Internal dimensions L x W x H
55435
Unit price
mm Ident. No. E
55445
Unit price
E
415 x 165 x 275 020 –
420 x 160 x 250 650 O. R. –
O. R.
No. 55435 without contents No. 55445 without contents
Prod. Gr. 538 Continued next page
Tool cases with central wall, cowhide/ABS plastic, black, grained Ident. No. 040 Tip-out front wall, with 8 pockets, fixed centre wall with 2 CP-7 tool holder for tools up to Ø 11 mm and 26 mm, robust lock, handle with padded recessed grip, grip lock. Ident. No. 060 Aluminium reinforced corners, tip-out front and rear panel with CP-7 tool holders for tools up to Ø 26 mm and Ø 15 mm, centre panel with 2 CP-7 tool holders for tools up to Ø 11 mm and Ø 15 mm, finger hole, frame locks, ring caps. Ident. No. 080 Version like Ident. No. 060 with wheels and telescope drawer, without strap. Ident. No. 090 Aluminium reinforced corners, with shelf slides, frame locks, wheels and telescope drawer. Bottom shell made of sheet steel, front and rear walls partial fold-out, front pouch, CP-7 tool holders on front, centre and rear walls. Compartment for drill, screw and nail compartment.
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 040 No contents
Ident. No. 060 No contents
Internal dimensions L x W x H
55448
mm 420 x 185 x 315 460 x 210 x 340 450 x 190 x 340 Ident. No. 040 060 080 E
Unit price
Ident. No. 090 No contents
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
Ident. No. 080, 090
450 x 190 x 340 090 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
Continued next page
Tool bag accessories Ident. No. 200 Carrying strap, black, adjustable, 2 snap hooks and shoulder pad. Ident. No. 210 Ring top set for self-assembly to tool bags.
55448
Carrying strap
Ident. No. E
200 O. R.
Ring top set
Ident. No. E
210 O. R.
Unit price
55448 Price/pair
Prod. Gr. 538
Ident. No. 200
Ident. No. 210
Continued next page
Top Line tool bag with drawers Ident. No. 040 Synthetic leather, black, grained. With glide runners, spring latches, aluminium reinforced corners, a CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 15 mm Ø, rear wall partially foldable with a tool holder for tools up to 26 mm Ø, removable tote tray, 4 drawers with compartments for small articles. Ident. No. 060 Cowhide, black, grained. Reinforced walls and floor, with glide runners and frame locks. 5 part drawer insert with compartments for small articles. Intermediate shelf (90 mm) behind the drawer, inc. carry tray. Front panel foldable, rear panel with a CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 15 mm Ø.
No contents
No contents
Ident. No. 040 Internal dimensions L x W x H
55460 Unit price
Ident. No. 060 mm Ident. No. E
410 x 190 x 280 040 O. R.
410 x 220 x 310 060 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
920
2011/12
Small parts storage Tool bags and cases Continued next page
Tool bags and backpack Design: Made of highly durable nylon, high-quality and persistent zips. Splash-water proof floor, colour black. Ident. No. 010 Notebook tool bag for technicians with detachable tool panels. Carrying handle and carrying strap, padded inner bag for safe transport of the notebook, on the sides one pocket each with Velcro closure, padded document compartment. Ident. No. 020 Padded backpack carrying system with waist and chest belt. Padded laptop compartment, removable tool tables, hinged front 90°. External dimensions L x W x H
mm Ident. No. E
55466 Unit price
450 x 340 x 200 010 O. R.
350 x 430 x 230 020 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
Ident. No. 010 without contents
Ident. No. 020 without contents
Continued next page
Tool case made of synthetic leather, black Execution: pocket with central wall– removable, with 24 tool holder loops. On the rear side 11 tool holder tools, on the front side 10 tool pockets. Empty weight 2.8 kg Internal dimensions L x W x H
55470
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
430 x 320 x 190 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538 No contents
Continued next page
Tool box and roller case
Ident. No. 010 without contents Internal dimensions L x W x H
55464 Unit price
mm Ident. No. E
Workshop equipment
made of ABS plastic, black Execution: with solid aluminium frame, floor slider, lid hinges, anti-till cylinder locks, tool panels made of Con-Pearl. Features: Ident. No. 010 Tool panel with 25 pockets, 1 compartment, 400 mm, tool panel with 10 compartments, cover panel with 15 pockets and compartment, base tray with cover panel, can be divided individually Ident. No. 020 same as Ident. No. 010, but large space volume and a tool panel less (with 10 pockets). Ident. No. 110 4x telescope drawer, 1050 mm long, large rollers, wide wheel stand, can be pulled and pushed without any problems, very safe from tilting. Tool panel with 25 pockets and 400 mm compartment, cover panel with 15 pockets and 400 mm compartment, freely dividable inner tray.
Ident. No. 020 without contents 460 x 165 x 310 010 O. R.
470 x 180 x 360 020 O. R.
470 x 190 x 360 110 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
Ident. No. 110, without contents
Continued next page
Wheel case
Execution: case shell made of high impact strength HDPE-plastic, robust aluminium frame, hinged cover, detachable tool panels made of light plastic covers, lockable telescopic grip, inline-rolls, airworthy. Inner fittings Ident. No. 010: •Tool panel with 31 pockets •variably dividable base with cover panel, height 90 mm •cover panel with 13 pockets •Document compartment in lid Inner fittings Ident. No. 020: •2 detachable tool panels in cover with 23 pockets on front and rear •Detachable cover panel for base tray with 15 pockets •Variably dividable base, with cover panel •Document compartment in lid Internal dimensions L x W x H
55475 Unit price
mm Ident. No. E
h Inserted tool case from No. 52560 onwards page 925.
2011/12
485 x 195 x 380 010 O. R.
510 x 230 x 390 020 O. R.
Ident. No. 010
Ident. No. 020
Prod. Gr. 538
921
Small parts storage Tool bags and cases Continued next page
Wheel case in king-size format made of ABS plastic, extremely impact-resistant, airworthy
Execution: 4x telescope drawer, 1050 mm long, extra wide, powder-coated; pulling or sliding case possible; rubber-coated, with ball bearing, large runners, wide wheel distance, as the case is rolled over the long side, through that safe from tilting over and only minor change in position of contents; case shell made of X-ABS. Inside double-aluminium-frame, lid hinge, anti-tilt cylinder lock, shelf slide, loading capacity up to 40 kg, tool panel made of Con-Pearl. Inner fittings Ident. No. 010: •tool panel with 25 pockets and compartment 400 mm •tool panel with 10 pockets •cover panel with 15 pockets and compartment 400 mm •free dividable inner case (approx. 88 mm high) •document compartment in lid, stoppable lid holder Inner fittings Ident. No. 020: •tool panel with 31 pockets •tool panel with 12 pockets •cover panel with 19 pockets and compartment 530 mm •base plate with dividable compartment 560 x 90(67) x 223 mm and fixed compartment 540 x 57 x 140 mm •document compartment in lid •lid with holding loops for spirit level and stoppable lid holder Ident. No. 010 and 020
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 010 without contents Internal dimensions L x W x H
Ident. No. 020 without contents
55476
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
470 x 210 x 360 010
575 x 220 x 425 020
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
Continued next page
Classic wheel case 481.500-171 made of ABS plastic, extremely impact-resistant, airworthy
Execution: tool panels made of Con-Pearl®, black, double aluminium frame, anti-tilt cylinder lock, lid hinges, slip bottom studs, 4x telescope drawer, 950 mm long, powder-coated, rubberized, large rollers with bearings, load capacity up to 40 kg. Inner fittings •1 tool panel with 25 pockets and 1 compartment 400 mm •1 tool panel with 10 pockets •1 cover panel with 15 pockets and 1 compartment 400 mm •1 platebase with cover plate, height 58 mm, freely dividable, 1 document compartment in cover Internal dimensions L x W x H
55477
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
460 x 190 x 310 010
No contents
O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
922
2011/12
Small parts storage Tool bags and cases Continued next page
Cargo wheel case 99.500-171 made of ABS plastic, extremely impact-resistant, airworthy
Execution: tool panels made of Con-Pearl®, black, inside double aluminium frame, PARAT anti-tilt cylinder lock with automatic safety latch, lid hinges with locking, slip bottom studs, 4x telescope drawer, 1150 mm long, extra large, powder-coated, rubberized, large rollers with bearings, load capacity up to 40 kg. Inner fittings •2 tool panels and 1 cover panel with •1 CP-7 tool holder, Ø 26 mm •2 CP-7 tool holder, Ø 11 mm •1 platebase with cover plate, height 88 mm, freely dividable, 1 •1 CP-7 tool holder, Ø 15 mm document compartment in cover Internal dimensions L x W x H
55477
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
470 x 210 x 355 020
No contents
O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
Continued next page
Tool case Execution: case shell made of high impact strength ABS-plastic, robust aluminium frame with edge protection against impact, 2 locking tilt locks, and combination lock. Adjustable carrying strap, hinged cover and safety cover support. Inner fittings •removable tool panel with 21 pockets •cover plate with 3 pockets and module plug-in system •variably dividable base •document compartment in lid Internal dimensions L x W x H
55480
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
430 x 170 x 340 010 O. R.
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 598
No contents
Continued next page
Tool case Execution: case shell made of high impact strength HDPE-plastic, robust aluminium frame with edge protection against impact, 2 lockable tilt-locks, 1 three digit combination lock. Ident. No. 500: •tool panel with 23 pockets •separately dividable plate base with rigid dividers •cover panel with 15 pockets •document compartment in lid Ident. No. 600: Mobile, wheeled case with inline-rolls and telescopic handle. Inner fittings same as Ident. No. 500.
Ident. No. 500 without contents Internal dimensions L x W x H
Ident. No. 600 without contents
55481
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
455 x 160 x 345 500 O. R.
485 x 195 x 350 600 O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
2011/12
923
Small parts storage Tool bags and cases Continued next page
Tool case made of ABS plastic, black, extremely impact-resistant, airworthy
Execution: with solid aluminium frame, glide runners. Lid stay hinge with lock, safety cylinder locks. Robust, scratch resistant and dust proof, washable. Inner fittings Ident. No. 010: •Tool panel with 25 pockets, 1 compartment, 400 mm, tool panel with 10 compartments, •Cover panel with 15 pockets, compartment 400 mm •platebase with cover panel, height 58 mm, freely dividable, document compartment in cover Inner fittings Ident. No. 120: •1 tool panel with 25 pockets and 1 compartment 400mm, •Cover panel with 15 pockets, compartment 400 mm •platebase with cover panel, height 88 mm, freely dividable, document compartment in cover Internal dimensions L x W x H
55485
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
460 x 165 x 310 010
Ident. No. 010 without contents
470 x 180 x 360 120
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
Continued next page
Tool case, Cargo made of ABS plastic, black, extremely impact-resistant, airworthy
Workshop equipment
Execution: with solid double-aluminium frame and shelf slides, PARAT anti-tilt cylinder lock with automatic storage safety mechanism. Hard-wearing tool panels made of Con-Pearl. Robust, scratch resistant and dust proof, washable, ergonomic handle, loading capacity up to 40 kg. CP-7 plug-in system: with this system you can setup your tool case individually. The tools always remain in their place, even if opened upside down! Inner fittings Ident. No. 050 CP-7 tool holder for tools of 11-15 mm, CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 11 mm, cover panel with tool panel for tools up to 26 mm, freely dividable lid (approx. 58 mm high), document compartment in cover. Ident. No. 080 CP-7 tool holder for tools of 11-15 mm, cover panel with tool holder for tools up to 26 mm, freely dividable lid (approx. 88 mm high), document compartment in cover. Ident. No. 090 CP-7 tool holder for tools of 26 mm, CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 15-26 mm, cover panel with tool holder for tools up to 26 mm, freely dividable lid (approx. 58 mm high).
Ident. No. 050 without contents Internal dimensions L x W x H
Ident. No. 080, without contents
55490
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
CP-7 tool holder, without contents
460 x 185 x 310 050
470 x 205 x 355 080
O. R.
470 x 200 x 355 090
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 538
Continued next page
Aluminium tool case anodised aluminium, silver, airworthy
Execution: double-aluminium-frame, lid hinge, anti-tilt cylinder lock, handle with padded recessed grip, shelf slide, loading capacity up to 30 kg, tool panel made of hard-wearing Con-Pearl. Inner fittings •tool panel with 25 pockets, 1 compartment, 400 mm, tool panel with 10 compartments, •cover panel with 15 pockets, compartment 400 mm •platebase with cover panel, height 58 mm, freely dividable, document compartment in cover Internal dimensions L x W x H
55495
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
460 x 170 x 310 010 O. R.
h tool case COMPACT made of high strength polypropylene copolymer, see No. 50021 page 918.
924
Prod. Gr. 538
No contents
2011/12
Small parts storage Tool bags and cases Continued next page
Tool case with tool set 60-piece in hard case With 2 tool trays, for installation, Maintenance, service etc. Case - internal dimensions: 460 x 160 x 310 mm Content: 1 folding wooden rule 1 aluminium spirit level 1 tape measure 12 combination wrench 3 slotted-head screwdriver 2 cross-point screwdriver 4 VDE slotted screwdriver 2 VDE cross-point screwdriver 1 voltage tester
2m 400 mm 3m Size 6/7/8/9/10/11/ 12/13/14/17/19/22 mm 4.5 x 90/5.5 x 100 6.5 x 125 mm PH 1/PH 2 2.5 x 75/4 x 100/5.5 x 125 6.5 x 150 mm PH 1/PH 2 3 x 65 mm
1 automatic-wire-stripping pliers 1 safety knife 1 tweezers 1 all-purpose shears 1 diagonal cutters
110 mm 165 mm
1 flat-round pliers 1 water pump pliers 2 fitter's hammers 1 combination pliers
160 mm 240 mm 200/500 g 180 mm
1 plastic hammer
32 mm
1 reamer 1 scriber
100 mm -
1 flat chisel 175 mm 1 set 6 pieces (5 drift punches 2–6 mm/ 1 centre punch) 3 workshop files with handle 150 mm H2: flat/round/ half-round 8 hex keys 2-10 mm 1 hacksaw with blade 300 mm 1 screw clamp 200 mm
52560
Ident. No.
Set price
E
500 O. R.
h Other tool assortments see No. 50276 and 52560 from page 1030..
Prod. Gr. 580
Continued next page
Tool case with tool assortment
Workshop equipment
Touring 1000 Designed on the basis of practical experience. 47 vanadium steel tools, chrome plated, in plastic case. External dimensions of case: 420 x 320 x 115 mm. Content: 11 combination wrenches 6/7/8/10/11/12/13/14/15/17/19 mm 1 spark plug wrench insert 20.8 mm 4 slotted screwdrivers 3/4/5.5//6.5 mm 1 reversible ratchet handle 2 cross-point screwdrivers PH 1-2 1 fully suspended joint 8 hex keys in holder 2/2.5/3/4/5/6/8/10 mm 1 T-handle 1 combination pliers 180 mm 2 extensions 125/250 mm 1 diagonal cutters 160 mm 1 mains testers 1 water pump pliers 250 mm 1 fitter's hammer 300 g 10/11/12/13/14/15/17/19/22 mm 1 small-parts box 9 hexagon inserts 1/2" drive 1 folding knife -
52620
Ident. No.
Set price
E
015 O. R.
h Other tool assortments see No. 50276 and 52560 from page 1030..
Prod. Gr. 530
Continued next page
Tool case with tool assortment Execution: Clear and save tool arrangement in 2-coloured soft-foam insert. Case shell made of impact-resistant plastic material, 56 parts, external dimensions: 445 x 360 x 106 mm Content: Double open-end wrench Slotted screwdrivers Cross-point screwdrivers Hexagon cranked wrench key TORX-fold-away hand case Reversible ratchet handle Extensions Hexagonal socket wrench inserts Universal pliers Universal knifes Tape measure Universal cutters Fitter's hammer LED pocket light Professional hacksaw frame Diagonal cutters Transparent box
6 x 7, 8 x 9, 10 x 11, 12 x 13, 14 x 15, 16 x 17, 18 x 19, 21 x 22 mm 4 / 5.5 / 6.5 mm PH 1, PH 2, PZ 2 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 mm T 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40 3/ " 8 74, 150 mm / 3/8" 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 / 3/8" 260 mm 160 mm 2m 180 mm 500 g 150 mm 150 mm 165 mm
52620
Ident. No.
Set price
E
030 O. R. Prod. Gr. 569
2011/12
925
Small parts storage Padlocks Continued next page
Padlocks series 45 and 85 Precision cylinder lock with cylinder closure mechanism Series 45 version: •locks made of massive brass, hardened steel strap, proven brass-pin-cylinder technology •different closing, increased stability through proven double lock •quick operation by snapping in the strap without plug-in key. •Delivery: 2 keys for each lock Series 85 version: •locks made of massive brass, springs and interior parts made of rustproof material •to protect against corrosion, all nickel-plated steel straps are case-hardened •automatic function - strap also locks in without plug-in key •high number of truly different locking mechanisms •an off-centre key profile increases the protection of the locking mechanism against being manipulated •Delivery: 2 keys for each lock Ident. No. 062-064, 086-087, 106-107 with extra-high U-bar Model Housing width Clamp Ø Height of U bar Width of U bar 50025 One-lock-one-key Unit price
50025 All-locks-one-key Unit price
50025 Main key system Unit price
50025 Extra key
mm mm mm mm Ident. No. E
45/30 45/40 45/50 85/30 85/40 85/40 HB 40 85/40 HB 63 30 40 50 30 40 40 40 5 6 7 5 6 6 6 14 22 25 17 22,5 40 63 14 21 25 17 23 23 23 030 040 050 055 060 062 064 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
Ident. No. E
– –
– –
– –
080 085 (O. R.) (O. R.)
086 (O. R.)
087 (O. R.)
090 (O. R.)
Ident. No. E
– –
– –
– –
095 105 (O. R.) (O. R.)
106 (O. R.)
107 (O. R.)
110 (O. R.)
50025 Main keys for main
Ident. No.
–
–
–
E
–
–
–
140
Ident. No. 064
key system
Unit price
Ident. No. 060
120 (O. R.)
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Ident. No. 040
85/50 50 8 28 29,5 065 O. R.
Workshop equipment
(O. R.)
h Tool markers can be found under No. 50518 page 1066
Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
Padlocks series T65 AL MyLock with coloured plastic sheathing Application: The coloured plastic sheathing is ideally suited to distinguish between the different areas. The plastic shell can be marked on its back side with water-proof pens (permanent markers), e. g. for personification. Version •Locks made of light-weight, massive aluminium, •double bail locking, bail made of hardened steel •Precision pin cylinder, interior parts made of stainless materials •off-centre key profile for improved protection against being manipulated •Locking without key by pressing down the bail •Delivery: 2 keys for each lock Colour Housing width Clamp Ø Height of U bar Width of U bar
50025 Unit price
mm mm mm mm Ident. No. E
black 43 6,5 23 22 200 O. R.
red 43 6,5 23 22 202 O. R.
blue 43 6,5 23 22 204 O. R.
Purple 43 6,5 23 22 206 O. R.
yellow 43 6,5 23 22 208 O. R.
white 43 6,5 23 22 210 O. R. Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
Combination locks Series 165 With adjustable Code The personal code No. can be set up individually in just seconds and then changed again whenever the lock is open. After it is closed, the combination is set by turning the digits. Execution: •Locks made of massive brass •Bow made of steel Ident. No. 230 with 3 digit code Ident. No. 240 with 4 digit code Model Housing width Clamp Ø Height of U bar Width of U bar
50025 Unit price
mm mm mm mm Ident. No. E
165/30 30 5 26 14 230 O. R.
165/40 40 6 27,5 21,5 240 O. R. Prod. Gr. 505
926
2011/12
Small parts storage Key cabinets Continued next page
Padlocks series 234 Application: in case of high requirement of robust, not sensitive mechanism, for rough ambient conditions. Execution: •Stable steel lock with swivel bow •With 3 closures and lock each, 2 keys •Steel housing corrosion-protected, painted black •Different closing Model Housing width Clamp Ø Height of U bar Width of U bar
50025
mm mm mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
234/40 40 6 19 22 310
234/50 50 7,5 24,5 28 315
O. R.
O. R. Ident. No. 310 Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
Key cabinets
Workshop equipment
made of sheet steel Ident. No. 015 and 024 Execution: •economical key box with gently rounded shape, made of sheet steel. colour white •prepared for wall mounting, screws and dowels included •peg board with consecutive numbering, cylinder lock with 2 keys Ident. No. 057-204 Execution: •body, partition and door made of sheet steel, two-tone paint: body dark grey, door light grey •key cabinet with swing-out inside panels – Ident. No. 057, 074, 108 one inside panel each – Ident. No. 176 and 204 two inside panel each •prepared for wall mounting, screws and dowels included, peg boards with consecutive numbering and key register •with high-quality brass pin cylinder lock with 2 keys
Ident. No. 015
Ident. No. 057
Hooks External dimensions H x B Depth Inside panel Weight
50027
Number mm mm Number kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Ident. No. 204
15 202 x 157 75 – 1,3 015
24 255 x 200 75 – 2,0 024
57 280 x 215 70 1 2,8 057
74 330 x 245 85 1 3,7 074
108 380 x 285 105 1 4,9 108
176 380 x 285 105 2 6,4 176
204 430 x 325 125 2 8,2 204
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
h Other versions on request.
Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
Key tags in 10-pack Application: to identify wrenches/keys and for use in key cabinets Execution: made of plastic with additional hanging hole and wire S hook. In individual colours, with 10 pieces per package. The labels are exchangeable. Box qty.: 10 pieces Colour
50028 Price/pack
Ident. No. E
red 010 O. R.
blue 020 O. R.
yellow 030 O. R.
green 040 O. R.
white 050 O. R.
h Tool markers can be found under No. 50518 page 1066
black 060 O. R. Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
Key rings made of steel Execution: made of hardened steel, bright nickel plated Box qty.: Ident. No. 516-535 100 pcs each Box qty.: Ident. No. 590 15 pieces in the set, consisting of: 3 pieces Ø 25 mm, 6 pieces each Ø 30 and 35 mm Ø
50028 Price/pack
mm Ident. No. E
16 516 O. R.
20 520 O. R.
25 525 O. R.
30 530 O. R.
35 535 O. R.
25/30/35 590 O. R. Prod. Gr. 505
2011/12
Ident. No. 590
927
Small parts storage Easy view storage bins, shelf boxes and containers Continued next page
Easy-view storage bins made of sheet steel Application: •storage and transport of heat-treated parts in the production process •can be used as collection container for metal parts, directly from the machine Execution: •high loading capacity, service life and temperature resistance, resistant to impact and shock load •good sight to stored material through front.-side opening •addition and removal of parts also possible in stacked condition •three-sided stacking border for longitudinal and cross stacking of different sizes •size 4, 5, 6, 7 with carrying rod and hinged handle on the rear side •with label frame for marking labels •temperature resistance: – painted boxes: -10 °C to +90 °C – galvanised boxes: -30 °C to +150 °C •optionally available in painting RAL 7000 squirrel grey, RAL 6011 reseda green, optionally galvanised design for higher temperature resistance and corrosion protection Size Length Width x height Capacity 50054 grey Unit price
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 mm 160/140 230/200 350/300 350/300 500/450 520/450 700/630 mm 95 x 75 140 x 130 200 x 145 200 x 200 300 x 200 450 x 300 450 x 300 Litre 1 3,8 9,4 12,5 28 63 88 Ident. No. 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
50054
green
Ident. No. 302 E O. R.
312 O. R.
322 O. R.
332 O. R.
342 O. R.
352 O. R.
362 O. R.
Galvanised
Ident. No. 304 E O. R.
314 O. R.
324 O. R.
334 O. R.
344 O. R.
354 O. R.
364 (O. R.)
Unit price
50054 Unit price
Prod. Gr. 504 Continued next page
Multibox shelf boxes made of polypropylene
Workshop equipment
Execution: shelf boxes used as drawers may be fitted with a handle adjustable in height. This prevents unwanted falling-out and very useful when carrying by hand. The high quality polypropylene ensures that the boxes have an above-average life span. Standard colour: blue Handle and partition must be ordered separately (see table)
Fig. shows box with dividing wall (Ident. No. 290) and label (Ident. No. 275)
Fig. shows box with handle (Ident. No. 300)
Ident. No. 220
Ident. No. 230 300 120 100 4 200 O. R.
400 120 100 6 210 O. R.
500 120 100 8 220 O. R.
Ident. No. 250 300 160 100 4 230 O. R.
400 160 100 6 240 O. R.
500 160 100 8 250 O. R.
600 160 100 10 260 O. R.
400 240 100 6 262 O. R.
500 240 100 8 264 O. R.
Length Width Height Max. number of partitions Multibox shelf boxes 50056 Unit price
mm mm mm Unit Ident. No. E
50056
Box labels
Ident. No. E
1 sheet = 12 pieces 265* O. R.
1 sheet = 8 pieces 270* O. R.
1 sheet = 6 pieces 272* O. R.
Divider labels
Ident. No. E
1 sheet = 24 pieces 275* O. R.
1 sheet = 16 pieces 280* O. R.
1 sheet = 16 pieces 282* O. R.
Divider
Ident. No. E
– 290 O. R.
– 295 O. R.
– 297 O. R.
Handle
Ident. No. E
– 300 O. R.
– 305 O. R.
– 307 O. R.
Unit price
50056 Unit price
50056 Unit price
50056 Unit price *
Price per sheet
928
Prod. Gr. 505
2011/12
Small parts storage Easy view storage bins, shelf boxes and containers Continued next page
Easy-view storage bins made of polystyrene Execution: impact-resistant, stackable. All boxes can also be provided with insert labels. Minimum order qty.: 10 pieces*, Exception: Ident. No. 440 = 24 units, Ident. No. 442 = 60 units. 1 2 3 4 5 mm 500/450 350/300 230/200 160/140 85/65 mm 300 200 140 105 105 mm 180 150 130 75 45 Ident. No. 005 010 015 020 025 E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.
Size Length Width Height
50057 Colour red Unit price
50057 Colour blue Unit price
50057 Colour green Unit price
50057 Colour yellow Unit price
50057 Colour grey Unit price
50057 Cover made of completely clear polystyrene Unit price
50057 Labels, white* Unit price
50057 Label covers, transparent* Unit price
Ident. No. 105 E O. R.
110 O. R.
115 O. R.
120 O. R.
125 O. R.
Ident. No. 205 E O. R.
210 O. R.
215 O. R.
220 O. R.
225 O. R.
Ident. No. 305 E O. R.
310 O. R.
315 O. R.
320 O. R.
325 O. R.
Ident. No. 405 E O. R.
410 O. R.
415 O. R.
420 O. R.
425 O. R.
Ident. No. 427 E O. R.
429 O. R.
431 O. R.
433 O. R.
435 O. R.
Ident. No. E
440 O. R.
442 O. R.
444 O. R.
Ident. No. E
445 O. R.
447 O. R.
449 O. R.
h Other easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene see No. 50638 800-847 page 933 onwards.
Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
External dimensions length x width External height (with folding cover) Internal length Internal Width Internal height Volume Carrying capacity / charge without cover, colour blue 50059 Unit price
mm 300 x 200 mm 120 (138) mm 268 mm 168 mm 117 Litre 5 kg 15/250 Ident. No. 110 E (O. R.)
400 x 300 120 (138) 220 (238) 368 368 268 268 117 217 11,2 20,8 30/250 30/250 120 130 (O. R.) (O. R.)
50059
without cover, colour red
Ident. No. 112 E (O. R.)
122 (O. R.)
with hinged flap cover, colour blue
Ident. No.
Unit price
50059 50059
with hinged flap cover, colour red
Price/pack
222
232
240 (O. R.)
420 (438) 568 368 416 85,3 20/300 180 (O. R.)
152 (O. R.)
162 (O. R.)
182 (O. R.)
250 (O. R.) 252
260 (O. R.) 262
172 (O. R.) 270 (O. R.) 272
280 (O. R.) 282
800 x 600 320 (338) 762 562 315 132 60/800 190 (O. R.) – – 290 (O. R.)
–
supporting cover, colour blue
Ident. No. E
– –
320 (O. R.)
340 (O. R.)
– –
supporting cover, colour red
Ident. No. E
– –
322 (O. R.)
342 (O. R.)
– –
seal for folding cover Packing unit = 500 pieces
Ident. No.
–
E
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
600 x 400 270 (288) 320 (338) 568 568 368 368 266 316 54,5 64,8 15/300 20/300 160 170 (O. R.) (O. R.)
–
Unit price
50059
230 (O. R.)
220 (238) 568 368 216 44,3 15/300 150 (O. R.)
E
Unit price
50059
220 (O. R.)
– –
Tanks stackable, tanks on top with hinged folding cover
Ident. No.
Unit price
50059
210
E (O. R.)
Unit price
132 (O. R.)
120 (138) 568 368 116 23,8 15/300 140 (O. R.)
Workshop equipment
Euronorm stack container made of polypropylene Application: •Tank for storage, order picking and transport Execution: •Stable plastic tank in Euro dimension, made of unbreakable polypropylene which is safe for foodstuffs, which can be recycled as 100 % , with even bottom •High carrying comfort thanks to ergonomically rounded handles on the front sides (except for height 120 mm) •Voucher holder integrated on all sides •High stacking safety by circumferential stacking border •temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 90 °C •Resistant against many acids and lyes •Optionally in the colours blue or red, without cover, optionally with hinged cover, can be sealed when delivered Advantage: •Ideal for the use on conveyors and roller conveyors through rounded edges and even floors •Tank dimensions adjusted to Euro pallet •Large internal volume through optimised side wall construction •Easy cleaning because of closed design with smooth floor and walls Accessories: supporting cover and seals. Chassis for container see No. 50267 Ident. No. 060 page 1016 On request available: transport roller made of plastic, labels, label protection window
–
(O. R.)
350 (O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
– –
352 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
929
Small parts storage Shelving cabinets with easy-view storage bins Continued next page
Magazine cabinets with transparent tilting drums Execution: •sturdy sheet steel housing fitted with transparent tilting drums •bins made of highly impact resistant ABS plastic, with handle strips and label field incl. labels •folding and removable containers, through which small parts can be easily filled and removed Advantages: •dust-proof and easy-view storage of small parts •quick access to the stored parts and immediate inventory checking Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey or RAL 5010, gentian blue.
H
T
B
Internal dimensions of the individual tilting containers: type 1 H x W x D 71 x 65 x 82 mm, Contents 0.36 l type 2 H x W x D 108 x 101 x 97 mm, Contents 1.05 l type 3 H x W x D 133 x 128 x 128 mm, Contents 2.11 l
Ident. No. 405 (without contents)
Ident. No. 410 (without contents)
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 425 (without contents) Dimensions Height x Width x Depth Number of tilting container Fitted with
50058
RAL 7035
RAL 5010
Unit price h Other fittings on request.
930
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50058
mm Unit Piece x type
Ident. No. E
910 x 665 x 250 42 42 x type 1 400 (O. R.) 405 (O. R.)
2000 x 665 x 250 61 24 x type 1 25 x type 2 12 x type 3 410 (O. R.) 415 (O. R.)
2000 x 1270 x 250 154 96 x type 1 50 x type 2 8 x type 3 420 (O. R.) 425 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Small parts storage Shelving cabinets with easy-view storage bins Continued next page
Shelving cabinets with easy-view storage bins made of polystyrene Execution: cabinet housing made of steel sheet, doors have multiple folds and are reinforced, with safety lock. Shelves galvanised for models 01, 02 and 03 and height adjustable. Model 04 with 3 ball bearing-mounted drawers, front height 90 mm, shelves paint-coated. All components with safety edging. Shelf capacity: 40 kg with evenly distributed load. Maximum drawer load capacity: 40 kg with evenly distributed load. For model 04, door load = 20 kg Colours of containers as shown. Standard paint coating: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue. Special colour: see colour tablepage 931.
Model 2
Model External dimensions Height Width x Depth Shelves Boxes size 2 Boxes size 3 Boxes size 4 Boxes size 5 Drawers Weight RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 50057
Model 3 mm mm Number Number Number Number Number kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50057
Other colours
1 1028 710 x 300 6 – 20 12 – – 42 500
2 1680 710 x 300 11 – 24 36 – – 59 510
3 1950 710 x 300 15 – 24 60 – – 95 520
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
532
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Model 4
(O. R.)
534 (O. R.)
4 1950 1200 x 500 9x250 mm and 2x350 mm 10 28 90 40 3 pieces front height 90 mm 155 530 (O. R.)
536
538
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50057 005-425 page 929
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
RAL colours for HK shelving cabinets No. 50057 Special painting: the following colours and other colour combinations are available at no extra cost: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 9010
light ivory
pure orange
crimson red
traffic signal red
light blue
pigeon blue
sky blue
reseda green
pure white
We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
Continued next page
Bench-mounting frames made of steel sheet with easy-view storage Application: as an aid at the workbench or repair station. Version: made from a steel sheet frame and support shelves, and supplied with plastic easy-view storage bins. Model External dimensions Height Width Boxes size 3 Boxes size 4 Boxes size 5 Overall load capacity Weight
50057 Unit price
1 2 3 mm 420 420 420 mm 555 555 480 Number – – 3 red, 3 green, 3 blue Number – 5 yellow, 5 blue, 10 red – Number 5 green, 5 yellow, 5 red, 5 blue – – kg 80 80 60 kg 11 10 9 Ident. No. 585 590 595 E
O. R.
O. R.
h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50057 005-425 page 929. Other combinations on request.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 504 Model 2
2011/12
931
Workshop equipment
Model 1
Small parts storage Wheel trolleys with easy-view storage bins Continued next page
Wall-mounted shelving systems made of steel sheet with holder rails and storage bins Application: these units are particularly suitable for the storage of small items where space is restricted. Version: stable profile steel construction (galvanised sheet steel). The rails are fixed into the side profile members to support the storage bins. The shelf must be fastened to the wall.
Model 1 Model External dimensions Height Width Boxes size 2 Boxes size 3 Boxes size 4 Overall load capacity Weight
Model 2
50057
mm mm Number Number Number kg kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Model 3
1 1125 1055 4 blue 18 green 36 red 135 25 555
2 1275 1055 8 blue 18 green 36 red 145 27 560
3 1525 1055 8 blue 24 green 45 red 165 32 565
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50057 005-425 page 929. Other combinations on request.
Prod. Gr. 504
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Wheel trolleys made of steel sheet with holder rails and storage bins Application: for transporting and keeping ready spare parts and small items in factory, workshop and storeroom. Version: stable chassis with 2 plastic-ribbed fixed and steering wheels with stop. Pushing handles on the side profiles simplify handling, even when loaded.
Model 1 Model External dimensions Height Width x Depth Boxes size 2 Boxes size 3 Boxes size 4 Overall load capacity Weight
Model 2
50057
mm mm Number Number Number kg kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50057 005-425 page 929. Other combinations on request.
932
1 1295 1055 x 700 8 blue 36 green 72 red 250 62 570 O. R.
Model 3 2 1445 1055 x 700 16 blue 36 green 72 red 250 76 575 O. R.
3 1695 1055 x 700 16 blue 48 green 90 red 250 83 580 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Small parts storage RasterPlan programme Continued next page
RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of shatterproof and impact-resistant polyethylene Execution: •8 different box sizes in 4 colours: green, blue, red and yellow, with circumferential stacking border •size 5–8 to accommodate RasterPlan slotted panel •shatterproof and stable in form, highly resilient, environment-friendly, fully recyclable •temperature-resistant: –40 °C to +80 °C, therefore can also be used under extreme climatic conditions , resistant against acids, oils and lyes •smooth inside walls, so easy to clean, safe for foodstuffs •suitable for use on conveying and roller tracks •label holder with special clamps, prevents labels from slipping out Delivery: without labels, accessories see from no. 50638 850 onwards. Size Length Width Height
50638 Colour blue
mm mm mm Ident. No.
1 500 300 250 810
2 500 300 200 811
E O. R.
Unit price
50638 Colour yellow
Ident. No.
O. R.
840
841
E O. R.
Unit price
50638 Colour green
Ident. No.
O. R.
800
801
E O. R.
Unit price
50638 Colour red
Ident. No.
O. R.
830
831
E O. R.
Unit price
50638 Supporting
O. R. 870
Ident. No.
3 350 200 200 812
4 350 200 150 813
O. R.
O. R.
842
843
O. R.
O. R.
802
803
O. R.
O. R.
832
833
O. R.
O. R. 872
5 290 140 130 814
6 230 140 130 815
O. R.
O. R.
844
845
O. R.
O. R.
804
805
O. R.
O. R.
834
835
O. R.
O. R.
874
875
7 160 105 75 816 O. R.
8 85 105 45 817 O. R.
846 O. R.
847 O. R.
806 O. R.
807 O. R.
836 O. R.
837 O. R.
876
–
cover
E
Unit price
50638 Labels, white
O. R. 850
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50638 Label covers,
O. R. 860
Ident. No.
O. R. 852 O. R. 862
O. R.
O. R. 854 O. R. 864
–
O. R. 856 O. R.
858 O. R.
866
868
Unit price
E
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 504 Size 5 - 8 suited for hanging into slotted plates
Continued next page
Side and picking trolleys empty or fitted with RasterPlan polyethylene easy-view storage bins Application: wherever parts have to be gathered frequently from different places – whether work equipment or goods to be picked – side and picking trolleys are an indispensable help. Execution: •sturdy steel structure, impact and scratch resistant plastic coating •available either with straight or with partially slanted shelves •runs on easy running wheels, of which 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels •Ident. No. 013, 016 and 020 fitted only with shelves, without easy-view storage bins •Ident. No. 015, 018, 022 and 025 fitted with shelves and RasterPlan polyethylene easy-view storage bins Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, you will receive a sorted delivery. Ident. No. 018 (boxes without labels) Ident. No. 022 (boxes without labels) Model Height x Width x Depth Shelves, straight Shelves, inclined Boxes size 2 (500x300x200 mm)
50640 Unit price
13 15 16 18 20 22 25 mm 1315 x 700 x 485 1315 x 700 x 485 1315 x 1015 x 485 1315 x 1015 x 485 1315 x 700 x 485 1315 x 700 x 485 1315 x 1015 x 485 Number 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 Number – – – – 2 2 2 Number – 8 – 12 – 8 12 Ident. No. 013 015 016 018 020 022 025 E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h labels for easy-view storage bins see No. 50638 850 page 933. Other combinations on request.
2011/12
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
933
Workshop equipment
transparent
Small parts storage RasterPlan programme Continued next page
RasterPlan stands and RasterMobil rolling carriages with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene Version Stands Ident. No. 422-551: •stable stand with slotted plates, single and/or double-sided use •fitted with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of impact proof and shock-proof polyethylene, colour coded •modular structure in 4 different heights Version bogie: Ident. No. 661-683: •with slotted plates, on both sides fitted with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of impact proof and shock-proof polyethylene, colour coded •double-side use, ergonomic handles, easy process with 2 steering and block rollers each •modular structure in 3 different heights Advantage: absolutely horizontal suspending and removing of the filled easy-view storage bin on the slotted plate, no spilling of the stored product! Paint painting: RAL 7035, light grey, plastic coated Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, you will receive a sorted delivery.
Ident. No. 422 (boxes without labels)
Ident. No. 441 (boxes without labels) Ident. No. 661(boxes without labels)
Workshop equipment
Version Model Height Width Depth Boxes size 6 Boxes size 7 Boxes size 8
50639
Stand
one-sided
Unit price
50639
Ident. No. 671(boxes without labels)
double-sided
Unit price
mm mm mm Number Number Number Ident. No. E
22 760 1000 240/430* 12/24* 32/64* – 422 (O. R.)
34 1100 1000 240/430* 42/84* – – 434 (O. R.)
41 1450 1000 240/430* 12/24* 64/128* 16/32* 441 (O. R.)
51 1790 1000 240/430* 30/60* 72/144* – 451 (O. R.)
Ident. No. E
522 (O. R.)
534 (O. R.)
541 (O. R.)
551 (O. R.)
61 890 1000 500 24 64 – – – 661 (O. R.)
Bogie 71 1230 1000 500 24 80 48 – – 671 (O. R.)
* Number of easy-view storage bins in case of double-sided version. h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50638 800-847 page 933. Other paintings and compositions are available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
83 1580 1000 500 108 – – – – 683 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Plug-in racks with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene Complete shelf units, basic bay with add-on bays allows to build customized shelving systems. Execution: •tilt-proof, with high carrying capacity •shelves galvanised, adjustable in a grid of 25 mm, load capacity per shelf 100 kg. for evenly distributed load •stand RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated •delivered unmounted, plug-in system makes assembly of shelves easy Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, you will receive a sorted delivery. Model Height Width x Depth Shelves Boxes size 2 Boxes size 3 Boxes size 4 Boxes size 5 Boxes size 6 50640 Basic bay Unit price
10 11 12 13 14 15 mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 mm 1000 x 300 1000 x 300 1000 x 400 1000 x 400 1000 x 400 1000 x 600 Number 10 10 8 10 11 7 Number – – – – – 21 Number – – 32 – – – Number – – – 40 20 – Number 60 – – – 36 – Number – 60 – – – – Ident. No. 110 111 112 113 114 115 E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
50640
Ident. No. 210 E (O. R.)
Unit price
Add-on bay
211 (O. R.)
212 (O. R.)
213 (O. R.)
214 (O. R.)
h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins and suitable accessories see No. 50638 800-876 page 933. Screwed shelving system also available on request.
934
215 (O. R.)
Ident. No. 112 basic bay with boxes (boxes without labels)
Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Small parts storage RasterPlan programme Continued next page
Shelving cabinets made of steel sheet with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene Execution: •high quality, plastic coated shelving cabinets with doors, in 3 different cabinet sizes •Hinged doors with inset three-bolt safety cylinder locking with 2 keys •Shelves galvanised, adjustable in a grid of 15 mm, can be loaded with 30 kg, evenly distributed load •RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of impact proof and shock-proof polyethylene, colour coded Paint painting: RAL 7035, light grey, plastic coated Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, you will receive a sorted delivery. Model Height Width x Depth Shelves Boxes size 6 Boxes size 7 Weight
50639 Unit price
13 mm 780 mm 690 x 285 Number 5 Number 8 Number 24 kg 29 Ident. No. 213 E (O. R.)
14 780 690 x 285 6 – 42 30 214
21 1600 690 x 285 11 24 36 53,2 221
23 1600 690 x 285 14 – 90 56 223
31 1950 690 x 285 15 28 54 77 231
33 1950 690 x 285 11 48 – 71 233
43 1950 690 x 285 18 – 114 79 243
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50638 800-847 page 933. Other paintings and compositions are available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
Ident. No. 221 (boxes without labels)
Prod. Gr. 504
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 231 (boxes without labels)
Continued next page
RasterPlan slotted panel cabinets with embossed slots in the back panel empty or fitted with RasterPlan polyethylene easy-view storage bins Application: for clearly arranged storage of small parts using RasterPlan easy-view storage bins. Easy-view storage bins of sizes 5-8 can be directly suspended in the embossed slots in the back panel. Execution: •sturdy steel structure with reinforced doors, with either solid sheet or glazed cabinet doors •smooth fronts due to flush overlay doors, opening angle more than 200°, continuous rod guiding •back panel with RasterPlan embossed slots, Ident. No. 050 and 060 not fitted Ident. No. 051-053, 061-063 fitted with RasterPlan polyethylene easy-view storage bins •three-bolt safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Advantage: absolutely horizontal suspending and removing of the filled easy-view storage bin on the slotted plate, and thus no spilling of the stored product! Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, you will receive a sorted delivery. Model Height Width x Depth Boxes size 5 Boxes size 6 Boxes size 7 50640 Solid sheet metal doors
E
Unit price
50640 Unit price
mm mm Number Number Number Ident. No.
Inspection window door
Ident. No. E
50 1950 1000 x 410 – – – 050
51 1950 1000 x 410 24 30 32 051
52 1950 1000 x 410 36 36 – 052
53 1950 1000 x 410 72 – – 053
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
060 (O. R.)
061 (O. R.)
062 (O. R.)
h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins and suitable accessories see No. 50638 800-876 page 933.
2011/12
Ident. No. 051 (boxes without labels)
063 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
935
Small parts storage RasterPlan programme Continued next page
Large cabinets, made of steel sheet with RasterPlan perforated/slotted panels and easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene Execution: •stable steel sheet metal structure with double-walled, torsion-proof hinged doors with inset three-bolt safety cylinder lock, with 2 keys, opening angle more than 200° •continuous rod guiding, internal door equipped with RasterPlan perforated slotted plates, double-walled side walls •shelves galvanised, adjustable in a grid of 10 mm, can be loaded with 50 kg, evenly distributed load •telescope-guided drawers with full extension, loadable with 50 kg each evenly distributed load •fitted with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of impact proof and shock-proof polyethylene, colour coded Advantage: 3 different depth on shelves in a cabinet, one or more drawers can be inserted from the bottom to the centre (max. 8 pieces) Paint painting: RAL 7035, light grey, plastic coated Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, you will receive a sorted delivery.
Ident. No. 313 boxes without labels
Workshop equipment
Model Height x Width x Depth shelf depth 530 mm shelf depth 340 mm shelf depth 250 mm Boxes size 2 Boxes size 4 Boxes size 5 Boxes size 6 Boxes size 7 Boxes size 8 Drawers Weight
50639
Ident. No. 325 boxes without labels
10 mm 1950 x 1130 x 590 Number 2 Number – Number 6 Number 9 Number – Number – Number 42 Number 40 Number 32 Number – kg 144 Ident. No. 310
Unit price
E
(O. R.)
11 1950 x 1130 x 590 – 3 7 – 20 – 28 70 32 – 147 311 (O. R.)
Ident. No. 331 boxes without labels
13 1950 x 1130 x 590 – 2 9 – 5 14 28 90 32 – 148 313 (O. R.)
21 1950 x 1130 x 590 1 3 4 3 10 7 14 60 32 3 140 321 (O. R.)
h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50638 800-847 page 933. Other paintings and compositions are available on request. Additional group or main keys on request.
25 1950 x 1130 x 590 1 3 3 – 15 7 14 50 32 4 194 325 (O. R.)
31 1950 x 1130 x 590 3 1 3 9 – 14 21 40 32 1 170 331 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
RasterMobil workpiece trolleys with RasterPlan perforated/slotted panels and/or slotted panels Application: for easy-view storage and transport of anything from small parts to tools to bulky material. All required workpieces are at hand right at the workstation and can be transported. Execution: •sturdy steel sheet structure with rack and tray base •fitted on both sides with RasterPlan perforated and/or slotted panels •ergonomic pushing handles, runs on 2 steering and 2 fixed wheels Accessories for fitting the RasterPlan perforated/slotted panels: - support elements for perforated panels see No. 50638 300-650 page 939. - support elements for slotted panels see No. 50638 730-752 page 941. - RasterPlan easy-view storage bins see No. 50638 800-847 page 933. Colour: frame RAL 7035, light grey, tips RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Height x Width x Depth Equipped with perforated panels Equipped with slotted panels
50640
mm Number Number Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1230 x 1000 x 500 4 – 002 (O. R.)
2 2 004 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
936
Ident. No. 004 without boxes and support elements
2011/12
Small parts storage RasterPlan programme Continued next page
RasterPlan hanging cabinets Inside with perforated plate Execution: impact proof and scratch proof due to plastic coating. Doors with cylinder lock (2 keys), holder for easy wall assembly. Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey/ Front RAL 5010, gentian blue. Dimensions H x W x D doors and inner side with perforated panel 50639
mm Ident. No. E
Unit price
50639
doors with slotted panels/Inside with perforated panel
620 x 920 x 335 075 (O. R.) 078
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Ident. No. 075 without contents/hook
(O. R.)
h Other versions and colours on request.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
RasterPlan tool cabinets with shelves Doors optionally with perforated panel, slotted panel or viewing window Design: welded sheet steel construction with continuous, perforated rear wall for attaching support elements. Prefabricated double-walled, twist-resistant hinged doors, opening angle over 200°. Doors available in three different versions: Perforated or slotted panels or glazed doors. Doors lockable with bascule lock engaging on 3 sides. 2 height-adjustable shelves, load capacity 80 kg evenly distributed load. Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey/ Front RAL 5010, gentian blue.
doors with slotted panel
doors with viewing window
(O. R.) 128
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
50639
127
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50639
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
50639
1950 x 1000 x 500 125
mm Ident. No.
Additional shelf, galvanised
130
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
Workshop equipment
Dimensions H x W x D doors with perforated panel 50639
Ident. No. 125, without contents/hooks hOther versions on request.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
RasterPlan tool cabinets with drawers Doors optionally with perforated panel, slotted panel or viewing window Design: welded sheet steel metal construction with back wall 1/4 slotted / 1/4 perforated panel for attaching support elements. Prefabricated double-walled, twist-resistant hinged doors, opening angle over 200°. Doors available in three different versions: Perforated or slotted panels or glazed doors. Triple-lock safety cylinder lock with recessed turning handle. 4 telescope-guided drawers, front height 100 mm, with full extension, load capacity 110 kg with evenly distributed load, handle rail with film suitable for writing on. 2 height-adjustable shelves, load capacity 80 kg evenly distributed load. Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey/ Front RAL 5010, gentian blue. Dimensions H x W x D doors with perforated panel 50639
E
Unit price
50639
doors with slotted panel
doors with a viewing window
Additional shelf, galvanised
Additional drawer height 100 mm, RAL 5010
Additional drawer height 125 mm, RAL 5010
Additional drawer height 175 mm, RAL 5010
Unit price h Other versions on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
2011/12
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50047
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50047
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50047
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50639
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50639
mm Ident. No.
Ident. No. E
1950 x 1000 x 600 155 (O. R.) 157 (O. R.) 158 (O. R.) 160 (O. R.) 370
Example: Ident. No. 155 optionally with workbench top panel available on request without contents/hook
(O. R.) 374 (O. R.) 378 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
937
Small parts storage Perforated and slotted panels, tool holders Continued next page
RasterPlan vertical cabinets with solid steel sheet or glazed cabinet doors made from sheet steel Application: optimum cabinet system for safe and clear storage of tools, key profiles etc. in very restricted spaces. The vertical cabinet are equipped either with pull-out shelves or with a combination of steel shelves and drawers. Execution: •sturdy steel sheet structure with double-walled, reinforced doors, with either solid steel sheet or glazed cabinet doors •smooth fronts due to flush overlay doors, opening angle more than 200° •telescopic drawers with 100 % full extension, carrying capacity per drawer 110 kg for evenly distributed load •vertical design with telescopic guide rails, 100 % full extension, with RasterPlan perforation on both sides, carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load •useful surface of perforated wall: height x depth 1720 x 428 mm, perforation grid: 12 x 46 holes •galvanised shelves, carrying capacity per shelf 80 kg for evenly distributed load, adjustable in steps of 25 mm •three-bolt safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Available on request: version with perforated panel doors, extra drawers, insert material, pull-out and fixed shelves and extra group or master keys. Note: Wall or floor anchoring is recommended. Model Height Width x Depth Extracts Shelves width 500 mm Width of drawer x height 500 x 100 mm Width of drawer x height 500 x 175 mm 50640 Solid sheet metal doors
80 mm 1950 mm 1000 x 600 pcs. 2 pcs. 3 pcs. – pcs.
080
Ident. No.
Inspection window door
–
1
–
082 (O. R.)
091
(O. R.)
E
83 1950 1000 x 600 4 – –
(O. R.)
090
Ident. No.
Unit price
82 1950 1000 x 600 2 3 –
081
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
50640
–
81 1950 1000 x 600 2 3 2
(O. R.)
Ident. No. 083 (without support elements)
083 (O. R.)
092 (O. R.)
093 (O. R.)
h Support elements for perforated panels see No. 50638 300-650 page 939.
Prod. Gr. 504
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 081 (without support elements)
Continued next page
RasterPlan perforated panels, workbench fixings, wall rails Execution: made of high-quality machined steel sheet metal, thickness 1.25 mm, 10 x 10 mm square perforated, distance from centre of hole to centre of hole 38 mm in vertical and horizontal direction Ident. No. 680-686 Wall rails / installation strips •for fixing on the wall, above workbenches, installation tables etc. •colour: optionally in RAL 7035, light grey or RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Ident. No. 702-731 RasterPlan perforated panels •edge folded all round and stiffened with support members •for the heaviest use, simple wall mounting •perforated panels without support elements, plastic-coated Ident. No. 738-739 Workbench fixing •for perforated plate of 500-1500 mm 2 fixtures required •for perforated plate of 2000 mm 3 fixtures required Delivery: incl. attachment materials Version Width Height
50637 RAL 3020 signal red Unit price
50637 RAL 5010 gentian blue Unit price
50637 RAL 5015 sky blue Unit price
50637 RAL 6011, green Unit price
50637 RAL 7035 light grey Unit price
50637 RAL 9010 pure white Unit price
50637 Workbench fixing
mm mm Ident. No. E
Wall rails 460 920 70 70 – – – –
Ident. No. 682 E (O. R.)
686 (O. R.)
500 450 722 (O. R.)
Perforated panels 1000 1500 2000 450 450 450 723 724 726 (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
717 O. R.
718 O. R.
719 O. R.
721 O. R.
Ident. No. E
– –
– –
713 O. R.
714 O. R.
715 O. R.
716 O. R.
Ident. No. E
– –
– –
702 O. R.
704 O. R.
706 O. R.
708 O. R.
703 O. R.
705 O. R.
707 O. R.
709 O. R.
727 (O. R.)
728 (O. R.)
729 (O. R.)
731 (O. R.)
Ident. No. 680 E (O. R.)
684 (O. R.)
Ident. No. E
– –
– –
Ident. No.
–
–
E
–
–
Ident. No.
–
–
E
–
–
Ident. No. 684 Wall rails
Perforated panels (without support elements)
739
for 1 panel
Unit price
50637 Workbench fixing
O. R.
Ident. No. 738-739 (workbench attachment)
738
for 2 panels one on top of the other
Unit price
O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
938
2011/12
Small parts storage Perforated and slotted panels, tool holders Continued next page
RasterPlan support elements / tool holders for perforated panels alu colours, plastic-coated The hooks are simply inserted into the required hole and fixed in place with the red plastic screw. Screw included in scope of delivery.
Ident. No. 324
Ident. No. 325-327
Ident. No. 328
Ident. No. 329
Ident. No. 330
Ident. No. 331 Part 1
Ident. No. 331 Part 2
Ident. No. 332
Ident. No. 333-334 Ident. No. 335-336
Ident. No. 337
Ident. No. 338-339
Ident. No. 340
Ident. No. 341
Ident. No. 342
Ident. No. 343
Ident. No. 344
Ident. No. 346-347
Ident. No. 600
Ident. No. 605
Ident. No. 607-609
Ident. No. 610
Ident. No. 620-623
Ident. No. 625
Ident. No. 630
Ident. No. 635-637 Ident. No. 640-642
Ident. No. 646
Ident. No. 647
Ident. No. 648
Ident. No. 649
Ident. No. 650
B
Sizes H T
Ø
Ident. No. 351
Ident. No. 651
50638
B
mm mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E Saw holders (use in pairs) for 4 saws 300 O. R. 50 301
O. R.
302
O. R.
200
303
35
304
100 Tool holder angled hook end
O. R.
339
O. R.
340
O. R.
341
O. R.
Base plate small
342
O. R.
O. R.
Base plate large
343
O. R.
O. R.
Hook assortment 28 pieces
344
O. R.
345
O. R.
346
O. R.
347
O. R.
351
O. R.
600
O. R.
605
O. R.
350
Box holder for size 7 and 8
305
O. R.
125
306
35
307 308
O. R.
Hook assortment 18 pieces
309
O. R.
Easy-view storage bin holder for 5 boxes size 7
550
58
310
O. R.
Easy-view storage bin holder for 5 boxes size 8
550
38
6
311
O. R.
Wrench holder for 10 wrenches
10
312
O. R.
Tool holder for round boxes, single
75
6
150
Tool clamp single
Tool clamp dual
Tool holder for round boxes, triple
125
145/75 220 50 100 70
13
313
O. R.
16
314
O. R.
25
607
O. R.
19
315
O. R.
28
608
O. R.
32
6
316
O. R.
10
317
O. R.
13
318
O. R.
300
Tool clamp (large base plate)
Hose holder
230
Tool holders for self-drilling
45
609
O. R.
125
610
O. R.
120
620
O. R.
390
623
O. R.
625
O. R.
16
319
O. R.
19
320
O. R.
Nut holder with 12 holes
390
30
35
321
O. R.
Tool holders with wooden panel for self-drilling
320
55 135
630
O. R.
55
322
O. R.
50
635
O. R.
323
O. R.
636
O. R.
324
O. R.
637
O. R.
20
75 Rod holder
338
Shelf
50
Pliers holder
60
O. R.
6
50638
100
O. R.
6
Ø
mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E 337 O. R.
35
75
Tool holder double, vertical hook end 35
mm
Sizes H T
Pipe holder
150
Tool holder vertical hook end
Ident. No. 643-644
25
65
100
Tool holder straight
150
6
Continued next page
2011/12
939
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 300-303 Ident. No. 304-306 Ident. No. 307-310 Ident. No. 311-315 Ident. No. 316-320 Ident. No. 321-323
Small parts storage Perforated and slotted panels, tool holders (continued) B
H
Sizes T
50638
Ø
B
mm mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E 40 325 O. R. 60
326
O. R.
80
327
O. R.
14/40 6
328
O. R.
Machine holder
Angled hook for nuts
mm
Sizes H T
Ø
50638
mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E 640 O. R. 50 641
O. R.
150
642
O. R.
150
643
O. R.
100
Tool holder double, straight
6
Cable holder hook end, height 50 mm
37
50
200
644
O. R.
150
10 35
646
O. R.
40
647
O. R.
170
648
O. R.
649
O. R.
650
O. R.
651
O. R.
Tool holder 3 compartments
45
150
329
O. R.
Tool holder 6x
240
140
330
O. R.
Bit holder for 7 bits
Combination holder 2 piece
55
150
331
O. R.
Magnetic holder
Wrench holder for 8 wrenches
332
O. R.
78
Wrench holder for 6 parts
333
O. R.
Coil holder up to dimension between centre lines 17 mm Hook assortment 10 pieces
Wrench holder for 12 parts
334
O. R.
Allen key holder
200
70
Drill holders for 14 parts
335
O. R.
Form holder DIN A4
220
310
Drill holders for 28 parts
336
O. R.
1-11
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
RasterPlan slotted panels and wall rails
Workshop equipment
Execution: compatible with RasterPlan perforated plates. 1.25 mm steel sheet with slotted embossing, multiple folds and stiffened with embossed supports. Plastic-coated. Ident. No. 738-739 workbench fixing •for a slotted plate with a width of 500-1500 mm 2 fixtures required •for a slotted plate with a width of 2000 mm 3 fixtures required Delivery: incl. attachment materials
Wall rails (without boxes) Wall rails Width Height
mm 460 mm 100 50638 RAL 5010 gen- Ident. No. 654 tian blue Unit price E (O. R.)
Wide format
920 100 658 (O. R.)
50638 RAL 5015 sky Ident. No. blue Unit price E
–
–
–
–
50638 RAL 6011,
Ident. No.
–
–
E
–
–
652
656
1500 450 683 (O. R.) 682 (O. R.) 680
2000 450 693
500 450 703
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
692
702
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
690
700
1000 450 713 (O. R.) 712 (O. R.) 710
Portrait format 450 1500 723 (O. R.) 722 (O. R.)
slotted panels (without boxes and support elements)
720
green
Unit price
50638 RAL 7035 light
Ident. No.
(O. R.) 681
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
691
701
(O. R.) 711
(O. R.) 721
grey
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50637
Workbench fixing for 1 panel
Unit price
50637 Workbench
(O. R.)
Ident. No.
–
–
E
–
–
Ident. No.
–
–
E
–
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.) 739 O. R. 738
(O. R.)
(O. R.) – – –
fixing for 2 panels one on top of the other
Unit price
O. R.
h RasterPlan easy-view storage bins for slotted panels see No. 50638 804-847 page 933. Other dimensions and colours on request.
940
– Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Small parts storage Perforated and slotted panels, tool holders Continued next page
RasterPlan support elements / tool holder for slotted panels The support elements can simply be hooked into the embossed slots on the slotted RasterPlan panels.
Ident. No. 730-732 Ident. No. 734-736 Designation B mm
Ident. No. 738 Sizes H T
mm
Universal holder, round
mm 200 300
Ident. No. 740 Carrying capacity
Ident. No. 742
50638
Ø mm
kg
12
10
Al
–
17
Al
17
300
Forked support
50
200
Rod holders
40
200
Pipe holders
160
Spike holder
60
Form holder DIN A4
220
20
140 310
732
(O. R.)
734
(O. R.)
736
(O. R.)
Al
738
(O. R.)
17
Al
740
(O. R.)
17
Al
742
(O. R.)
17
Al
744
(O. R.)
light grey
748
(O. R.)
750
(O. R.)
752
(O. R.)
500 Steel shelf
1000
250
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 730
200 Universal holder, square
Ident. No. 750
Ident. No. 744
Colour
light grey
Ident. No. 748
Ident. No. 752
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
RasterPlan partitions with perforated and slotted panel These practical to use RasterPlan partitions are especially designed for workplaces where tools and small parts such as screws must be easily accessible. These complete combinations already contain all necessary accessories. Panels and inserts are easy to move and to replace. Impact proof and scratch proof due to plastic coating. Partitions RAL 7035, light grey, panels RAL 5010, gentian blue, other colours on request. Ident. No. 012 with 2 perforated and 1 slotted panel, not fitted Ident. No. 014 with 2 perforated and 1 slotted panel, fitted: 15-part assortment of hooks 8 x easy-view storage bins size 7, 6 x easy-view storage bins size 6 Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, you will receive a sorted delivery. Model 3 Dimensions
50639
With 2 perforated and 1 slotted panel, not fitted
mm Ident. No. E
Unit price
50639
With 2 perforated and 1 slotted panel, fitted
Ident. No.
Unit price h More versions, more heights, other colours and compositions available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
2011/12
E
one-sided 1100 x 1000 x 240 012 (O. R.) 014 (O. R.) Ident. No. 014 Prod. Gr. 504
941
Shelving systems Tool shelving units Continued next page
Tool shelving systems 4230 R and 4240 R These tool shelves are based on the tried and tested series of HK tool cabinet systems. The elements of these series, including drawers, shelves, preassembled folding doors, sliding doors, and shutters, vertical pull-outs as well as insert material and insert sets can be used in rack systems. With the resulting interchangeability and individual combinations based on your needs, there are practically no limits.
An example of the various and individual equipment variants 1 2 2
8
2
3
4
Shelving heights
5
Shelving unit widths
6
7
6
Shelving unit depths
Workshop equipment
2980 mm (useful height 2880 mm) System 4230 R: 700, 1000, and 1400 mm System 4230 R: 815 mm 2500 mm (useful height 2400 mm) System 4240 R: 700 and 1000 mm System 4240 R: 565 mm 2200 mm (useful height 2100 mm) 1990 mm (useful height 1890 mm) 1450 mm (useful height 1350 mm) 1040 mm (useful height 980 mm)
9
1 preassembled hinged doors 2 shelves removable or fixed, height-adjustable 3 front-mounted sliding door 4 front-mounted stepped ladder, mobile or suitable for suspension 5 front-mounted roller shutter 6 drawers 7 vertical pull-outs 8 back panel or trussing 9 preassembled hinged doors with a viewing window
h A separate catalogue that you can request free of charge will inform you about the technical details and installation options. Benefit from the extensive experience in the field of operating tools. Ask our experts! t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364
Continued next page
All-purpose bolted shelving system fully galvanised The versatile all-purpose shelving system: As single or double rack (back to back). System features: •easy, quick assembly •assembly simplified through improved assembly system (screw-on from outside with dome head screws) •extensive accessories •shelves adjustable in 25 mm grids •high load capacity and stability Scope of delivery, basic shelving: •4 angle supports, with screw-on, foot plate with dowels •4 shelves with M-shape, welded longitudinal duct (5x edging), with diagonal ties and welded, closed corners •assembly accessory - incl. offset screwdriver Scope of delivery extension unit: •2 angle supports, as before •4 shelves as before •assembly accessory Version
Basic unit
Add-on unit
2 additional shelves
Shelves Length x Carrying capacity Number Unit height 50164 50164 50164 Depth mm kg Unit mm Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. Pr./pair E 1000 x 500 230 4 2000 005 O. R. 015 O. R. 115 O. R. Maximum bay load 940 kg. Carrying capacity information applies to evenly distributed loads. h Components and documents on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364
942
Prod. Gr. 587
2011/12
Shelving systems Boltless shelving Continued next page
Shelf plug-in racks CLIP® in galvanised or plastic-coated versions, RAL 7035, light grey META CLIP shelf racks provide for short ways within the warehouse, thanks to the variety of optional equipment with system accessories a nearly universal use is ensured. Only two system modules (frame and shelf) build complex shelf rows which can be mounted without tools, for all fields of application of small parts storage. Execution: •plug-in rack system, pre-assembled frames (can be assembled without tools) •rear diagonal strut •shelf load capacity optionally 150 kg or 230 kg with evenly distributed load (on request up to 400 kg) •shelf capacity up to 2,400 kg with evenly distributed loading •shelves height-adjustable every 25 mm •shelves with a 50 mm perforation grid to accommodate accessories •extensive accessories available (facing doors, drawers etc.) •surface galvanised or powder-coated RAL 7035 light grey •bay load indications shall apply to shelf rows with three or more bays Planning dimensions: Basic shelving: Nominal length + 56 mm Nominal depth + 36 mm
Add-on unit Nominal length + 6 mm Nominal depth + 36 mm
Example of a shelving system with accessories Galvanised
Version
Basic unit
Shelving unit type Shelves Length x Depth mm
Carrying capacity kg
1000 x 400
150
1000 x 400
1000 x 500
1000 x 500
230
150
230
Powder-coated RAL 7035
Add-on unit
Basic unit
Add-on unit
Galvanised Additional shelves
Powder-coated RAL 7035 Additional shelves
Shelf height
Number Bay load 50168 50168 50168 50168 50168 capacity Unit kg mm Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 5 1560 2000 822 (O. R.) 840 (O. R.) 858 (O. R.) 876 (O. R.) 6
2400
2500
824
(O. R.)
842
(O. R.)
860
(O. R.)
878
(O. R.)
7
2020
3000
826
(O. R.)
844
(O. R.)
862
(O. R.)
880
(O. R.)
5
1560
2000
002
(O. R.)
005
(O. R.)
110
(O. R.)
150
(O. R.)
6
2400
2500
003
(O. R.)
006
(O. R.)
114
(O. R.)
154
(O. R.)
7
2020
3000
004
(O. R.)
007
(O. R.)
118
(O. R.)
158
(O. R.)
5
1560
2000
828
(O. R.)
846
(O. R.)
864
(O. R.)
882
(O. R.)
6
2400
2500
830
(O. R.)
848
(O. R.)
866
(O. R.)
884
(O. R.)
7
2020
3000
832
(O. R.)
850
(O. R.)
868
(O. R.)
886
(O. R.)
5
1560
2000
020
(O. R.)
060
(O. R.)
120
(O. R.)
160
(O. R.)
6
2400
2500
024
(O. R.)
064
(O. R.)
124
(O. R.)
164
(O. R.)
7
2020
3000
028
(O. R.)
068
(O. R.)
128
(O. R.)
168
(O. R.)
894
090
895
092
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
50168 Ident. No.
897
190
898
192
U. pr. E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Continued next page
2011/12
943
Workshop equipment
Safety instructions: Secure shelves against tiling with the height/depth ratio of 5 : 1 (wall mounting or foot fixing, see page 944 under art. No. 50166 310 and 50166 320)
Shelving systems Boltless shelving (continued) Galvanised
Version
Basic unit
Shelving unit type Shelves Length x Depth mm
Carrying capacity kg
1000 x 600
150
1000 x 600
1000 x 800
1300 x 600
230
230
230
Powder-coated RAL 7035
Add-on unit
Basic unit
Galvanised
Add-on unit
Additional shelves
Shelf height
Number Bay load 50168 50168 50168 50168 50168 capacity Unit kg mm Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 5 1560 2000 834 (O. R.) 852 (O. R.) 870 (O. R.) 888 (O. R.) 6
2400
2500
836
(O. R.)
854
(O. R.)
872
(O. R.)
890
(O. R.)
7
2020
3000
838
(O. R.)
856
(O. R.)
874
(O. R.)
892
(O. R.)
5
1560
2000
030
(O. R.)
070
(O. R.)
130
(O. R.)
170
(O. R.)
6
2400
2500
034
(O. R.)
074
(O. R.)
134
(O. R.)
174
(O. R.)
7
2020
3000
038
(O. R.)
078
(O. R.)
138
(O. R.)
178
(O. R.)
5
1560
2000
040
(O. R.)
080
(O. R.)
140
(O. R.)
180
(O. R.)
6
2400
2500
044
(O. R.)
084
(O. R.)
144
(O. R.)
184
(O. R.)
7
2020
3000
048
(O. R.)
088
(O. R.)
148
(O. R.)
188
(O. R.)
4
1560
2000
052
(O. R.)
089
(O. R.)
–
–
–
–
5
Powder-coated RAL 7035 Additional shelves
2400
2500
(O. R.)
056
(O. R.)
091
–
–
–
–
896
094
096
098
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
50168 Ident. No.
U. pr. E
(O. R.)
899
(O. R.)
194
(O. R.)
196
–
–
–
–
(O. R.)
Prod. Gr. 508
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Office plug-in racks COMPACT® in galvanised or plastic-coated versions, RAL 7035, light grey Execution: •surface: galvanised or powder-coated RAL 7035 light grey •shelving height: 1850 mm and 2200 mm, height 2550 mm on request •compartment depths: 300 mm, depth 600 mm on request •compartment lengths: 750 mm and 1,000 mm, length 1,250 mm on request •shelf capacity: between 80-100 kg for every shelf, with evenly distributed load •shelves adjustable in 25 mm grids Safety instructions: Secure shelves against tiling with the height/depth ratio of 5:1 (wall mounting No. 50166 310 or foot fixing No. 50166 320) without folder
Version Shelving unit type Shelves File folders Number of per shelf comshelves partment mm Unit Unit 750 x 300 45 5 Length x Depth
Unit height mm 1850
Single-row plug-in rack, galvanised Basic unit Add-on unit
Single-row plug-in rack, powder-coated RAL 7035 Basic unit Add-on unit
50166
50166
50166
50166
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 211 (O. R.) 213 (O. R.) 215 (O. R.) 217 (O. R.)
750 x 300
54
6
2200
221
(O. R.)
223
(O. R.)
225
(O. R.)
227
(O. R.)
1000 x 300
60
5
1850
231
(O. R.)
233
(O. R.)
235
(O. R.)
237
(O. R.)
1000 x 300
72
6
2200
241
(O. R.)
243
(O. R.)
245
(O. R.)
247
(O. R.)
* Required number of wall fixing: 2 pieces for basic unit, 1 piece for add-on unit. ** Required number of foot fixing: 4 pieces for basic unit, 2 pieces for add-on unit. h Other variants and double-sided versions on request.
944
Wall mounting galva- Foot fixing galvanised* nised**
50166 Ident. No.
310
50166
U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E
(O. R.)
320
(O. R.)
Prod. Gr. 508
2011/12
Shelving systems Wide span shelving Continued next page
Wide racks SPEED-Rack® in galvanised version with chipboard inserts Application: for bulky items with light to middle load Execution: •surface: profiles and struts galvanised •shelving height 1,970 mm •compartment depth: 400 mm, 600 mm and 800 mm •tool rack lengths: 2,000 mm and 2,500 mm •shelf capacity: up to 500 kg with evenly distributed loading •shelf capacity: up to 3,000 kg with evenly distributed loading •shelves adjustable in 50 mm grids •step struts in longitudinal and depth direction •all-round edge protection •2 struts under each shelf •metal push-on foot, floor anchoring possible Scope of delivery: •4 supporting profiles •4 chipboards 19 mm •8 step struts in longitudinal direction •8 A struts •8 step struts in depth direction •4 push-on feet and shims
No contents
400 600 800
1
1970 2470 2970
2 3 4
shelf complete with chipboard Basic unit with chipboards
50165
Unit height
Load capacity per bay
mm
kg 500
Ident. No. 510
2000 x 600
500
520
(O. R.)
2000 x 800
500
530
(O. R.)
1970
400
610
(O. R.)
2500 x 600
400
620
(O. R.)
2500 x 800
400
630
(O. R.)
2500 x 400
h Designs with steel panels or additional shelf heights and additional shelves on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364
0 2000/250
U. pr. E (O. R.)
1 Chip board 19 mm 2 Step strut 3 A-strut 4 Support
Workshop equipment
Version Shelf dimensions Length x Depth (clearances) mm 2000 x 400
Prod. Gr. 508
Continued next page
Wide racks MINI-RACK® in galvanised version with chipboard inserts V20/E1 natural The solution for economical storage of bulky items. System features: •frame and step struts galvanised •shelves adjustable in 50 mm grids Scope of delivery, basic and add-on shelf unit: •frame, step struts, 3 shelves including all fixing materials •dismantled for ease of transport and assembly Note: •max. shelf load capacity 600 kg, max. bay shelf load capacity basic section/add-on bay 4600 kg (with evenly distributed weight) •bay load capacity must not be exceeded by inserting additional shelves Version Number
Basic unit Shelf dimensions Length x Depth Unit height Overall length (clearances) mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E 1400 x 650 010 (O. R.) 1507
50165
Add-on unit Overall length mm 1451
Additional shelf Overall length
Ident. No. U. pr. E 110 (O. R.)
mm –
Ident. No. U. pr. E 210 (O. R.)
1400 x 800
1507
020
(O. R.)
1451
120
(O. R.)
–
220
(O. R.)
1400 x 1050
1507
030
(O. R.)
1451
130
(O. R.)
–
230
(O. R.)
1907
040
(O. R.)
1851
140
(O. R.)
–
240
(O. R.)
2200 x 650
2307
070
(O. R.)
2251
170
(O. R.)
–
270
(O. R.)
2200 x 800
2307
080
(O. R.)
2251
180
(O. R.)
–
280
(O. R.)
1800 x 650
2200
Prod. Gr. 508
2011/12
945
Shelving systems Pallet shelving Continued next page
Pallet shelving system MULTIPAL®S light to medium load design for Euro pallets 800 x 1200 mm inserted transverse or longitudinally Application: the pallet shelving system offers you flexible, easily viewed storage on pallets or in (wire mesh) boxes. Execution: •surface: frames galvanised and struts RAL 2001 red orange, powder-coated •shelving height: 2700 mm and 3300 mm, other heights on request •depth: 1100 mm, 800 mm for transverse storage on request •strut lengths: 1,800 mm and 2,700 mm, other lengths on request •shelf capacity: up to 2400 kg with evenly distributed loading, with max. bending length 1000 mm •bay load capacity: up to 6650 kg with evenly distributed loading, with max. bending length 1000 mm •struts adjustable in 50 mm grids Scope of delivery: •basic shelving with 2 frames and 4 struts •extension shelving with 1 frame and 4 struts •for logistic reasons, we ship the racks in disassembled condition. We will be happy to carry out the assembly at an extra charge. Service: •Ask for our experts for the planning and design of larger pallet shelving systems. •We provide on-line support and/or our CAD planning service. •We will provide you with a separate free catalogue of pallet shelving systems on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 Shelving unit type Length x Depth
Basic unit Unit height
Add-on unit
50170
Strut type
Shelf capacity
Bay load-bearing capacity kg 6650
Ident. No. 410
U. pr. E (O. R.)
50170
mm 2700
85/15
kg 2200
1800 x 1100
3300
85/15
2200
6650
420
(O. R.)
422
(O. R.)
2700 x 1100
2700
85/15
1500
3700
430
(O. R.)
432
(O. R.)
2700 x 1100
2700
100/20
2400
5800
440
(O. R.)
442
(O. R.)
2700 x 1100
3300
85/15
1500
3700
450
(O. R.)
452
(O. R.)
2700 x 1100
3300
100/20
2400
5800
460
(O. R.)
462
(O. R.)
Note: the loads indicated per shelf and per bay apply for shelving units with at least 4 bays, in which at least 2 pairs of struts are used.
Ident. No. 412
U. pr. E (O. R.)
mm 1800 x 1100
Prod. Gr. 508
Workshop equipment Continued next page
Pile protection edges for the protection of system corner areas Execution: •in L- or U-form, for the protection of the system posts at entries and throughways •according to the requirements of FEM, complete with 4 screw anchors •in signal colour, black/yellow Version Height
50170
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
L-form 400 495 (O. R.)
U-form 400 498 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 508
Ident. No. 498 Ident. No. 495
946
2011/12
Shelving systems Heavy duty shelving Continued next page
Cantilever bracket shelving system MULTISTRONG®L – for light loads with plug-in type cantilever brackets Application: •for lying long goods •storage of panels and boards Execution: •hot-rolled sections IPE 120, surface RAL 5010 gentian blue, powder-coated, with holes on both side to allow changeover from single-side to double-side •stand height: 2,000 mm, other heights on request •dimension between centre lines: 1,030 mm, dimension 1,330 mm on request •depth of cantilever brackets (single-row and double-row): 400 mm, 500 mm and 600 mm •cantilever brakes can be plugged in a 50 mm grid •available as single-row or double-row rack Scope of delivery: •single-row basic unit with 2 stands and 8 cantilever brackets •single-row add-on unit with 1 stand and 4 cantilever brackets •double-row basic unit with 2 stands and 16 cantilever brackets •double-row add-on unit with 1 stand and 8 cantilever brackets Accessories: Roll arbours, tubular arms, support rail with arbours and bottom anchoring available on request.
Shelving unit type Shelving unit type Length Depth Unit height Load capacity per arm Dimension between centre lines Overall stand load capacity
one-sided
Add-on unit
50192
50192
Ident. No. U. pr. E 010 (O. R.)
Ident. No. U. pr. E 012 (O. R.)
mm
mm 400
mm
kg 220
mm
kg 1750
1000
500
2000
175
1030
1450
020
(O. R.)
022
(O. R.)
1300
030
(O. R.)
032
(O. R.)
600
double-sided
Basic unit
140
2 x 400
220
3500
050
(O. R.)
052
(O. R.)
1000 2 x 500
175
2900
060
(O. R.)
062
(O. R.)
2600
070
(O. R.)
072
(O. R.)
2000
2 x 600
1030
140
h Additional designs with greater load capacities or welded cantilever brackets on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 508
Continued next page
Heavy duty pull-out shelf unit with full extension shelves, carrying capacity 1000 kg per shelf Ideal for storing heavy goods e. g. injection spray, die-cast, and stamping tools, motors etc. The pull-out shelves make it easy to store and remove heavy parts. The pull-out shelves are fitted with individual pullout locks for safety reasons. These comprise a pull-out locking bar attached across the frame at each section, and a hook mounted on each pull-out shelf. To ensure that the required safety levels are achieved, the shelf unit must be bolted to the floor. The bolts and assembly instruction are supplied: The individual drawer lock locks the pull-out drawer in the open and closed positions. Technical data: •overall dimension basic section: W x D x H = 1450 x 1100 x 2010 mm •overall dimension add-on bay: W x D x H = 1350 x 1100 x 2010 mm •clear width: 1250 mm •useful width shelves: W x D = 1205 x 1045 mm (970 mm pull-out) with triangular rolling strip •shelves adjustable in 50 mm grids •carrying force, full extension pull-out shelves: 1000 kg evenly distributed •carrying capacity per shelf compartment 5000 kg •capacity load upper shelf bottom: 250 kg •number of cross-stays: 1 Colour: frames RAL 5012 light blue, shelves RAL 7000 squirrel grey. Note: for the installation of several add-on fields, for reasons of stability after the basic field a cross stray is required in every second add-on field.
Basic and add-on bay
Shelf unit
50171
Version
Weight
Basic section with 3 full extension shelves
kg 633
Ident. No. 030
Add-on bay with 3 full extension shelves
586
040
h Other models and with single extension pull-out shelves available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364
2011/12
Additional shelves
50171
Version U. pr. E (O. R.) (O. R.)
Ident. No. Full extension
060
U. pr. E (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
947
Environmental protection and waste disposal Recyclable materials collectors Continued next page
Panel off-cut stand for sheet metal, plastic, wood, board, etc. For easy-view storage of panel off-cuts of varying size and shape. Fast selection of the required panels. Simple filling and removal, since open on 3 sides. More comfortable, faster access with upright size sorting. Base, rails and separator bars galvanised. Length x width x height No. of compartments Compartment width Load capacity per compartment For formats Weight
mm
50193
mm kg approx. mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
*
1600 x 480 x 1000 5 50 200 (400*) 80x120 to 1600x1600 60 150 (O. R.)
for broad items.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Recyclable materials collectors
Workshop equipment
Execution: •high quality, robust sheet steel housing with removable mountable lid and self-closing lid •self-closing lid available in 3 colours for distinguishing/separating the recyclable materials •the garbage bag (60 i) is clamped between the housing and the mountable lid for easy insertion and removal of the garbage bags (garbage bags not included in the scope of delivery) •expandable for three-part collection station Accessories: Ident. No. 015 panel with 4 steering wheels Ø 50 mm, thereof 2 with wheel brakes, for accommodation of 3 recyclable materials collectors Ident. No. 020 labels set, 7 pieces, black / transparent, self-adhesive Colour: corpus, mountable lid, panel RAL 7035, light grey, self-closing lid optionally RAL 3002 crimson red, RAL 5010 gentian blue or RAL 1003 signal yellow, powder-coated
Ident. No. 015
Ident. No. 020: 7 piece label set with pictographs for identification of the recyclable materials collectors Colour, self-closing lid Filling volume Height x Width x Depth 50072 Individual recyclable materials collectors
Litre mm Ident. No.
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
50072
RAL 3002 crimson red RAL 5010 gentian blue RAL 1003 signal yellow 60 60 60 800 x 320 x 320 800 x 320 x 320 800 x 320 x 320 002 004 006
Panel with wheels for 3 recyclable materials collectors
50072 Recyclable materials collector station (3 recyclable materials collectors + panel) Ident. No.
015 (O. R.)
E
Unit price
50072 Pictograph labels for recyclable materials collectors, 7 pieces
020
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
E
Set price
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
(O. R.) 010
Ident. No.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Cleaning rag bins, flame retardant made of sheet steel No. 50073 sloping roof folded over on all sides, 2 hinged handles on sides, shackle for padlock. Colour: RAL 7031, blue-grey. No. 50075 with self-closing flap in self-closing lid, folded over on all sides, 2 hinged handles on sides. Colour: RAL 3000, flame red. Number Volume Height front/back Width Depth Weight Unit price
Litre mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
50073
50075
170 750/980 625 375 16 010 O. R.
120 650/880 500 400 16 010 O. R.
No. 50073
No. 50075
Prod. Gr. 504
948
2011/12
Environmental protection and waste disposal Absorbtion cabinets and collecting trays Continued next page
Waste container Execution: housing made of quality thin sheet metal, inner container made of galvanised sheet steel. On 2 sides, self-closing swing flaps. Upper part removable for easy removal of inner container. On 2 sides, 2 strong hinged handles. Colour: silver-grey, stove enamelled. Volume Height Width Depth Weight
50077
Litre mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
95 870/660 450 450 21 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Absorption cabinet
Model External dimensions H x W x D Working height Opening dimension W x D Grid load-bearing capacity Compressed air connection Noise level Weight Absorption cabinet 50058
mm mm mm kg bar dB(A) kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50058
Spare filter mats
Ident. No.
Unit price * 2 units required for model A 1000. h Version in VA or other colours available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
2011/12
E
A 500 1300 x 500 x 500 850 425 x 480 50 5-10 60-70 41 002
Workshop equipment
The HK absorption cabinet means cleanliness and air purity in any workplace where workpieces and tools are cleaned. Swarf, oil and coolant residues are no longer simply blown out into the premises, but are purposely sucked into the collecting container provided. The maintenance-free HK absorption cabinet is operated using compressed air and comprises of a painted sheet steel cabinet with an integrated injection system and a blow-off gun attached on the side. The parts to be cleaned are cleaned with the blow-off gun. The injection system sucks out all impurities downwards into a collection tray, that must be emptied regularly. The blow-off gun and the injection system are actuated with a foot valve attached on the front side, so that only as much compressed air as required for the cleaning is consumed. Scope of delivery: complete with connection for compressed air quick connector (DN 7.2 G 1.4), incl. blow-off gun. Colour: RAL 7035, light grey. A 1000 1300 x 1000 x 500 850 920 x 480 100 5-10 60-70 82 004 (O. R.)
O. R. 008* O. R.
Prod. Gr. 504
949
Environmental protection and waste disposal Absorbtion cabinets and collecting trays Continued next page
Collecting trays made of steel with prototype testing Execution: •trays made of steel (S235 according to EN 10025), thickness of material 3 mm, welded to be leak-proof according to requirements of STAWA-R (steel tray regulations) •grating made of hot galvanised steel, removable •models AW 2, AW 4 and AW 8 with forklift pads, 100 mm ground clearance, which allows for easier and safer internal transport •model AW 2 portable, with 2 fixed and steering wheels and wheel brakes plus pushing handle •with declaration of consent (ÜHP) •meet the requirements of the Residential Water Law (WHG) •trays available optionally: colour RAL 5010, gentian blue or hot galvanised Application: for storage of water-polluting and flammable liquids of all hazard classes in compliance with regulations
Ident. No. 012 Type Collecting volume Capacity Carrying capacity Overall dimensions B x D x H Weight lacquered, RAL 5010 50060 galvanised
Workshop equipment
Unit price Capacity Overall dimensions B x D x H Barrel trestle 1, zinc-coated 50060 Unit price
l
kg/m2 mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50060
Ident. No. 008
Ident. No. E
Ident. No. E
h Drum pliers, drum grippers see No. 77180 010 page 1576. Collecting trays made of polyethylene and other versions on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
950
Ident. No. 020 with barrel trestle 1
AW 2 205 2 drums of 200 litres 850 1236 x 816 x 345 74 002 (O. R.) 012 (O. R.)
AW 4 205 4 drums of 200 litres 850 1236 x 1210 x 280 93 004 (O. R.)
AW 8 340 8 drums of 200 litres 850 2455 x 1210 x 250 180 008 (O. R.)
014
018
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
AW 2 mobile 205 2 drums of 200 litres 850 1340 x 860 x 430 85 010 (O. R.) 020 (O. R.)
1 drum of 60 or 200 litres 600 x 600 x 380 110 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 583
2011/12
Environmental protection and waste disposal Oil dispensers and safety cabinets Continued next page
Oil dispenser cabinets incl. canister
Ident. No. 200
Ident. No. 208
Cabinet Height Clear useful height Cabinet width x depth Full extension shelves 100 % Equipped with oil canister, 10 litres Equipped with oil canister, 22 litres Total load capacity RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 50062
mm mm mm Unit Unit Unit kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50062
Other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50062
Holder for measuring beaker
Holder Ident. No. 230 (without measuring beaker)
1036 960 1022 x 550 1 – 5 1300 200
960 1022 x 550 1 6 – 1300 204
1470 1022 x 550 2 6 5 1300 208
1568 1470 1022 x 550 2 12 – 1300 212
1470 1022 x 550 2 10 1300 216
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
202 (O. R.)
206 (O. R.)
214 (O. R.)
218 (O. R.)
230
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
210 (O. R.)
h Measuring beaker in tinplate see article no. 56076 010/110 page 1355
Prod. Gr. 583
Continued next page
Oil canister made of food-safe polyethylene (HD-PE) Execution: •resistant to acids and chemicals, temperature-resistant up to 73 ° •with UV protection for a longer service life •large filling opening Ø 88 mm •user-friendly drain valve with wide thread 22 mm •locks can be sealed •filling level control by means of transparent design Capacity WxDxH
50062
l mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
10 154 x 302 x 397 250 (O. R.)
22 180 x 370 x 475 252
Ident. No. 250 with volume of 10 litres in additional with discharge pipe Ø 18 mm
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 583
Ident. No. 252
2011/12
951
Workshop equipment
Execution: •robust, welded steel sheet construction with hinged doors •bowl handle doors, can be locked simultaneously via safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys •steel housing, on top equipped with a plastic-coated cover panel 8 mm, colour grey depending on the cabinet version equipped with 1 or 2 full extension shelves, height-adjustable in a grid of 30 mm, carrying capacity 100 kg per shelf with evenly distributed load. Below in the cabinet a drip pan, removable for cleaning purposes. •with oil canisters made in polyethylene (HD-PE), volume 10 and/or 22 litres, design see description under oil canisters No. 50062 250-252 at the bottom, equipment in the cabinet see table below •10 and 22 litres canisters can also be used on one storage level in a combination Ident. No. 208-218 cabinet housing equipped with a drawer lock, thus only one drawer can be opened, thus the cabinet is tilt-proof to a large extent Painting: corpus, pull-out drawer, drip pan RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010 gentian blue, powder coated Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1045. Accessories: Ident. No. 230 Holder for measuring beaker/oil can, for suspension into the drawer, RAL 7035 light grey, powder coated No. 50298 600 page 1051, forklift compatible base for cabinet, front and rear with removable screen, for in-house transport with pallet truck or fork-lift truck, painting RAL 7021, black grey, powder coated
Environmental protection and waste disposal Oil dispensers and safety cabinets Continued next page
Safety cabinet CLASSIC line, optionally with single-hand hinged door system in accordance with DIN 14470-1 type 90 and DIN EN 14727 (laboratory furniture standard) Application: for safe and law-conforming storage of hazardous materials in work areas in compliance with TRbF 20 Annex L and DIN EN 14470-1 and DIN EN 14727. Tested safety on high level: •prototype testing by MPA, TÜV, GS/CE-marks •fire resistant for 90 minutes •high quality seal for superior design, user-friendliness and increased service life Execution: •external corpus, powder-coated sheet steel, light grey RAL 7035 •internal corpus made of high grade decorative panels, light grey RAL 7035 •lockable hinged doors., door front in RAL 1018 •standard features: 3 height-adjustable tray bases, 1 base tray, 1 perforated insert made from sheet steel metal powder coated, height-adjustable base •hinged doors with standard integrated locking system and temperature monitoring is self-closing in case of fire •ventilation and air extraction in each cabinet level •window provided for visual check of ventilation shut-off flaps •tray bases and base trays are galvanically connected with the cabinet housing – avoids risk of ignition (BGR 132 TRBS 2153) •feet adjustable from inside and outside •underpinning guaranteed due to removable base Ident. No. 006 and 012: with single-hand hinged door system, the hinged doors can be opened with min. exertion of force and via a handle.
Workshop equipment
Single-hand hinged door system offers max. operating convenience
Model Single-hand hinged door system Version External dimensions H x W x D Internal dimensions H x W x D Safety cabinet 50069
E
Unit price
50069
mm mm Ident. No.
Additional tray base
E
Unit price
CLASSIC M no 1 door 2080 x 595 x 595 1830 x 499 x 446 002 (O. R.)
CLASSIC L no 2 door 2080 x 895 x 595 1830 x 799 x 446 004
CLASSIC ONE L yes 2 door 2080 x 895 x 595 1830 x 799 x 446 006
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
102
Ident. No.
Product video: use your mobile phone to scan the QR code.
Ident. No.010, 004 and 002 each without content
104
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
CLASSIC XL no 2 door 2080 x 1195 x 595 1830 x 1099 x 446 010
CLASSIC ONE XL yes 2 door 2080 x 1195 x 595 1830 x 1099 x 446 012
(O. R.)
(O. R.) 110 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 583
Continued next page
Extraction attachment with fan for safety cabinet Classic line Application: for extraction of flammable and hazardous vapours to the outside. Fits all CLASSIC line safety cabinets. Execution: •steel sheet housing, powder-coated •delivered ready for plugging in – easy mounting •conforms ATEX, type-examination certificate by TÜV Süd Dimensions housing H x W x D Voltage/frequency/current Connection support Ø Noise level Lp5A
mm
50069
mm db (A) Ident. No.
Unit price
E
352 x 250 x 318 230 V, 50 Hz / 0.1 A 75 3 m/56 200 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 583
952
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches – selection overview Continued next page
Workbenches – selection overview Version
mm
Series V
850/900 Solid beech
850/900 Original ANKE solid beech or universal panel or zinc sheet metal coating panel 1500/2000 700 x 50 500 x 540
850/900 Original ANKE solid beech or universal panel or zinc sheet metal coating panel
900 Original ANKE solid beech
1270/1500/2000/2800 700 x 50 -
1500/2000 700 x 40 550 x 525
Full extension 100
-
Partial extension 70
50203 from page 971
50185 from page 954
50200 from page 955
Worktop panel length mm 1500/2000 Panel width x thickness mm 700 x 50 Drawers internal dimensions mm 450 x 600 WxD Drawer extension Partial extension/full extension Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100/70 for evenly distributed load Art. No. 50212 Catalogue from page 981 Version
Working height Panel execution
mm
Worktop panel length mm Panel width x thickness mm Drawers internal dimensions mm WxD Drawer extension Carrying capacity per drawer kg for evenly distributed load Art. No. Catalogue Version
Working height Panel execution
mm
Worktop panel length mm Panel width x thickness mm Drawers internal dimensions mm WxD Drawer extension Carrying capacity per drawer kg for evenly distributed load Art. No. Catalogue
2011/12
Series L
Series V
Series VS
840 Beech multiplex
900 Original ANKE solid beech
1500/2000 750 x 40 490 x 598
850/900 Original ANKE solid beech or universal panel or zinc sheet metal coating panel 1500/2000/2800 700 x 50 500 x 540
Partial extension 70
Full extension 100
Full extension 100
50199 from page 958
50201 from page 961
50202 from page 969
Workshop equipment
Working height Panel execution
Series WGS
1500/2250 800 x 100 500 x 540
Series VX-1500
Series VX-2000
850/900 Original ANKE solid beech or universal panel or zinc sheet metal coating panel 1500 800 x 50 1200 x 600
850/900 Original ANKE solid beech or universal panel or zinc sheet metal coating panel 2000 800 x 50 750 x 600
Full extension 100
Full extension 100
50206 from page 977
50206 from page 977
953
Workplace equipment Work tables Continued next page
Worktables with different types of plates, 50 mm strong Execution: •working height 850 mm and 900 mm, Panel length 1270, 1500, 2000 and 2800 mm, panel thickness 50 mm •panel execution, available optionally: – Ident. No. 120-185 with ANKE workbench top panel solid beech (BMP) – Ident. No. 221-286 with universal panel (UBP), with 2 mm ABS-edge on the circumference – Ident. No. 321-386 with zinc sheet metal panel (ZBP) •frame made of square-section steel tubing 45 x 45 x 2 mm, with level compensation on a leg. Carrying capacity 800 kg with evenly distributed load Colour of coating: rack colour RAL 7035, light grey, powder coated. Other paintings on request. Scope of delivery: completely installed Accessories: Ident. No. 900 Suspended drawer, lockable, W x D x H 500 x 540 x 175 mm, RAL 5010 gentian blue. In case of order with worktable: ready mounted under workbench top panel. Can also be ordered individually, for subsequent self-installation below the workbench top panel. Ident. No. 900
Workbench top panel solid beech Universal panel (UBP) Zinc sheet metal panel (ZBP) (BMP) Massive, can be ground, glued in bars, Grey-blue, antistatic, abrasion-resistant Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, special toothing and gluing, therefore coating. Resistant short-term against galvanised steel sheet coating, all extremely robust and nearly unlimited weak acids and lyes and heat effect up around with flanged edges and fastened service life! to approx. 250 °C. Long-term resiston the lower sides. The edges are ance against grease and oils. welded and ground. Long-lasting corrosion resistance.
Workshop equipment
Working height Panel length x depth 50185 Solid beech (BMP)
E
Unit price
50185
Universal panel (UBP)
Zinc sheet metal panel (ZBP)
Unit price
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50185
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50185
850 mm mm 1270 x 700 Ident. No. 120
Suspended drawer 175 mm
(O. R.) 221 (O. R.) 321 (O. R.)
900 1270 x 700 125 (O. R.) 226 (O. R.) 326 (O. R.)
850 1500 x 700 140 (O. R.) 241 (O. R.) 341 (O. R.)
900 1500 x 700 145 (O. R.)
(O. R.)
246
261
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
346
361
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.) 266 (O. R.) 366 (O. R.)
850 2800 x 700 180 (O. R.) 281 (O. R.) 381 (O. R.)
900 2800 x 700 185 (O. R.) 286 (O. R.) 386 (O. R.)
(O. R.)
i Selection overview workbenches page 953. h Anti-roll off edging, solid beech, 90 mm high, 14 mm thick, for work tables, see No. 50233 400-420 page 987 Insert material for suspended drawer see No. 50228 from page 974.
954
900 2000 x 700 165
900
Ident. No. E
850 2000 x 700 160
Prod. Gr. 502
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches with top panel solid beech, 40 mm thick Execution: •housing in optically attractive design made of welded steel sheet metal with closed lateral fonts •ergonomic working height of 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech, glued together from bars, length depending on model 1500 or 2000 mm depth x thickness 700 x 40 mm Advantage: •working height of 900 mm = improved ergonomics, stress-less working, increased motivation, increase performance, more fun at work •workbench table panel of solid beech, special toothing and gluing, with nearly unlimited life for max. load •orifice attached under the work plate allows the integration of energy supply or transparent tilting drums (see accessories) Series configuration: 525
0 55
700
ANKE workbench top panel solid beech, Module orifice for fitting with installation parts Carrying capacity 70 kg per drawer with roller 40 mm thick for energy and compressed air supply or easyguiding view tilting drums
Door opening angle 180°
Cylinder lock incl. 2 keys
Carrying capacity with evenly distributed load
Workshop equipment
Drawers with handle strips and labelling field
Drawers with slotted walls
Accessories: •panel with integrated power supply or fitted with transparent tilting drums, see No. 50200 925-970 page 957 •soft soldering and brazing fittings, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50233 905-910 page 988 •anti-roll off edging 90 mm high, 14 mm thick made in beech, see No. 50233 405-410 page 987 •suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50200 980-992 page 957, HK type. •AQURADO textured mat for drawers see No. 50540 670 page 1068 •level balance on one foot for uneven floors Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Special colour: further RAL colours are available at extra cost: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
pure white
i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
Continued next page
Individual fitting of HK workbenches No. 50200 with power supply or transparent tilting drums When ordering, please also provide the Art. No. for the desired panel equipment for the HK workbench! See Art. No. 50200 925-970 page 957 The price stated there is understood as an extra cost to the standard execution of the HK workbench. Please request the price for retrofitting in an existing HK workbench. 1
Possible fitting variants: 1 Module orifice set 1 No. 50200 925-930 2 Module orifice set 2 No. 50200 935-940 3 Module orifice set 3 No. 50200 965-970
2
3
i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
2011/12
955
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches with top panel solid beech, 40 mm thick Model
Model 109
Model 132
170 mm
170 mm
340 mm
mm Working height Plate L x D x S mm Drawers internal dimensions mm WxD Load capacity per drawer kg Storage surface per drawer m² 50200 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No.
50200
Other colours
70 0,29 120
70 0,29 030
(O. R.)
Workshop equipment
Other colours
170 mm 510 mm
Model
E
50200 Unit price
Other colours
Ident. No. E
i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
956
170 mm
170 mm
170 mm
170 mm
170 mm
900 1500 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
900 1500 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
70 0,29 040
70 0,29 160
70 0,29 060
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
165
065
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Model 119
Model 122
Model 123
170 mm
340 mm
Unit price
170 mm
900 1500 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
170 mm
mm Working height Plate L x D x S mm Drawers internal dimensions mm WxD Load capacity per drawer kg Storage surface per drawer m² 50200 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No.
340 mm
170 mm
045
E
Model 108
170 mm
170 mm
(O. R.)
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
Model 136
170 mm
Unit price
035
(O. R.)
Model 106
170 mm
(O. R.)
125
170 mm
50200
340 mm
70 0,29 070
(O. R.)
E
340 mm
900 1500 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
Model
Unit price
170 mm
900 1500 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
075
mm Working height Plate L x D x S mm Drawers internal dimensions mm WxD Load capacity per drawer kg Storage surface per drawer m² 50200 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No.
170 mm
900 1500 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
Ident. No. E
Unit price
510 mm
340 mm
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
Model 105
340 mm
170 mm 510 mm
170 mm 170 mm
510 mm
170 mm
170 mm
170 mm
340 mm
340 mm
340 mm
900 2000 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
900 2000 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
900 2000 x 700 x 40 550 x 525
70 0,29 210
70 0,29 240
70 0,29 250
(O. R.) 215 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 245 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 255 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 586
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Module panels with power supply or transparent tilting drums for HK workbenches Application: for individual installation of a power supply in the HK workbench orifice or transparent tilting drums. Execution: Ident. No. 925-930 Module orifice set 1 workbench orifice fitted with: 2 shock-proof socket with tilting cover 230 V, 10/16 A, 2 poles, not wired Ident. No. 935-940 Module orifice set 2 workbench orifice fitted with:2 shock-proof socket with tilting cover 230 V, 10/16 A, 2 poles, 1 CEE-socket with tilting cover 400 V, 16 A, 5 poles, 1 quick-acting coupling for compressed air, max. 10 bar, not wired Ident. No. 965-970 Module panel set 3: fitted with: 9 transparent tilting drums, individual box, internal dimensions W x D x H 50 x 35 x 45 mm, overall dimension of the 9 containers in the housing W x D x H 600 x 50 x 76 mm Painting: In your order please indicate the requested RAL colour matching the colour of the selected workbench.
Module orifice set 1 Ident. No. 925-930 Version for workbench lengths
Module orifice set 2 Ident. No. 935-940
50200
mm Ident. No.
Set price
E
Module orifice set 1 1500 2000 925 930 (O. R.)
Module orifice set 3 Ident. No. 965-970 Module orifice set 2 1500 2000 935 940
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Module orifice set 3 1500 2000 965 970
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Prices are to be understood as extra price on the standard execution HK workbench. Prices for a subsequent installation into an existing workbench on request. i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
Prod. Gr. 586
Continued next page
Drawer insert material for carbide HK benches
Workshop equipment
Application: for individual drawer division of the carbide HK workbenches Ident. No. 980-986 Compartment dividers and compartment rails Ident. No. 987 Anti-slip mat Ident. No. 988 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant Ident. No. 990-992 AQURADO modular organisation system, consisting of boxes and a mat
Compartment dividers and compartment rails 1/2 – division
Compartment dividers and compartment rails 1/3 – division
Compartment dividers and compartment rails 1/4 – division
Compartment dividers and compartment rails 1/2 – 1/4 – division
Anti-slip mat
rubber ribbed mat
AQURADO set 1 consisting of 1 textured mat and 7 boxes 48 mm high
AQURADO set 2 consisting of 1 textured mat and 13 boxes 48 mm high
Version
Compartment divider 1/ division 2 980
Compartment divider 1/ division 3 982
Compartment divider 1/ division 4 984
Compartment divider division 986
Anti-slip mat rubber ribbed mat AQURADO set 1 AQURADO set 2
1/ –1/ 2 4
50200
Ident. No.
987
988
Set price
E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
–
O. R.
O. R.
Unit price
E
–
–
–
–
O. R.
O. R.
–
–
h Two-coloured hard foam inserts suitable for our tool program, individually designed, 18 or 31 mm in height available on request. i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
2011/12
990
992
Ident. No. 980-988 = Prod. Gr. 586 Ident. No. 990-992 = Prod. Gr. 581
957
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series L with multiplex beech 40 mm thick Execution: •robust, welded sheet steel frame, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 45x45x2 mm, total carrying capacity 800 kg for evenly distributed load •working height 840 mm, workbench top panel made of beech multiplex, length depending on model 1500 or 2000 mm, depth x thickness 750 x 40 mm Series configuration: 750 8 59
Workbench top panel multiplex beech, 40 mm thick
490
Drawers with aluminium grip Drawers with slotted walls, strips, paper and cellone carrying capacity 70 kg per strips drawer
Door opening angle 180°
Cylinder lock incl. 2 keys
Base made of square-section steel tubing, 45 x 45 x 2 mm with level compensation on all four feet
Accessories: •suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50199 page 960. •soft soldering and brazing fittings, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50233 915-920 page 988 •anti-roll off edging 90 mm high, 14 mm thick made in beech, see No. 50233 405-410 page 987 •AQURADO textured mat for drawers see No. 50540 685 page 1068 Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
Workshop equipment
958
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series L with multiplex beech 40 mm thick
Unit price
180 mm
180 mm
360 mm
360 mm
360 mm
840 1500 x 750 x 40 490 x 598
840 1500 x 750 x 40 490 x 598
70 0,29 1 005
70 0,29 – 010
(O. R.)
E
(O. R.)
180 mm
180 mm 180 mm
540 mm
540 mm
Unit price
840 1500 x 750 x 40 490 x 598
840 2000 x 750 x 40 490 x 598
70 0,29 1 015
70 0,29 2 020
(O. R.)
E
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
Unit price
E
i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
2011/12
(O. R.)
180 mm
180 mm
Working height mm Plates L x D x S mm Drawers - internal dimenmm sions W x D Load capacity per drawer kg Storage surface per drawer m² Shelf Number 50199 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No.
540 mm
180 mm
180 mm
Working height mm Plates L x D x S mm Drawers - internal dimenmm sions W x D Load capacity per drawer kg Storage surface per drawer m² Shelf Number 50199 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No.
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm 360 mm
180 mm 180 mm 180 mm
840 2000 x 750 x 40 490 x 598
840 2000 x 750 x 40 490 x 598
70 0,29 1 025
70 0,29 – 030
(O. R.)
Workshop equipment
Working height mm Plates L x D x S mm Drawers - internal dimenmm sions W x D Load capacity per drawer kg Storage surface per drawer m² Shelf Number 50199 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No.
180 mm
180 mm 360 mm
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 586
959
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Drawer insert material for carbide HK benches series L
Ident. No. 112
Ident. No. 114
Version
50199
Ident. No.
Ident. No. 116 6 compartments 112
12 compartments 114
Ident. No. 120 16 compartments 116
rubber ribbed mat 120
for front height 180 mm
Set price
E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
for front height 180 mm
Unit price
E
–
–
–
O. R.
i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
Prod. Gr. 586
Workshop equipment
960
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% with different types of plates, 50 mm strong Execution: •robust, welded sheet steel frame, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 45x45x2 mm, •working height of 850 mm or 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech (BMP), table top with universal coating (UBP) or table top with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP), length depending on model 1500, 2000 or 2800 mm depth x thickness 700 x 50 mm, load capacity 1500 kg with evenly distributed load •with the modular system, the workbenches can also be equipped separately with drawers and doors. A grid system of 30 mm enables the installation of drawers with front height 60-360 mm and doors with front height 360 and 540 mm •also available models in mirror-image version or with reset shelves for sitting variant Note: on request all workbenches are available also with single extension drawer 86 % and load capacity 100 kg. Price on request. Optionally with 3 different types of panel:
Solid beech (BMP)
Panel with universal coating (UBP)
Massive, can be locked, glued in bars, special Wooden base late with blue-blue, antistatic toothing and gluing, therefore extremely non-abrasive coating, with circumferential robust and nearly unlimited service life. 2 mm ABS-edge. Resistant short-term against weak acids and lyes and heat effect up to approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance against greases and oils.
Panel with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP) All drawers with full extension 100% – for easy and comfortable access. Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, galvanised steel sheet coating, all around with flanged edges and fastened on the lower side. The edges are welded and ground. Ideal for working with oil. Hot galvanised, thus long-lasting corrosion resistance.
Series configuration:
Door opening angle 180°
Base made of square-section steel tubing 45 x 45 x 2 mm
1x level compen- Cylinder lock incl. sation for work2 keys benches 1500/ 2000 mm, 6x for workbenches 2800 mm
Workshop equipment
Drawers with full Carrying capacity Individual drawer Drawers with per- Drawers with grip extension 100 % 100 kg per locking: it is pos- forated floors and strips, labels and drawer sible to open one slotted walls for cellone strips drawer only individual partition
Accessories: •suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50228 page 974 •AQURADO textured mat for drawers, for fitting with Universal box see No. 50540 660 page 1068 •anti-roll off edging 90 mm high, 14 mm thick made in beech, see No. 50233 405-410 page 987 •soft PVC mats, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50223 905-910 page 988 Additional extra features possible, see from page 975:
Shelf, solid version No. 900 or with full exten- Document panel for inner side of the door sion 100% No. 902 No. 904
Perforated sheet metal for side wall Ident. No. 908
Perforated sheet metal with energy units – price on request
Workbench panel for the inner side of the door No. 906
electronic central lock – Price on request
Product video: use your mobile phone to scan the QR code.
Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Special colour: following colours available without additional charge: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
h Other workbench lengths and drawer/door compositions available on request. Please ask for our brochure describing our complete line of workbenches. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360 i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
2011/12
961
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 209 V – drawers with full extension 100% left side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
180 mm
open compartment of the right side
360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm 1500 x 700 x 50
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
500 x 540
100
solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
50201
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 002 (O. R.) 003 (O. R.) 006 (O. R.) 007 (O. R.) 004
(O. R.)
005
(O. R.)
008
(O. R.)
009
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. 010
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 011
U. pr. E (O. R.)
012
(O. R.)
013
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 232 V – drawers with full extension 100% left side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
180 mm 540 mm
Workshop equipment
on the right side equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm 1500 x 700 x 50
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
500 x 540
100
solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
50201
50201
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. 014 (O. R.) 015 (O. R.) 018 (O. R.) 019 (O. R.) 022 016
(O. R.)
017
(O. R.)
020
(O. R.)
021
(O. R.)
024
50201
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 023
U. pr. E (O. R.)
(O. R.)
025
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 103 V – drawers with full extension 100% left and right side equipped with 3 drawers each front height 180 mm
180 mm 180 mm
open compartment of the right side
180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
Drawers Carrying 50201 50201 50201 50201 internal capacity dimensions per drawer WxD mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 026 (O. R.) 027 (O. R.) 030 (O. R.) 031 (O. R.)
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
962
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
100
028
(O. R.)
029
(O. R.)
032
(O. R.)
033
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. 034
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 035
U. pr. E (O. R.)
036
(O. R.)
037
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 106 V – drawers with full extension 100% on the left side equipped with 3 drawers front height 180 mm
180 mm
on the right side equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
180 mm
540 mm
180 mm
Execution workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
900
100
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
solid Beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
50201
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 038 (O. R.) 039 (O. R.) 042 (O. R.) 043 (O. R.) 040
(O. R.)
041
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
044
045
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. 046
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 047
U. pr. E (O. R.)
048
(O. R.)
049
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100%
left and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
900
100
180 mm
180 mm
360 mm
360 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 050 (O. R.) 051 (O. R.) 054 (O. R.) 055 (O. R.) 058 (O. R.) 059 (O. R.) 052
(O. R.)
053
(O. R.)
056
(O. R.)
057
(O. R.)
060
(O. R.)
061
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 131 V – drawers with full extension 100% 90 mm 90 mm
left side equipped with 4 drawers each 2 x front height 90 mm 2 x front height 180 mm
180 mm
on the right side equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
2011/12
540 mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 062 (O. R.) 063 (O. R.) 066 (O. R.) 067 (O. R.) 070 (O. R.) 071 (O. R.) 064
(O. R.)
065
(O. R.)
068
(O. R.)
069
(O. R.)
072
(O. R.)
073
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
963
Workshop equipment
Model 205 V – drawers with full extension 100 %
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 118 V – drawers with full extension 100% 90 mm 90 mm
on the left side equipped with 4 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 2 x front height 180 mm
180 mm
on the right side equipped with 1 drawer 1 x front height 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
180 mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
180 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 074 (O. R.) 075 (O. R.) 078 (O. R.) 079 (O. R.) 082 (O. R.) 083 (O. R.) 076
(O. R.)
077
(O. R.)
080
(O. R.)
081
(O. R.)
084
(O. R.)
085
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 230 V – drawers with full extension 100 % left equipped with 2 drawers 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Workshop equipment
right equipped with 3 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
180 mm
90 mm 90 mm
360 mm
360 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 086 (O. R.) 087 (O. R.) 090 (O. R.) 091 (O. R.) 094 (O. R.) 095 (O. R.) 088
(O. R.)
089
(O. R.)
092
(O. R.)
093
(O. R.)
096
(O. R.)
097
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 207 V – drawers with full extension 100% 90 mm 90 mm
left side equipped with 3 drawers each 2 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
360 mm
on the right side equipped with 3 drawers 3 x front height 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
964
100
180 mm 180 mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
180 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 098 (O. R.) 099 (O. R.) 102 (O. R.) 103 (O. R.) 106 (O. R.) 107 (O. R.) 100
(O. R.)
101
(O. R.)
104
(O. R.)
105
(O. R.)
108
(O. R.)
109
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 216 V – drawers with full extension 100% 90 mm 90 mm
on the left side equipped with 4 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 2 x front height 180 mm
180 mm
on the right side equipped with 2 drawers 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
100
360 mm
180 mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
180 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 110 (O. R.) 111 (O. R.) 114 (O. R.) 115 (O. R.) 118 (O. R.) 119 (O. R.) 112
(O. R.)
113
(O. R.)
116
(O. R.)
117
(O. R.)
120
(O. R.)
121
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100%
left and right equipped with 3 drawers each front height 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 122 (O. R.) 123 (O. R.) 126 (O. R.) 127 (O. R.) 130 (O. R.) 131 (O. R.) 124
(O. R.)
125
(O. R.)
128
(O. R.)
129
(O. R.)
132
(O. R.)
133
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 239 V – drawers with full extension 100 % 90 mm 90 mm
left equipped with 4 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 150 mm 1 x front height 210 mm
150 mm 210 mm
left equipped with 3 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 360 mm Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
2011/12
90 mm 90 mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
360 mm
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 134 (O. R.) 135 (O. R.) 138 (O. R.) 139 (O. R.) 142 (O. R.) 143 (O. R.) 136
(O. R.)
137
(O. R.)
140
(O. R.)
141
(O. R.)
144
(O. R.)
145
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
965
Workshop equipment
Model 108 V – drawers with full extension 100%
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 122 V – drawers with full extension 100% on the left side and on the right side equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
180 mm 540 mm
in the centre equipped with 3 drawers front height 180 mm
mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2000 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
540 mm
180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS
180 mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 202 (O. R.) 203 (O. R.) 206 (O. R.) 207 (O. R.) 210 (O. R.) 211 (O. R.) 204
(O. R.)
205
(O. R.)
208
(O. R.)
209
(O. R.)
212
(O. R.)
213
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 120 V – drawers with full extension 100%
Workshop equipment
left and right equipped with 3 drawers each front height 180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
open compartment in the centre
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2000 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
50201
50201
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 214 (O. R.) 215 (O. R.) 218 (O. R.) 219 (O. R.) 222 (O. R.) 223 (O. R.) 216
(O. R.)
217
(O. R.)
220
(O. R.)
221
(O. R.)
224
(O. R.)
225
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 223 V – drawers with full extension 100% left, centre and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2000 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
966
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
360 mm
360 mm
360 mm
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
50201
50201
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 226 (O. R.) 227 (O. R.) 230 (O. R.) 231 (O. R.) 234 (O. R.) 235 (O. R.) 228
(O. R.)
229
(O. R.)
232
(O. R.)
233
(O. R.)
236
(O. R.)
237
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 125 V – drawers with full extension 100% on the left side equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
540 mm
centre and right side equipped with 3 drawers each 1 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 270 mm Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2000 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
900
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
90 mm
90 mm
180 mm
180 mm
270 mm
270 mm
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
50201
50201
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 238 (O. R.) 239 (O. R.) 242 (O. R.) 243 (O. R.) 246 (O. R.) 247 (O. R.) 240
(O. R.)
241
(O. R.)
244
(O. R.)
245
(O. R.)
248
(O. R.)
249
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Model 419 V – drawers with full extension 100% left and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm central backwards offset shelf – for seated work
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2000 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
180 mm
180 mm
360 mm
360 mm
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
50201
50201
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 250 (O. R.) 251 (O. R.) 254 (O. R.) 255 (O. R.) 258 (O. R.) 259 (O. R.) 252
(O. R.)
253
(O. R.)
256
(O. R.)
257
(O. R.)
260
(O. R.)
261
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 327 V – drawers with full extension 100% on the left side equipped with 4 drawers 1 x front height 60 mm 1 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 150 mm 1 x front height 240 mm centrally backwards offset shelf – for seated work on the right side equipped with 4 drawers 1 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 120 mm 1 x front height 150 mm 1 x front height 180 mm Execution Workbench top panel
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
60 mm 90 mm 150 mm
90 mm 120 mm 150 mm
240 mm
180 mm
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
Colour of coating Drawers Carrying Working Plate 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 height L x D x S internal dimen- capacity sions W x D per drawer mm mm mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 850 262 (O. R.) 263 (O. R.) 266 (O. R.) 267 (O. R.) 270 (O. R.) 271 (O. R.) 900
2000 x 70 0 x 50
500 x 540
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
2011/12
100
264
(O. R.)
265
(O. R.)
268
(O. R.)
269
(O. R.)
272
(O. R.)
273
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
967
Workshop equipment
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100%
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 106 V – 2 workstations drawers with full extension 100% Per workstation:
180 mm
on the left side equipped with 3 drawers front height 180 mm
180 mm
on the right side equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2800 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
180 mm 540 mm
180 mm 180 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 402 (O. R.) 403 (O. R.) 406 (O. R.) 407 (O. R.) 404
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
405
540 mm
(O. R.)
408
409
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. 410
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 411
U. pr. E (O. R.)
412
(O. R.)
413
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 205 V – 2 workstations drawers with full extension 100% Per workstation:
Workshop equipment
left and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2800 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
360 mm
360 mm
360 mm
360 mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 414 (O. R.) 415 (O. R.) 418 (O. R.) 419 (O. R.) 422 (O. R.) 423 (O. R.) 416
(O. R.)
417
(O. R.)
420
(O. R.)
421
(O. R.)
424
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
425
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 131 V – 2 workstations drawers with full extension 100 %
90 mm 90 mm 180 mm
per workstation: left equipped with 4 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 2 x front height 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel
mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2800 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
968
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 426 (O. R.) 427 (O. R.) 430 (O. R.) 431 (O. R.) 428
(O. R.)
429
(O. R.)
540 mm
180 mm
180 mm
right equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS
540 mm
90 mm 90 mm 180 mm
432
(O. R.)
433
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
50201
Ident. No. 434
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 435
U. pr. E (O. R.)
436
(O. R.)
437
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% Model 216 V – 2 work stations drawers with full extension 100%
90 mm 90 mm 180 mm
For each work station: on the left side equipped with 4 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 2 x front height 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
2800 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
360 mm
180 mm
on the right side equipped with 2 drawer 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
90 mm 90 mm 180 mm
180 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50201
50201
50201
180 mm 360 mm
180 mm
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50201
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50201
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 438 (O. R.) 439 (O. R.) 442 (O. R.) 443 (O. R.) 440
(O. R.)
441
(O. R.)
444
(O. R.)
445
50201
Ident. No. 446
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 447
U. pr. E (O. R.)
448
(O. R.)
449
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Heavy duty workbenches series VS – drawers with full extension 100% with top panel solid beech, 100 mm thick
Workshop equipment
Execution: •robust, welded sheet steel frame, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 80 x 80 x 3 mm •working height of 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech (BMP), length depending on model 1500 or 2250 mm, depth x thickness 800 x 100 mm, load capacity max 100 kg with evenly distributed load •with the modular system, the workbenches can also be equipped separately with drawers and doors. A grid system of 30 mm enables the installation of drawers with front height 60-360 mm and doors with front height 360 and 540 mm
100 mm Product video: use your mobile phone to scan the QR code. All drawers with full extension 100% – for easy and comfortable access Solid beech panel 100 mm thick, load capacity max. 4200 kg
Series configuration:
Drawers with full Carrying capacity Individual drawer Drawers with Drawers with grip extension 100 % 100 kg per locking: it is perforated floors strips, labels and drawer possible to open and slotted walls cellone strips one drawer only for individual partition
Door opening angle 180°
Base made of Links for screwing square-section on the floor steel tubing 80 x 80 x 3 mm
Cylinder lock incl. 2 keys
Accessories: •suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50228 page 974 •AQURADO textured mat for drawers, for fitting with Universal box see No. 50540 660 page 1068 •shelf, solid version or with full extension 100% see No. 50228 900-902 page 975 •document or tool panel for inner side of the door see No. 50228 904-906 page 975 •anti-roll off edging 90 mm high, 14 mm thick made in beech, see No. 50233 405-410 page 987 •soft PVC mats, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50233 928-930 page 988 On request: •working height 865 mm with workbench top panel 65 mm thick (load capacity max. 2500 kg) or panel length 3000 mm •perforated sheet metal with 10 mm square holes, optionally with energy units for side wall •electronic central lock Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Special colour: following colours available without additional charge: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
2011/12
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
969
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Heavy duty workbenches series VS – drawers with full extension 100% Model 106 VS – drawers with full extension 100% on the left side equipped with 3 drawers front height 180 mm 180 mm
on the right side equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
180 mm
540 mm
180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working height Plate L x D x S mm 900
mm 1500 x 800 x 100
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm 500 x 540
Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
50202
50202
Ident. No. 002
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 004
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
U. pr. E (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Heavy duty workbenches series VS – drawers with full extension 100% Model 205 VS – drawers with full extension 100 % left and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Workshop equipment
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working height Plate L x D x S mm 900
mm 1500 x 800 x 100
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm 500 x 540
Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100
180 mm
180 mm
360 mm
360 mm
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
50202
50202
Ident. No. 006
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 008
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
U. pr. E (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Heavy duty workbenches series VS – drawers with full extension 100% Model 122 VS – drawers with full extension 100% on the left side and on the right side equipped with 1 door height 540 mm
180 mm
in the centre equipped with 3 drawers front height 180 mm
540 mm
180 mm
540 mm
180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working height Plate L x D x S mm 900
mm 2250 x 800 x 100
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
970
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm 500 x 540
Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
50202
50202
Ident. No. 050
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 052
U. pr. E (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Heavy duty workbenches series VS – drawers with full extension 100% Model 223 VS – drawers with full extension 100% left, centre and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working height Plate L x D x S mm 900
mm 2250 x 800 x 100
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm 500 x 540
Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
360 mm
360 mm
360 mm
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
50202
50202
Ident. No. 054
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 056
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
U. pr. E (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Combination workbenches series V – drawers with 100 % full extension 100 % Execution: •robust, welded sheet steel frame, under-counter cabinet with drawers, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 45 x 45 x 2 mm •Working height of 850 mm or 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech (BMP), table top with universal coating (UBP) or table top with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP), length depending on model 1500 or 2000 mm depth x thickness 700 x 50 mm, load capacity 800 kg with evenly distributed load •with the modular system, the workbenches can also be equipped separately with drawers and doors. A grid system of 30 mm enables the installation of drawers with front height 60-360 mm and doors with front height 360 and 540 mm Note: on request all workbenches are available also with single extension drawer 86 % and load capacity 100 kg. Price on request. Optionally available in 3 panel versions:
Solid beech (BMP)
Panel with universal coating (UBP)
Massive, can be locked, glued in bars, special Wooden base late with blue-blue, antistatic toothing and gluing, therefore extremely non-abrasive coating, with circumferential robust and nearly unlimited service life. 2 mm ABS-edge. Resistant short-term against weak acids and lyes and heat effect up to approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance against greases and oils.
Panel with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP) All drawers with full extension 100% – for easy and comfortable access. Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, galvanised steel sheet coating, all around with flanged edges and fastened on the lower side. The edges are welded and ground. Ideal for working with oil. Hot galvanised, thus long-lasting corrosion resistance.
Series configuration:
Drawers with full Carrying capacity Individual drawer Drawers with per- Drawers with grip extension 100 % 100 kg per locking: it is pos- forated floors and strips, labels and drawer sible to open one slotted walls for cellone strips drawer only individual partition
Door opening angle 180°
Base made of Level compensa- Cylinder lock incl. square-section tion 2 keys steel tubing 45 x on one foot up to 45 x 2 mm max. 20 mm
Accessories: •suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50228 page 974 •AQURADO textured mat for drawers, for fitting with Universal box see No. 50540 660 page 1068 •Anti-roll off edging 90 mm high, 14 mm thick made in beech, see No. 50233 405-410 page 987 •Soft soldering and brazing fittings, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50233 905-910 page 988 On request: •electronic central lock Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Special colour: following colours available without additional charge: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
2011/12
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
971
Workshop equipment
with different types of plates, 50 mm strong
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Combination workbenches series V – drawers with 100 % full extension 100 % Model 501 V – table top length 1500 mm Model 521 V – table top length 2000 mm 90 mm
drawers with full extension 100%
180 mm
under-counter cabinet equipped with 2 drawers 1 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm 1500 x 700 x 50
Drawers internal dimension WxD mm
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
500 x 540
100
850 900
2000 x 700 x 50
500 x 540
100
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) Other colours
50203
50203
50203
50203
50203
50203
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. 002 (O. R.) 003 (O. R.) 006 (O. R.) 007 (O. R.) 010
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 011
U. pr. E (O. R.)
004
(O. R.)
005
(O. R.)
008
(O. R.)
009
(O. R.)
012
(O. R.)
013
(O. R.)
222
(O. R.)
223
(O. R.)
226
(O. R.)
227
(O. R.)
230
(O. R.)
231
(O. R.)
224
(O. R.)
225
(O. R.)
228
(O. R.)
229
(O. R.)
232
(O. R.)
233
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Combination workbenches series V – drawers with 100 % full extension 100 % Model 502 V – table top length 1500 mm Model 522 V – table top length 2000 mm 60 mm 90 mm 120 mm
drawers with full extension 100% under-counter cabinet equipped with 3 drawers 1 x front height 60 mm 1 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 120 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm 1500 x 700 x 50
Drawers internal dimension WxD mm
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
500 x 540
100
850 900
2000 x 700 x 50
500 x 540
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
972
100
Solid beech (BMP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Solid beech (BMP) Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) Other colours
50203
50203
50203
50203
50203
50203
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. 014 (O. R.) 015 (O. R.) 018 (O. R.) 019 (O. R.) 022
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 023
U. pr. E (O. R.)
016
(O. R.)
017
(O. R.)
020
(O. R.)
021
(O. R.)
024
(O. R.)
025
(O. R.)
234
(O. R.)
235
(O. R.)
238
(O. R.)
239
(O. R.)
242
(O. R.)
243
(O. R.)
236
(O. R.)
237
(O. R.)
240
(O. R.)
241
(O. R.)
244
(O. R.)
245
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Combination workbenches series V – drawers with 100 % full extension 100 % Model 702 V – table top length 1500 mm Model 722 V – table top length 2000 mm 90 mm 90 mm
drawers with full extension 100% under-counter cabinet equipped with 3 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimension WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
850 900
2000 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
360 mm
100
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50203
50203
50203
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50203
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50203
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 026 (O. R.) 027 (O. R.) 030 (O. R.) 031 (O. R.) 034 (O. R.)
50203 Ident. No. U. pr. E 035 (O. R.)
028
(O. R.)
029
(O. R.)
032
(O. R.)
033
(O. R.)
036
(O. R.)
037
(O. R.)
246
(O. R.)
247
(O. R.)
250
(O. R.)
251
(O. R.)
254
(O. R.)
255
(O. R.)
248
(O. R.)
249
(O. R.)
252
(O. R.)
253
(O. R.)
256
(O. R.)
257
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Workshop equipment
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Continued next page
Combination workbenches series V – drawers with 100 % full extension 100 % Model 706 V – table top length 1500 mm Model 726 V – table top length 2000 mm drawers with full extension 100%
180 mm
under-counter cabinet equipped with 3 drawers front height 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimension WxD mm
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
900
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
2011/12
180 mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
100
850 2000 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
180 mm
100
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50203
50203
50203
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50203
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50203
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 038 (O. R.) 039 (O. R.) 042 (O. R.) 043 (O. R.) 046 (O. R.)
50203 Ident. No. U. pr. E 047 (O. R.)
040
(O. R.)
041
(O. R.)
044
(O. R.)
045
(O. R.)
048
(O. R.)
049
(O. R.)
258
(O. R.)
259
(O. R.)
262
(O. R.)
263
(O. R.)
266
(O. R.)
267
(O. R.)
260
(O. R.)
261
(O. R.)
264
(O. R.)
265
(O. R.)
268
(O. R.)
269
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
973
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Combination workbenches series V – drawers with 100 % full extension 100 % Model 703 V – table top length 1500 mm Model 723 V – table top length 2000 mm 60 mm 90 mm 90 mm
drawers with full extension 100% under-counter cabinet equipped with 5 drawers 1 x front height 60 mm 2 x front height 90 mm 2 x front height 150 mm
150 mm 150 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimension WxD mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
1500 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
100
850 900
2000 x 700 500 x 540 x 50
100
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50203
50203
50203
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50203
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50203
50203
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 050 (O. R.) 051 (O. R.) 054 (O. R.) 055 (O. R.) 058 (O. R.) 059 (O. R.) 052
(O. R.)
053
(O. R.)
056
(O. R.)
057
(O. R.)
060
(O. R.)
061
(O. R.)
270
(O. R.)
271
(O. R.)
274
(O. R.)
275
(O. R.)
278
(O. R.)
279
(O. R.)
272
(O. R.)
273
(O. R.)
276
(O. R.)
277
(O. R.)
280
(O. R.)
281
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Drawer insert material for Workbenches series V and VS for individual drawer division
Compartment insert made of plastic Ident. No. 011
Trough insert 5-troughs made of plastic with 10 dividers Ident. No. 032
Rubber ribbed mat Ident. No. 075
AQURADO set 1 with textured mat and boxes 24 mm high (without tools) Ident. No. 082
For drawers - internal dimensions W x D Anti-slip mat
50228
Compartment insert made of plastic from front height 90 mm Trough insert made of plastic 5-troughs with 10 dividers from front height 90 mm
Trough insert made of plastic 6-troughs with 10 dividers from front height 90 mm
Rubber ribbed mat, black, oil resistant
AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes 24 mm high
AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes 48 mm high
Set price h Two-coloured hard foam inserts suitable for our tool program, individually designed, 18 or 31 mm in height available on request. i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
974
Ident. No. E
Set price
50228
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50228
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50228
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50228
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50228
mm Ident. No. E
Unit price
50228
AQURADO set 2 with textured mat and boxes 48 mm high (without tools) Ident. No. 086
Ident. No. E
500 x 540 002 O. R. 011 O. R. 032 (O. R.) 040 (O. R.) 075 O. R. 082 O. R. 086 O. R.
Ident. No. 002-080 = Prod. Gr. 502 Ident. No. 082-088 = Prod. Gr. 581
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Drawer insert material for benches series V and VS Compartment dividers and compartment rails made of steel sheet
1/
2
1/
division
3
1/
division 1/
Graduation
50228
For front height 60 mm
50228
For front height 90-120 mm
50228
(O. R.)
E For front height 150 mm
726
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
50228
725
Ident. No.
Unit price
For front height 180-360 mm
730
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
2
(O. R.)
E
1/ -1/ 2 4
division
724
Ident. No.
Unit price
4
1/ 3
1/ 4
749
774
(O. R.)
division 1/ -1/ 2 4
799
(O. R.)
750
(O. R.)
775
(O. R.)
800
(O. R.)
751
(O. R.)
776
(O. R.)
801
(O. R.)
755
(O. R.)
780
(O. R.)
805
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
hTwo-coloured hard foam inserts suitable for our tool program, individually designed, 18 or 31 mm in height available on request. i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
Prod. Gr. 502
Accessories for ANKE workbenches series V and VS Ident. No. 900 Shelf fixed, galvanised, height-adjustable every 30 mm, carrying load 100 kg with evenly distributed load Ident. No. 902 Shelf with full extension 100%, galvanised, height-adjustable every 30 mm, carrying load 100 kg with evenly distributed load Ident. No. 904 Document panel to be inserted into the inner side of the door, to keep documents etc. with 10-mm square holes, 38 mm axis distance, to take RasterPlan supporting elements and tool holders Ident. No. 906 Document panel (consisting of 2 elements) to be inserted into the inner side of the door, with 10-mm square holes, 38 mm axis distance, to take RasterPlan supporting elements and tool holders Ident. No. 908 Perforated sheet metal for side wall, to be inserted into the foot frame, with 10-mm square holes, 38 mm axis distance, to take RasterPlan supporting elements and tool holders Painting:Document panel, tool panel and perforated sheet metal RAL 7035, light grey, powder coated
Shelf, solid version Ident. No. 900 or with full extension 100% Ident. No. 902
Document panel for inner side of the door Ident. Nr. 904
Workbench panel for the inner side of the door, Ident. No. 906
Perforated sheet metal for side wall Ident. No. 908 (for series V only, please inquire for series VS)
Perforated sheet metal with energy units – price on request
electronic central lock – Price on request
Version
Shelf fixed
shelf, full extension 100%
Document panel
Workbench panel
Perforated sheet metal for side wall
Number
50228
Ident. No. 900
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 902
U. pr. E (O. R.)
h RasterPlan support element/tool hooks see No. 50638 300-651 page 939
2011/12
Ident. No. 904
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 906
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 908
U. pr. E (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
975
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Drawer under worktop for ANKE work benches series V and VS for panel length 1500 mm Extra wide drawers for all ANKE workbenches series V and VS with a panel length of 1500 mm, permanently installed in the foot space of the workbench. Execution: width x depth 1230 x 540 mm, partial extension approx. 86%, load-bearing capacity 100 kg evenly distributed load. Tips for ordering: Please order the drawers with the selected ANKE workbench. The drawers can not be retrofitted to existing workbenches.
Ident. No. 50204 Ident. No. 420 and 422 For version with working height of 850 mm: Drawers with front height of 120 mm
Advantage: The drawer also includes additional stowage area for large, bulky tools and parts. Carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load.
Foot space freedom for comfortably standing at the workbench
Ident. No. 50204 Ident. No. 424 and 426 For the version with working height of 900 mm: Drawer with front height of 150 mm For workbench working height Drawers of front height Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Load capacity per drawer RAL 5010 50204
E
Unit price
50204 Unit price
mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Other colours
Ident. No. E
850 120 1230 x 540 100 420
900 150 1230 x 540 100 424
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
422 (O. R.)
426 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Workshop equipment
976
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
3Workbenches series VX 1500/2000 – XXL drawers with full extension 100% with different types of plates, 50 mm strong Execution: •robust, welded sheet steel frame, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 45x45x2 mm, carrying capacity 1500 kg for evenly distributed load •working height of 850 mm or 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech (BMP), table top with universal coating (UBP) or table top with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP), length depending on model 1500 or 2000 mm depth x thickness 800 x 50 mm •with the modular system, the workbenches can also be equipped separately with drawers and doors. A grid system of 30 mm enables the installation of drawers with front height 60-360 mm and doors with front height 360 and 540 mm
XXL drawers with full extension – ideal for the storage of long and big tools. Example with diverse measuring instruments in an individual hard foam insert
Ideal to store tool cases and/or bulky parts
Product video: use your mobile phone to scan the QR code.
Optionally available in 3 panel versions:
Workshop equipment
Solid beech (BMP) Panel with universal coating (UBP) Panel with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP) Massive, can be locked, glued in bars, special toothing and Wooden base late with blue-blue, antistatic non-abrasive Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, galvanised steel gluing, therefore extremely robust and nearly unlimited coating, with circumferential 2 mm ABS-edge. Resistant sheet coating, all around with flanged edges and fastened on service life. short-term against weak acids and lyes and heat effect up to the lower side. The edges are welded and ground. Ideal for approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance against greases and working with oil. Hot galvanised, thus long-lasting corrosion oils. resistance.
Series configuration:
Drawers with full extension 100 %
Carrying capacity 100 kg per drawer
Individual drawer locking: it is possible to open one drawer only
Drawers with perfo- Drawers with grip rated floors and strips, labels and slotted walls for cellone strips individual partition
Base made of square-section steel tubing 45 x 45 x 2 mm
Level compensation Cylinder lock incl. on one foot up to 2 keys max. 20 mm
Accessories: •suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50206 page 980, series VX •anti-roll off edging 90 mm high, 14 mm thick made in beech, see No. 50233 405-410 page 987 •soft PVC mats, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50233 928-930 page 988 On request: •perforated sheet metal with 10 mm square holes, optionally with energy units for side wall •electronic central lock Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Special colour: following colours available without additional charge: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
2011/12
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
977
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series VX – XXL drawers with full extension 100% Model 16 VX XXL-drawers with full extension 100% equipped with 3 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
90 mm 90 mm 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours Drawers Carrying 50206 50206 50206 50206 internal capacity per dimensions drawer WxD mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 240 (O. R.) 241 (O. R.) 244 (O. R.) 245 (O. R.)
1500 x 800 1200 x 600 x 50
100
242
(O. R.)
243
(O. R.)
246
(O. R.)
247
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50206
50206
Ident. No. 248
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 249
U. pr. E (O. R.)
250
(O. R.)
251
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series VX – XXL drawers with full extension 100% Model 31 VX XXL-drawers with full extension 100%
Workshop equipment
equipped with 4 drawers 1 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 120 mm 1 x front height 150 mm 1 x front height 180 mm
90 mm 120 mm 150 mm 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours Drawers Carrying 50206 50206 50206 50206 internal capacity per dimensions drawer WxD mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 252 (O. R.) 253 (O. R.) 256 (O. R.) 257 (O. R.)
1500 x 800 1200 x 600 x 50
100
254
(O. R.)
255
(O. R.)
258
(O. R.)
259
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50206
50206
Ident. No. 260
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 261
U. pr. E (O. R.)
262
(O. R.)
263
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series VX – XXL drawers with full extension 100% Model 29 VX XXL-drawers with full extension 100% 60 mm 60 mm 120 mm
equipped with 5 drawers 2 x front height 60 mm 2 x front height 120 mm 1 x front height 180 mm
120 mm 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours Drawers Carrying 50206 50206 50206 50206 internal capacity per dimensions drawer WxD mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 264 (O. R.) 265 (O. R.) 268 (O. R.) 269 (O. R.)
1500 x 800 1200 x 600 x 50
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
978
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
100
266
(O. R.)
267
(O. R.)
270
(O. R.)
271
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50206
50206
Ident. No. 272
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 273
U. pr. E (O. R.)
274
(O. R.)
275
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series VX – XL drawers with full extension 100% Model 205 VX XL drawers with full extension 100 % left and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Drawers internal dimensions WxD mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
Carrying capacity per drawer kg
2000 x 800 750 x 600 x 50
100
180 mm
180 mm
360 mm
360 mm
RAL 7035 / 5010
Other colours
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
50206
50206
50206
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
50206
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50206
50206
Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 276 (O. R.) 277 (O. R.) 280 (O. R.) 281 (O. R.) 284 (O. R.) 285 (O. R.) 278
(O. R.)
279
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
282
283
(O. R.)
286
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
287
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series VX – XL drawers with full extension 100% Model 216 VX XL-drawers with full extension 100 %
90 mm 90 mm 180 mm
right equipped with 2 drawers 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 360 mm
180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
180 mm 360 mm
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours Drawers Carrying 50206 50206 50206 50206 internal capacity per dimensions drawer WxD mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 288 (O. R.) 289 (O. R.) 292 (O. R.) 293 (O. R.)
2000 x 800 750 x 600 x 50
100
290
(O. R.)
291
(O. R.)
294
(O. R.)
295
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50206
50206
Ident. No. 296
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 297
U. pr. E (O. R.)
298
(O. R.)
299
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbenches series VX – XL drawers with full extension 100% Model 108 VX XL drawers with full extension 100% left and right equipped with 3 drawers each front height 180 mm
Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours Drawers Carrying 50206 50206 50206 50206 internal capacity per dimensions drawer WxD mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 300 (O. R.) 301 (O. R.) 304 (O. R.) 305 (O. R.)
2000 x 800 750 x 600 x 50
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
2011/12
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
180 mm
100
302
(O. R.)
303
(O. R.)
306
(O. R.)
307
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50206
50206
Ident. No. 308
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 309
U. pr. E (O. R.)
310
(O. R.)
311
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
979
Workshop equipment
left equipped with 4 drawers 2 x front height 90 mm 2 x front height 180 mm
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series VX – XL drawers with full extension 100% Model 141 VX XL-drawers with full extension 100% on the left side equipped with 4 drawers 1 x front height 60 mm 1 x front height 120 mm 1 x front height 150 mm 1 x front height 210 mm on the right side equipped with 4 drawers 1 x front height 60 mm 1 x front height 90 mm 1 x front height 180 mm 1 x front height 210 mm Execution Workbench top panel Colour of coating Working Plate height LxDxS mm 850 900
mm
Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP)
60 mm 120 mm
60 mm 90 mm
150 mm
180 mm
210 mm
210 mm
Universal panel (UBP) RAL 7035 / 5010
Universal panel (UBP) Other colours
RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours Drawers Carrying 50206 50206 50206 50206 internal capacity per dimensions drawer WxD mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 312 (O. R.) 313 (O. R.) 316 (O. R.) 317 (O. R.)
2000 x 800 750 x 600 x 50
100
(O. R.)
314
315
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
318
319
(O. R.)
Zinc sheet metal Zinc sheet metal coating panel (ZBP) coating panel (ZBP) RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours
50206
50206
Ident. No. 320
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 321
U. pr. E (O. R.)
322
(O. R.)
323
(O. R.)
Figure = version solid beech (BMP)
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Drawer insert material for benches series VX for individual drawer division, compartment dividers and compartment rails made of steel sheet
Workshop equipment
1/3 division for 750 x 600 mm
1/5 division for 750 x 600 mm
Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Version For front height 60 mm 50206
1/4 dividing for 1200 x 600 mm
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50206
For front height 90-120 mm
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50206
For front height 150 mm
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50206
For front height 180-360 mm
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50206
anti-skid mat
Ident. No. E
Unit price
1/8 dividing for 1200 x 600 mm
750 x 600
mm
1200 x 600
1/3 - pitch 950
1/5 - pitch 960
1/4 - pitch 970
1/8 - pitch 980
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
952
962
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
954
964
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
956
966
(O. R.)
(O. R.) 992 (O. R.)
972
982
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
974
984
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
976
986
(O. R.)
(O. R.) 995 (O. R.)
i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Energy strips for workbenches Execution: housing made of sheet steel, height 160 mm, depth 80 mm, length 750 - 4000 mm. For installation with different fittings according to figure.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
13
1 Illuminated On/Off switch 2-pin 2 Shock-proof plug with cover 2-pin + E 10/16 A 230 V 3 CEE-plug 16 A 380 V 5-pin 4 Safety cut-out 1-pin L 16 A 5 Safety cut-out 3-pin G 16 A 6 Screw locking element Neozed 3-pin without safety fuse 7 Residual current operated device 25 A 30 mA 220/380 V 8 Emergency stop button with key 9 Emergency stop button without key 10 Pole terminal 4 mm red 11 Pole terminal 4 mm black 12 Earthing sleeve yellow/green 4 mm 13 Quick-action coupling for compressed air
h Individual fitting of energy strips on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
980
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbenches Continued next page
Workbenches series WGS with sub-base cabinets, drawers optionally with partial of full extension The elements of these workbench series are coordinated in such a way that a variety of models can be put together using only a few components. The interchange ability of individual parts within the system is thus possible. Series configuration: 700 450
0 60
Workbench top panel solid beech, 50 mm thick
Drawers with individual Drawers with perforated drawer lock, fitted with floors and slotted walls, aluminium grip strips, paper carrying capacity 70/100 kg and cellone strips per drawer
Door opening angle 180°
DOM lock system, central locking, incl. 2 keys
Base made of square-section steel tubing 40x40x2 mm, with level compensation
Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue. Special painting: the following colours and other colour combinations are available at no extra cost: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
1
710 800 850
4
570
5
0 68
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
Workshop equipment
3
2
1 Central lock for drawers 2 Workbench top panel solid beech, 50 mm thick 3 Grip strips made of aluminium with labels and cellone strips 4 Base made of square-section steel tubing 40 x 40 x 2 mm with connecting brace 5 Bowl-type lock for doors
Drawers with full extension 100%
i Selection overview workbenches page 953. Continued next page
Workbenches with subbase cabinet Model WGK 5, drawers optionally with partial of full extension Version with Plate L x D x S Working height Drawers of front height
5 drawers mm 1500 x 700 x 50 1500 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 mm 850 850 850 850 mm 90/120/150/ 90/120/150/ 90/120/150/ 90/120/150/ 2 x 180 2 x 180 2 x 180 2 x 180 Drawers - internal dimension W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 Drawer extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100 70 100 70 005 007 105 107 50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
50212
Other colours
Unit price
Ident. No. E
010 (O. R.)
012 (O. R.)
110 (O. R.)
h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, No. 50500-50540 page 1063 i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
112 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Workbenches with subbase cabinet Model WGK 6, drawers optionally with partial of full extension Version with Plate L x D x S Working height Drawers of front height
6 drawers mm 1500 x 700 x 50 1500 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 mm 850 850 850 850 mm 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 2 x 150 2 x 150 2 x 150 2 x 150 mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension kg 100 70 100 70
Drawers - internal dimension W x D Drawer extension Carrying capacity per drawer 50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No.
E
Unit price
50212 Unit price
Other colours
Ident. No. E
015 (O. R.) 020 (O. R.)
017 (O. R.) 022 (O. R.)
h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, No. 50500-50540 page 1063 i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
2011/12
115 (O. R.) 120 (O. R.)
117 (O. R.) 122 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
981
Workplace equipment Base cabinets Continued next page
Workbenches with subbase cabinet model WGK 8, drawers optionally with partial of full extension Version with Plate L x D x S Working height Drawers of front height
8 drawers mm 1500 x 700 x 50 1500 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 mm 850 850 850 850 mm 2 x 60/4 x 90/ 2 x 60/4 x 90/ 2 x 60/4 x 90/ 2 x 60/4 x 90/ 2 x 120 2 x 120 2 x 120 2 x 120 mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600
Drawers - internal dimension WxD Drawer extension Partial extension Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100 025 50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. E
Unit price
50212
Other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Full extension 70 027
(O. R.)
Partial extension 100 125
(O. R.)
030
(O. R.)
032
(O. R.)
130
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, No. 50500-50540 page 1063 i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
Full extension 70 127 (O. R.) 132 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Workbenches with subbase cabinet model WGK 6/1, drawers optionally with partial of full extension With integrated parallel vice, jaw width 100 mm, colour blue and height adjuster, foldable, colour blue. Version with Plate L x D x S Working height Drawers of front height
6 drawers, vice, height adjusting unit mm 1500 x 700 x 50 1500 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 mm 850 850 850 850 mm 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 2 x 150 2 x 150 2 x 150 2 x 150 mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension kg 100 70 100 70
Drawers - internal dimension W x D Drawer extension Carrying capacity per drawer 50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. E
Unit price
Workshop equipment
50212
Other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
035
037
(O. R.)
135
(O. R.)
040
(O. R.)
042
(O. R.)
140
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, No. 50500-50540 page 1063 Description under-counter cabinet with vice and height adjustment unit see No. 50212 page 985 i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
137 (O. R.) 142 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Workbenches with subbase cabinet model WGK4, drawers optionally with partial of full extension Version with 4 drawers and 1 doors height 360 mm Plate L x D x S mm 1500 x 700 x 50 1500 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 Working height mm 850 850 850 850 Drawers of front height mm 60/2 x 90/120 60/2 x 90/120 60/2 x 90/120 60/2 x 90/120 Drawers - internal dimension W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 Drawer extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Carrying capacity kg 100 70 100 70 per drawer 055 057 155 157 50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. E
Unit price
50212
Other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
060
(O. R.)
062
(O. R.)
160
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, No. 50500-50540 page 1063 i Selection overview workbenches page 953.
(O. R.) 162 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Support frames Execution: made of steel, for workbench combinations with undercounter cabinets. Square-section steel tubing 40 x 40 x 2 mm with connecting brace and level compensation on feet. Colour of coating: RAL 6011, reseda green or RAL 7035, light grey, powder coated. Other colours available at no extra cost see No. 50211 page 981. Height x Depth
50232
RAL 6011
mm Ident. No.
RAL 7035
Ident. No.
E
Unit price
50232
E
Unit price
50232 Unit price
Other colours
850 x 680 300
800 x 680 310
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
317 (O. R.) 327
Ident. No. E
(O. R.)
** Only for under-counter cabinets No. 50212 (for seated work).
982
320 (O. R.) 330 (O. R.)
710 x 680** 315 (O. R.) 325 (O. R.) 335 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 503
2011/12
Workplace equipment Base cabinets Continued next page
Subbase cabinets models GS, GK, GT Drawers optionally with partial of full extension Design and series configuration of the cabinets see description HK workbenches series WGS page 981 (without workbench top panel, pedestal) Overall dimensions: Height 800 mm, width 570 mm, depth 680 mm. Drawers: with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load. Clear width x depth 450 x 600 mm, storage area = 0.27 m². Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 981. FH = front height, BH = box height KH
FH
KH
Model GS 5 FH
FH
Model GK 1 with 1 height-adjustable shelf behind the doors
50212
Ident. No. E
Unit price Model Dimensions H x W x D Drawers - internal dimension WxD Drawer extension
Load capacity per drawer kg RAL 7035/5010 Ident. No. E
50212
Other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Model GS 10
Model GK 4
Model GT 2 with 2 height-adjustable shelves behind the doors
Partial extension 100 200
Full extension 70 202
Partial extension 100 210
Full extension 70 212
Partial extension 100 220
Full extension 70 222
Partial extension 100 230
Full extension 70 232
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
205 (O. R.)
207
215
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
217
225
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
227 (O. R.)
235 (O. R.)
237 (O. R.)
GK 1 GK 2 GK 4 GT 2 mm 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 –
50212
Unit price
Model GS 8
GS 5 GS 6 GS 8 GS 10 mm 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600
E Other colours
KH
KH
Model GK 2 with 1 height-adjustable shelf behind the doors
Load capacity per drawer kg 50212 RAL 7035/5010 Ident. No. Unit price
FH
KH
FH
KH
Model GS 6
KH
Model Dimensions H x W x D Drawers - internal dimension WxD Drawer extension
FH
Partial extension 100 240
Full extension 70 242
Partial extension 100 250
Full extension 70 252
Partial extension 100 261
Full extension 70 262
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
245 (O. R.)
247
255
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
257
266
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, No. 50500-50540 page 1063 Workbench top panel to combine complete workbenches see No. 50233 page 987, support frames see No. 50232 page 982.
267 (O. R.)
– – 270 (O. R.) 275 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Base for subbase cabinets models GS, GK, GT Execution: sturdy sheet steel frame, is screwed under the cabinet Application: for increase of the working height of under-counter cabinet Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder coated. On request available also in other painting. For available colours without extra price see no. 50211 page 981 Dimensions H x W x D
50211
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
50 x 570 x 680 390 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
983
Workshop equipment
FH
Workplace equipment Base cabinets Continued next page
Subbase cabinets model KS, KK for seated work, drawers optionally with partial of full extension Design and series configuration of the cabinets see description HK workbenches series WGS page 981 (without workbench top panel, pedestal) Overall dimensions: height 710 mm, width 570 mm, depth 680 mm Drawers: with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load. Clear width x depth 450 x 600 mm, storage area = 0.27 m² Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 981. FH
KH
FH
Model KS 6 FH = front height, BH = box height Model Dimensions H x W x D Drawers - internal dimension W x D Drawer extension Load capacity per drawer RAL 7035 / 5010 50212
KS 6 710 x 570 x 680 710 x 570 x 680 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension kg 100 70 Ident. No. 400 402 (O. R.) (O. R.)
E
KS 8 710 x 570 x 680 710 x 570 x 680 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension 100 70 410 412
(O. R.)
405
Ident. No.
Unit price
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
Model KK 3
mm mm
E Other colours
KH
Model KS 8
Unit price
50212
FH
KH
(O. R.)
407
415
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
KK 3 710 x 570 x 680 710 x 570 x 680 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension 100 70 430 432 (O. R.)
417
435
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Workshop equipment
h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, 50500-50540 page 1063. Workbench top panel see No. 50233 page 987.
(O. R.) 437 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Drawer blocks Model G drawers optionally with partial of full extension Design and series configuration of the cabinets see description HK workbenches series WGS page 981 (without workbench top panel, pedestal) Overall dimensions: Height 410 mm, width 570 mm, depth 680 mm. Drawers: with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load. Clear width x depth 450 x 600 mm. Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 981.
FH
FH
KH
KH
Model G 2 FH = front height, BH = box height Model Dimensions H x W x D Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Drawer extension Load capacity per drawer RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 50211
50211 Unit price
Model G 3 G2 410 x 570 x 680 410 x 570 x 680 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension kg 100 70 Ident. No. 500 502
Other colours
Ident. No. E
(O. R.) 505 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 507 (O. R.)
h Sub-base cabinets see No. 50212 page 983, workbench tops see No. 50233 page 987 Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, 50500-50540 page 1063
984
KH
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
Model G 4
mm mm
E
Unit price
FH
G3 410 x 570 x 680 410 x 570 x 680 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension 100 70 510 512 (O. R.) 515 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 517 (O. R.)
G4 410 x 570 x 680 410 x 570 x 680 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension 100 70 520 522 (O. R.) 525 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 527 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
Workplace equipment Base cabinets Continued next page
Assortment of inserts for drawers for HK built-in sub-base cabinet system and drawer blocks
1 Trough plates
2 Containers
3 Spare boxes
4 Compartment divisions
5 Anti-slip mat
6 Rubber ribbed mat
7AQURADO set with textured mats and 10 boxes (without tools)
8AQURADO set with textured mats and 7 boxes (without tools)
set For box height
50485
No. mm Ident. No.
1 From 40 060
E O. R.
Unit price
2 From 40 090 (O. R.)
From 40 095
3 From 70 100
From 40 110
4 From 70 120
From 100 130
5 From 40 200
6 From 40 210
7 From 40 250
8 From 40 260
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 680 page 1068. Two-coloured hard foam inserts suitable for our tool program, individually designed, 18 or 31 mm in height available on request.
Ident. No. 060-210 = Prod. Gr. 503 Ident. No. 250-260 = Prod. Gr. 581
Continued next page
Subbase cabinet with vice and height adjusting unit (folding) made from sheet steel Execution: with incorporated a parallel vice, jaw width 100 mm, fold-out HEUER height adjusting unit and door. •vice after loosening 2 knurled screws foldable under the workbench. •height adjusting unit allows continuous height adjustment of the vice through gas pressure springs and can be folded up weightlessly •stop securely using clamp lever and fix in any position Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 981.
Dimensions H x W x D
50212 Unit price
RAL 7035 / 5010
mm Ident. No. E
800 x 320 x 680 650 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
985
Workshop equipment
Range of inserts for individual drawers to create tailor-made cabinet configurations.
Workplace equipment Base cabinets Continued next page
Subbase cabinets with power supply Made from sheet steel Application: for direct power supply at the workplace Execution: •Cabinet housing made of sheet steel, fitted in the upper area with various electrical components like shock-proof sockets with removable lid 230 V, CEE sockets with removable lid 400 V / 16 A, compressed air connection 3/8", on/off switch, emergency stop switch •Optionally, the cabinet in the lower area can also be fitted with an automated hose winder Ident. No. 780 incl. 8 m hose DN 08, max. 10 bar or with an automated cable winder Ident. No. 790 incl. 10 m cable. The winders are fastened in the cabinet. •All components not wired. For the energy supply, 4 x PG 25 threaded connections have been mounted on the cabinet rear. Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Accessory: Ident. No. 770 Base made of sheet steel, for increase of the under-counter cabinet by 50 mm. Tips for ordering: the price for the hose winder Ident. No. 780 and the cable winder Ident. No. 790 are understood as an extra price.
Ident. No. 710
Dimensions H x W x D
50212 RAL 7035 / 5010
Ident. No. 720
50212 Other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Workshop equipment
50212 Base 50 mm,
Ident. No. 740
Ident. No. 750
2 Shock-proof sockets 2 Shock-proof sockets 2 Shock-proof sockets 2 Shock-proof sockets 2 Shock-proof sockets with removable lid 230 V, with removable lid 230 V, with removable lid 230 V, with removable lid 230 V, with removable lid 230 V, compressed air connec- CEE socket 400 V/16 A, CEE socket 400 V/16 A, CEE socket 400 V/16 A, CEE socket 400 V/16 A, tion 3/8" compressed air connec- compressed air connec- compressed air connec- compressed air connection 3/8", on/off switch tion 3/8", emergency stop tion 3/8", on/off switch, tion 3/8" switch emergency stop switch mm 800 x 280 x 600 800 x 280 x 600 800 x 280 x 600 800 x 280 x 600 800 x 280 x 600 Ident. No. 710 720 730 740 750 E
Unit price
Ident. No. 730
Example as complete workbench
Ident. No.
(O. R.) 715 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 725 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 735 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 745 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 755 (O. R.)
770
RAL 7035
Unit price
E
50212
Also with hose winder Ident. No.
Unit price
E
50212 additional with
Ident. No.
(O. R.) 780 (O. R.) 790
cable winder
Unit price
E
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
986
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workbench top panels and work plates Continued next page
Workbench top panels, 50 mm strong with different surfaces Available in one piece up to a length of 4200 mm!
A WORKBENCH IS ONLY AS GOOD AS ITS TOP PANEL
Depth x thickness Worktop panel length 50233 Workbench table top solid beech Unit price
mm mm 1250 Ident. No. 010 E (O. R.)
50233
Ident. No.
Universal panel (UBP) grey-blue
340
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50233
Plastic coated panel (KSP) Ident. No. 350 light grey Unit price E (O. R.)
50233
Zinc sheet metal panel (ZBP)
360
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50233
Ident. No.
Anti-roll-off strip, beech 90 mm high
Unit price
Ident. No.
400
E (O. R.)
1500 015
700 x 50 2000 2500 020 025
3000 030
4050 036
800 x 50 1500 2000 040 045
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
342
344
–
–
–
–
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
–
–
–
–
352
354
–
–
–
–
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
–
–
–
–
362
364
–
–
–
–
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
–
–
–
–
405
410
415
420
–
405
410
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Ident. No. 010-045, Toothing on the panel
Ident. No. 340-344, Universal coat
Ident. No. 350-354, plastic layer
Workshop equipment
The quality of the ANKE workbench top panels ensures a long service life. Specially selected beech wood is cut into bars and cured for use in drying chambers. Bar by bar, it is then specially indented, glued, sanded and oiled. No. 50233 010-045 Workbench top panels, solid beech. Air dried red beech bars, also treated in drying equipment, provided with a toothed profile on the side. The gluing surface thereby increased by 60 % gives the panel the greatest possible stability. Sanded and oiled, these are a top quality product. No. 50233 340-344 Universal panels (UBP), with 2 mm ABS-edge on the circumference Grey-blue, antistatic, abrasion-resistant coating. Resistant short-term against weak acids and lyes and heat effect up to approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance against grease and oils. No. 50233 350-354 Plastic-coated panels (KSP), with 2 mm ABS-edge on the circumference Top side with light grey plastic coating easy to care. Short-term heat resistant up to 180 °C. Resistant against organic solvents, weak acids and lyes and benzene and oil. No. 50233 360-364 Zinc sheet metal coating plates (ZBP) Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, galvanised steel sheet coating, all around with flanged edges and fastened on the lower side. The edges are welded and ground. Ideal for working with oil. Hot galvanised, thus long-lasting corrosion resistance. No. 50233400-420 Anti-roll off edging made in beech, height 90 mm, thickness 14 mm.
Ident. No. 360 -364, zinc sheet metal coating h Available on request at extra cost: Workbench top panel with edge protection consisting of iron angle section 50 x 50 x 3 mm for the front or for all 3 sides. Workbench top panel equipped with iron sheet V2A Further information, advice and quotations available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Workbench top panels multiplex beech, 40 mm thick Execution: •high quality beech veneer layers, multi-layer, glued waterproof •polished and UV painted surface •largely oil and grease resistant, semi-resistant against acids and solvents •longitudinal edges chamfered Depth x thickness Worktop panel length
50233
mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
700 x 40 1500 515 O. R.
h Additional dimensions and special manufacture available on request. Panel length up to max. 2500 mm, depth up to max. 1700 mm available.
2011/12
2000 520 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
987
Workplace equipment System workstations Continued next page
Soft soldering and brazing fittings, transparent Application: protects the work area of tables, workbenches or tool cabinets against contamination and damage. Execution: •cadmium- and silicon free •fitting height: 3 mm Width* Length
50233
mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
700 1500 905 O. R.
750 2000 910 O. R.
1500 915 O. R.
800 2000 920 O. R.
1500 928 O. R.
* = Depth gauge for workbench top panel h Rolls with 20m available on request.
2000 930 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
UNISTAHL work station system and individual table mountings Workshop equipment
Workplace ergonomics–a man/labour relationship An essential aspect of a modern workstation system is compliance with basic ergonomic and economic principles. The ergonomic design of workstations and optimisation of work processes are the strengths of our workplace system. With its flexibility, modularity and design, it sets the standard for modern workstation design in production, development, initial and advanced training through to wheelchair accessible therapy and training for disabled persons. We will happily support you in the resolution of your requests and provide you with analysis, planning, optimisation of work processes and 3-D plant planning. Practical examples:
UNISTAHL Workstation system
Individual table mountings
h Technical details and design options of the UNISTAHL workstation system and the individual table mountings can be found in a separate catalogue which will be provided free of charge on request. Benefit from our extensive experience in the field of operating tools. Contact us. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364
988
2011/12
Workplace equipment Group workbenches Continued next page
Group workbench with extra narrow subbase cabinets Wide ranging combination and equipment possibilities according to the particular requirements of the workshop. Saves space and provides an easy overview. HK workbenches permit specific task-oriented design of the workstations and optimised working processes. To help you to find a suitable group workbench – based on our many years of experience – we have designed two standard group workbenches. Execution: •Workbench top panel 6-corner: Edge length 1350 mm and 50 mm thick. Consisting of 2 workbench top panels made of solid beech, assembled from glued bars, toothed, sanded and neutral varnished. Joined with groove and tongue system and tensioning elements. •6 HK subbase cabinets made of sheet steel, drawers run on Delrin rollers in guide rails, carrying capacity 100 kg per drawer, partially extendable about 80%, integrated drawer extension safety, with 6 screens between the under counter cabinets. Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 991.
50236
Ident. No.
850 800 x 422 x 680 300 x 600 1 x 60 / 2 x 90 / 1 x 120 360 x 350 340 x 600 532 106
1
2
1
Version displayed with power crown and vices 1 under-counter cabinets 2 screens 3 ANKE workbench top panel 4 6-corner ring channel can be used as energy panel, alternately wooden panel 5 installed parts 6 cover panel
116 (O. R.)
E
Unit price
2
6
(O. R.)
E
other colours without energy and without vice jaw
1
5
2700
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
4
1350
Overall height of workbench Small cabinet H x W x D Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Drawer front height Hinged doors H x W Shelves, height adjustable W x D Weight RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 50236 without energy and without vice jaw Unit price
3
Prod. Gr. 501
Workshop equipment
2340
Continued next page
Group workbench with wide subbase cabinets Execution: •Workbench top panel 6-corner: Edge length 1350 mm and 50 mm thick. Consisting of 2 workbench top panels made of solid beech, assembled from glued bars, toothed, sanded and neutral varnished. Joined with groove and tongue system and tensioning elements. •6 ANKE subbase cabinets made of sheet steel, cylinder locks with 2 keys each and central locking, rollerbearing-mounted drawers with slotted walls and perforated floor, carrying capacity 100 kg, with 6 screens between the subbase cabinets. Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 991. Overall height of workbench Substructure H x W x D Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Drawer front height Hinged doors H x W Weight RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 without energy 50236
mm mm mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50236
other colours without energy
Ident. No. E
Unit price h Insert material for drawers see No. 50228 002-805, page 974. Other combinations and executions on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
850 800 x 630 x 615 500 x 540 2 x 90 540 x 535 570 130
Version displayed with energy panel
(O. R.) 140 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
Continued next page
Energy panel add-ons made of steel sheet metal, for multi-station workbenches Ident. No. 210 non-fitted, 6-corner cover panel, edge length 500mm, 30mm thick, veneered beech with hard wood edging. Ident. No. 225 each workstation equipped with 1 earthed connector with cover, 2 pin + E 10/16 A 230 V, 1 CEE connector socket 380 V unwired and a compressed air connection. Version
50236 Unit price
other colours*
Ident. No. E
without accessories 210 (O. R.)
* When ordering please quote the complete Part No. and the desired RAL colour. h Other installed parts, including ready-wired, on request.
2011/12
with accessories 225 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 502
989
Workplace equipment Assembly and workbench trolleys Continued next page
Assembly trolleys Drawers optionally with partial of full extension Execution: •welded steel sheet metal construction, with 4 rubber-tyred wheels, thereof 2 fixed wheels Ø 300 mm and 2 steering wheels Ø 200 mm lockable, tilting steel tubing handle, on top stacker pan equipped with a rubber ribbed mat, total load capacity of the carriage 900 kg •drawers with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load •DOM lock system, central locking with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Ident. No. 180-187 with 4 drawers, front heights 60/60/90/120 mm Ident. No. 190-197 with 5 drawers, front heights 60/60/60/60/90 mm Accessories: No. 51028 Ident. No. 001 a parallel vice, jaw width 100 mm, can be fixed on the upper frame of the carriage (holder plate on the frame is provided for), page 1084. Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost see below. Version with 4 drawers 5 drawers Height up to vice base plate mm 930 930 930 930 Height up to roll off edge (wagon) mm 800 800 800 800 Wagon width x depth mm 570 x 680 570 x 680 570 x 680 570 x 680 Drawers of front height mm 60/60/90/120 60/60/90/120 60/60/60/60/90 60/60/60/60/90 Drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 Drawer extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Load capacity per drawer kg 100 70 100 70 180 182 190 192 50282 RAL 7035/ RAL Ident. No. 5010 (without vice) Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
50282
Other colours (without vice)
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
50282
Spare fixed wheels, Ident. No. Ø 300 mm E
Unit price
50282 Workshop equipment
Unit price
185 (O. R.)
187
195
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Ident. No.180/182 (Supplied without vice)
197 (O. R.)
200 (O. R.) 210
Spare steering Ident. No. wheels with locks, Ø 200 mm E
(O. R.)
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
h Suitable drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Roll container Drawers optionally with partial of full extension Execution: •welded steel sheet metal construction, equipped with 4 rubber-tyred wheels, thereof 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels Ø 100 mm adjustable, shelves/ stacker pans equipped with a rubber ribbed mat, total load capacity of the carriage 300 kg •drawers with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load •DOM lock system, central locking with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys The roll container can be pushed under workbenches with a clearance of 800 mm. Ident. No. 200-205 with adjustable shelf, load capacity per shelf 100 kg Ident. No. 210-217 with 3 drawers, front heights 90/120/120 mm Ident. No. 220-227 with 4 drawers, front heights 60/120/180/180 mm Ident. No. 230-237 with 5 drawers, front heights 60/90/120/120/150 mm Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Other colours available at no extra cost see below.
Product video: Ident. No. 200
Ident. No. 210/212
Ident. No. 220/222
Ident. No. 230/232
Version with Dimensions H x W x D Drawers of front height
1 shelf 3 drawers 4 drawers 5 drawers mm 790 x 570 x 680 790 x 570 x 680 790 x 570 x 680 790 x 570 x 680 790 x 570 x 680 790 x 570 x 680 790 x 570 x 680 mm – 90/120/120 90/120/120 60/120/180/180 60/120/180/180 60/90/120/120/ 60/90/120/120/ 150 150 Drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 Drawer extension – Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Carrying capacity per drawer mm – 100 70 100 70 100 70 200 210 212 220 222 230 232 50284 RAL 7035/RAL 5010 Ident. No. Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
50284 Unit price
Other colours
Ident. No. E
205 (O. R.)
h Suitable drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985.
990
215 (O. R.)
217 (O. R.)
225 (O. R.)
227 (O. R.)
235 (O. R.)
237 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
Workplace equipment Assembly and workbench trolleys Continued next page
RAL colours for HK assembly wagon, roll container and workbench wagon Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue. Special painting: the following colours and other colour combinations are available at no extra cost: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
h Other RAL colours available on request.
Continued next page
Workshop table trolley Drawers optionally with partial of full extension Execution: •welded steel sheet metal construction, equipped with a work bench top panel made of solid beech, 40 mm thick, 4 rubber-tyred wheels, thereof 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels Ø 200 mm adjustable, total load capacity of the carriage 800 kg •drawers with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load •DOM lock system, central locking with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Ident. No. 200-205 without drawers Ident. No. 210-217 left 1 drawer each, front heights 60/90/150/180 mm, on the right open Ident. No. 220-227 left - 1 drawer with each of the front heights 60/90/150/180 mm, right - 1 drawer with each of the front heights 60/90/120/210 mm Ident. No. 232-238 left 1 drawer each, front heights 60/90/150/180 mm, on the right one door, height 480 mm, behind 1 shelf, height-adjustable. Bowl handle doors, can be locked separately, incl. 2 keys Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 991.
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 220/222
Ident. No. 232/234
Ident. No. 200
Ident. No. 210/212
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic. Version Dimensions H x W x D Drawers of front height
without drawers 4 drawers 8 drawers 4 drawers and 1 door mm 850 x 1150 x 700 850 x 1150 x 700 850 x 1150 x 700 850 x 1150 x 700 850 x 1150 x 700 850 x 1150 x 700 850 x 1150 x 700 mm – 60/90/150/180 60/90/150/180 2 x 60/2 x 90/ 2 x 60/2 x 90/ 60/90/150/180 60/90/150/180 120/150/180/ 120/150/180/ 210 210 mm – 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600
Drawers - internal dimensions W xD Drawer extension Load capacity per drawer kg 50285 RAL 7035 / RAL Ident. No. 5010 Unit price E
50285 Unit price
other colours
Ident. No. E
– – 200 (O. R.) 205 (O. R.)
h Suitable drawer insert material see No. 50485page 985.
2011/12
Partial extension Full extension 100 70 210 212 (O. R.) 215 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 217 (O. R.)
Partial extension 100 220 (O. R.) 225 (O. R.)
Full extension 70 222 (O. R.) 227 (O. R.)
Partial extension Full extension 100 70 232 234 (O. R.) 236 (O. R.)
(O. R.) 238 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
991
Workplace equipment Assembly and workbench trolleys Continued next page
Workshop table trolley movable and lowerable, drawers with partial or full extension as preferred Execution: •welded steel sheet metal construction, equipped with a work bench top panel made of solid beech, 40 mm thick, 4 rubber-tyred wheels, thereof 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels Ø 160 mm adjustable, total load capacity of the carriage 1000 kg •drawers with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load •with integrated lowering device, by turning over the lever on the face side of the workbench the latter can be lifted and lowered, in lowered state it is absolutely tilt-proof. •DOM lock system, each side can be centrally locked with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Features: left and right 1 drawer each, front heights 60/90/150/180 mm Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 991. Version Dimensions H x W x D Drawers of front height Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Drawer extension Load capacity per drawer 50285 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
8 drawers mm 850 x 1660 x 700 850 x 1660 x 700 mm 2 x 60/2 x 90/2 x 150/2 x 180 2 x 60/2 x 90/2 x 150/2 x 180 mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 Partial extension Full extension kg 100 70 Ident. No. 240 242 E
Unit price
50285
other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
245
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
247
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Suitable drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985.
Prod. Gr. 501
Workshop equipment Continued next page
Workbench Model 1502 on wheels made of sheet steel Application: the mobile workstation with versatile uses. Design: drawers can be divided separately with single lock, lockable by locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys. Heavy duty chassis with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels for firm standing. Strong workbench top panel multiplex beech, 25 mm thick. 6 drawers with full extension, with smooth-running ball-bearing guide ways and with freely accessible shelves for bulky items. Load capacity: in stationary use 700 kg, in mobile use 500 kg. Scope of delivery: the basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal and 2 diagonal dividers and 2 spacing boxes 1500 ED-70 K for the drawers. Worktop size Length x Width x Thickness Workbench height Drawers of front height Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Weight
50271
mm mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
950 x 550 x 25 870 5 x 79/1 x 180 480 x 400 78 012 O. R. Prod. Gr. 530
992
2011/12
Workplace equipment Assembly and workbench trolleys Continued next page
Workbench Model 1504 on wheels made of sheet steel Application: the mobile workstation with versatile uses. Execution: with ergonomic working height of 985 mm. 30 mm-thick beech laminated multiplex wood panel. Drawers with full extension, carrying capacity 40 kg for evenly distributed load, for Ident. No. 038 lowest drawer with carrying capacity 60 kg for evenly distributed load. Easy and precise motion with ball bearing guide. Large locking side section with stowage drawer. Heavy duty chassis, roller bearing mounted with 2 steering wheels each Ø 125 mm with complete lock and fixed wheels Ø 200 mm. Carrying capacity in stationary use 700 kg, in mobile use 500 kg. Ident. No. 030 with 7 drawers (5x height 67 mm, 1x height 137 mm, 1x height 207 mm), lockable by central locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys Ident. No. 032 with 8 drawers (7x height 67 mm, 1x height 207 mm), lockable by central locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys Ident. No. 034 with 9 drawers (8x height 67 mm, 1x height 137 mm), lockable by central locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys Ident. No. 038 with 7 drawers (1x height x width 67x1055 mm, 4x height 67 mm, 1x height 137 mm, 1x height 207 mm), lockable by central locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys Scope of delivery: the basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal and 2 diagonal dividers and 2 spacing boxes 1500 ED-70 K for the drawers.
Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Weight
mm mm mm mm
50271
kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1504 0511 1100 x 550 x 30
1504 0701 1504 0810 1100 x 550 x 30 1100 x 550 x 30
985 5 x 67/1 x 137/ 1 x 207 480 x 400
985 7 x 67/1 x 207
985 8 x 67/1 x 137
480 x 400
480 x 400
100 030
99 032
106 034
O. R.
(O. R.)
1504 XL 1250 x 550 x 30 985 5 x 67/1 x 137/ 1 x 207 640 x 400 / 1055 x 400 120 038
(O. R.)
Ident. No. 038
(O. R.)
h Other drawer combinations on request.
Prod. Gr. 530
Continued next page
Workbench Model BR 1504 LH on wheels with lowerable rear wall made of sheet steel Application: the mobile workstation with versatile uses. Execution: similar to wheeled workbench 1504 No. 50271 030 page 993, but with attachable rear tool wall that can be raised automatically with 2 gas pressure springs. The completely fitted wall is easy to lower. Delivery: basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal and 2 cross parts as well as 2 spacing boxes 1500 ED-70 K, complete with assortment of hooks. 70
max390
1000 585
640
550
1625
480x400x67 480x400x137
985
480x400x207 1100 without wire grip Model Worktop size Length x Width x Thickness Workbench height Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Weight
50271
mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
BR 1504 0511 LH 1100 x 550 x 30 985/1625 480 x 400 128 040 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 530
2011/12
993
Workshop equipment
Model Worktop size Length x Width x Thickness Workbench height Drawers of front height
Ident. No. 030
Workplace equipment Assembly and workbench trolleys Continued next page
Wheel workbenches In 3 different working heights, optionally with laterally integrated housing fitted with transparent tilting drums Execution: •drawers with perforated floors and slotted walls for •welded sheet steel frame with continuous, closed rear wall, bow-type pushing handles individual drawer division on one front side •central locking with safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys, •with ANKE workbench top panel made of solid beech, longitudinally glued together from bars, safety drawer block prevents unintentional sliding out thickness 40 mm of drawers •optionally on the right side available with or without doors •chassis with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels Ø 125 mm •roller-bearing mounted drawers with partial extension, single extension approx. 86%, 100 kg load can be locked, total carrying capacity 600 kg capacity per drawer with evenly distributed load, drawers internal dimensions W x D 410 x 540 mm, Ident. No. 100-115 with large drawer W x D 940 x 540 mm Accessories: •optional housing, fitted with transparent tilting drums at extra cost. •suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions available Depending on model, 4 or 5 rows of 6 transparent tilting drums are installed. on request Internal dimension of the individual containers H x W x D 71 x 65 x 82 mm. •AQURADO textured mat for drawers see No. 50540 650 page 1068 Subsequent installation for Item No. 060-115 is possible. Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Special colour: following colours available without additional charge: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
150 mm 90 mm
90 mm
150 mm
90 mm 90 mm 150 mm
180 mm
600 mm
180 mm
270 mm
180 mm
210 mm
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 060
Ident. No. 090
Ident. No. 100
Ident. No. 120-130 housing with transparent tilting drums, trough with rubber mat
Ident. No. 090 with Ident. No. 125
Easy-view tilting container for small parts storage
Working height Right side version Width x Depth Worktop panel length Drawers of front height
mm mm mm mm
Drawers - internal dimensions mm WxD Load capacity per drawer kg Storage surface per drawer m² Door height mm Shelf Number Overall load capacity kg 50272 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. Unit price E
50272
Other colours
Ident. No. E
Housing with tilting container
Ident. No.
Unit price
50272 Unit price
E
790 without door with door 1130 x 650 1130 x 650 1050 1050 2 x 90 / 1 x 150 / 2 x 90 / 1 x 150 / 1 x 210 1 x 210 410 x 540 410 x 540
850 without door with door 1130 x 650 1130 x 650 1050 1050 1 x 90 / 1 x 150 / 1 x 90 / 1 x 150 / 2 x 180 2 x 180 410 x 540 410 x 540
100 0,22 – 1 600 060 (O. R.)
100 0,22 540 1 600 070 (O. R.)
100 0,22 – 1 600 080 (O. R.)
100 0,22 600 1 600 090 (O. R.)
065 (O. R.)
075 (O. R.)
085 (O. R.)
095 (O. R.)
4 rows of 6 tilting drums 120 (O. R.)
4 rows of 6 tilting drums 125 (O. R.)
970 without door with door 1130 x 650 1130 x 650 1050 1050 1 x 150 / 1 x 90 / 1 x 150 / 1 x 90 / 1 x 180 / 1 x 270 1 x 180 / 1 x 270 940 x 540 / 940 x 540 / 410 x 540 410 x 540 100 100 0,51 / 0,22 0,51 / 0,22 – 540 1 1 600 600 100 110 (O. R.) (O. R.) 105 (O. R.)
115 (O. R.)
5 rows of 6 tilting drums 130 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
994
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workshop stools and perching stools Continued next page
Workshop stool 3 and 4 legs Execution: moulded steel strip frame with steel gliders, beech wood round seat, Ø 350 mm natural colour paint. Steel parts powder-coated, Colour RAL 7021, black grey Version Seat height Weight
50120
Unit price
50121
Unit price
mm kg Ident. No. E
500 3,4 050 –
E O. R.
3-legs 550 3,5 055 – O. R.
600 3,6 060 –
4-legs 550 6 055 O. R.
500 5 050 (O. R.) –
O. R.
600 6,5 060 O. R.
–
– No. 50120
h Other colours on request.
Prod. Gr. 504
No. 50121
Continued next page
Workshop stool 5-legs Execution: height-adjustable with covered, dust proof threaded spindle, beech wood round seat, Ø 350 mm natural colour paint, overturning protected five foot underframe made of steel pipe with plastic glide runners. Steel parts powder-coated, Colour RAL 7021, black grey Version Seat height Weight
5-legs 450-570 5,3 010 O. R.
mm kg Ident. No. E
50123 Unit price h Other colours on request.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Workshop stools and perching stools
Execution: •Extra-large spectrum of seat heights, continuously adjustable. Seat with new type of SoftTouch PU foam with wave profile for best support and climate comfort •Seat with comfortable back support, soft, washable, robust and resistant. Overturning protected five foot underframe made of sturdy plastic, colour black. Advantage: Combined solution for sitting and standing - relief for the body and healthy posture through integrated back support
Ident. No. 100 Version Seat height adjustment Weight
50130 Unit price
Ident. No. 102
Ident. No. 104 with wheels 450-650 7 100 O. R.
mm kg Ident. No. E
with glider 510-780 8 102 O. R.
5 years warranty with glider and foot ring 510-780 10 104 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Industrial perching stool
DIN 68877
with disk leg Execution: •seat height adjustment with pneumatic spring 650-850 mm. Stable, extremely flat disk leg prevents tripping, Ø 470 mm •seat and back rest made of sturdy integral foam with integrated carrying handle, resistant against light acids and lyes, can be washed easily and cleaned with no problems •seat can be inclined 10° forward, seat rotates 360° •metal parts epoxy resin coated in anthracite Version Seat height adjustment Weight
50130
mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h Other versions on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
2011/12
5 years warranty
with integral foam 650-850 10 110 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
995
Workshop equipment
DIN 68877
Workplace equipment Work chairs Continued next page
Perching stools ErgoPlus, tilting Execution: stable construction made of plastic-coated steel profiles, twist-resistant and high loading capacity. Seat and back rest are continuously height adjustable with a knob. Advantages: eases strain on feet and spinal column, supports through relaxed standing. Rack colour Seat height adjustment Cover: skai, black. 50130
E
Unit price
50130
mm Ident. No.
Cover: material dark grey
RAL 9005 deep black 550-900 015
O. R.
RAL 3020 signal red 550-900 020
O. R.
032
Ident. No. E
Unit price
RAL 7035 light grey 550-900 012
035
(O. R.)
Material dark grey
O. R. 040
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other versions on request: Frame colour: special aluminium colour or others, covers made of fabric or wooden seat and backrest.
Prod. Gr. 504
Ident. No. 012 with cover from skai, black
Continued next page
Workshop chair 5-legs Execution: height-adjustable with covered, dust proof threaded spindle. Shaped wooden seat with natural colour paint. Back rest rigidly attached to seat support, overturning protected five foot underframe made of steel pipe with plastic glide runners. Steel parts powder-coated, colour RAL 7021, black grey Version Seat height Weight
Workshop equipment
50125
mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
5-legs 450-570 6,7 010 O. R.
h Other colours on request.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Work chairs
DIN 68877
Seat and back made of sawn beech timber Execution: •infinitely variable and user-friendly gas spring seat height adjustment, gas spring with dust protection •seat and back rest made of sawn beech timber shaped according to the body, painted in natural colour •ergonomically shaped back rest, with adjustable height and inclination •protected from overturning five-feet underframe made of profile steel pipe, epoxy resin coated in anthracite Base frame, optionally with: Ident. No. 100 abrasion-resistant plastic shelf slides Ident. No. 110 load-depending braked safety double rollers, for hard floors Ident. No. 210 abrasion-resistant plastic shelf slides and height-adjustable, chromium plated foot ring
Ident. No. 100 with gliders Version Seat height adjustment Weight
Ident. No. 110 with wheels
50126
mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h Other versions on request.
996
Ident. No. 210 with gliders and foot ring with gliders 430-600 10 100 O. R.
with wheels 430-600 10 110 O. R.
5 years warranty with gliders and foot rings 590-910 12 210 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Workplace equipment Work chairs Continued next page
Workshop chairs ISITEC
DIN 68877
with contact backrest and seat incline adjustment Execution: •seat height adjustment with pneumatic spring, seat incline adjustment to -8° •seat and back rest made of sturdy integral foam, resistant against light acids and lyes, can be washed easily and cleaned with no problems •contact back rest that continuously adjusts to the movements of the upper body or can be easily locked in any position with a control lever •height of back rest easily adjustable by ratcheting mechanism •lumbar support ensures optimal support to fit natural back curvature •low weight of the unit itself and the integrated carrying handle make it possible to place the chair conveniently to the side •overturning protected five foot underframe made of sturdy plastic, colour black, optionally with plastic glide runners and/or load-depending braked doublerollers
Ident. No. 022 with gliders Version Seat height adjustment Weight integral foam upholstery 50127
Price/pair
Ident. No. 026 with gliders and foot ring mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50128
Ident. No. 024 with wheels
Armrest (1 pair each)
Ident. No. E
with gliders 430-600 12 022 O. R.
5 years warranty
with wheels 430-600 12 024 O. R.
with gliders and foot rings 580-850 14 026 O. R.
150 O. R.
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
997
Workplace equipment Work chairs Continued next page
Workshop chairs ALL-IN-ONE Highline
DIN 68877
Application: The all-round chair with all-inclusive ergonomics can be individually adjusted to any person and any work station situation. With its unique variety of adjustment options, it fulfils the various requirement on fields of application in industry, workshop, Health Care, research and development. Execution: •seat height adjustment with pneumatic spring •extra high and large, ergonomically shaped back rest •synchronous mechanics with weight regulation •seat can be adjusted with regard to inclination angle and height and depth •back rest can be adjusted with regard to inclination angle and height •stable, flat trailing steel under-frame, colour black •versions optionally with large-surface plastic glide runners and/or load-depending braked double-rollers Optional with: Ident. No. 100-104 with fabric upholstery, colour black, soft, active breathing and hard-wearing fabric upholstery Ident. No. 110-114 with artificial leather upholstery, colour blue, non-skid and tear-proof artificial leather, washable and easy to clean Ident. No. 120-124 with PU foam, colour black, soft SoftTouch PU-upholstery, extremely resistant against mechanical strains, washable and easy to clean Accessories: Ident. No. 130 Arm rest (1 pair), swivelling and adjustable in height, width and depth
An allround chair The ALL-IN-ONE offers you individual setting options:
5 years warranty
with synchronous mechanics
Workshop equipment
back rest height
Illustration with gliders and artificial leather upholstery
Figure with rollers, fabric upholstery and arm rests
Version Seat height adjustment 50127 with fabric upholstery colour black Unit price
50127
Ident. No.
PU foam colour black
Ident. No.
E
E
Unit price
50127 Price/pair
E
with artificial leather upholstery colour blue
Unit price
50127
mm Ident. No.
Armrest (1 pair each)
Ident. No. E
with glider 450-600 100 O. R. 110 O. R. 120 O. R.
back rest inclination
Figures with gliders, PU foam and foot ring
with wheels 450-600 102
with glider and foot ring 620-900 104
O. R.
seat height
O. R.
112
seat depth
114
O. R.
O. R.
122
124
O. R.
O. R. 130 seat incline
O. R.
h Design of upholstery in colour blue or artificial leather upholstery in colour back available on request.
998
with weight regulation
Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Workplace equipment Work chairs Continued next page
Workshop chairs SOLITEC
DIN 68877
with contact backrest and seat incline adjustment Execution: •anatomically shaped seat and backrest •reduced back rest width in upper area for optimum freedom of movement •integrated scale for individual height adjustment of back rest •flat trailing five-feet under frame made of profile steel pipe, epoxy resin coated in anthracite •available with either rollers, gliders or climbing aids •variable covers for seat and back rest for specific work area requirements Ident. No. 040-055 with fabric upholstery: soft, active breathing textile upholstery made of hardwearing fabric. The active breathing upholstery ensures a pleasant atmosphere even in summer. In black. Ident. No. 060-075 with artificial leather upholstery: non-skid and tear-proof artificial leather for soft and comfortable sitting. Washable and easy to clean. Black. Ident. No. 080-095 integrated foam upholstery: resistant against light acids and lyes and robust against mechanical load. The structured surface provides for good air-conditioning comfort. Washable and easy to clean. Black
Illustration with rollers and material upholstery
Version Seat height
50127
with cloth upholstery
E
Unit price
50127
with artificial leather upholstery
Ident. No.
with integrated foam upholstery
Ident. No.
E
Unit price
50127
E
Unit price
50128 Price/pair
mm Ident. No.
Armrest (1 pair each)
with glider
with wheels
440-590 040
440-590 050
O. R.
O. R.
060 O. R. 080 O. R.
Ident. No. E
h Other models for ESD, laboratory and clean rooms on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
2011/12
Illustration with gliders, integral foam upholstery and climbing aids with gliders and climbing aids 600-875 055 O. R.
070 O. R.
075 O. R.
090 O. R.
095 O. R.
Workshop equipment
Illustration with gliders and artificial leather upholstery
5 years warranty
Contact back rest and seat incline adjustment Additionally for contact back rest, the optimum body opening angle of 90° can be retained with the option of the seat surface inclination according to the working position. This is especially recommended for work that involves bending in front.
150 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
999
Workplace equipment Work chairs Continued next page
Workshop chairs SINTEC
DIN 68877
with contact backrest and seat incline adjustment or synchronous mechanics Execution: •seat and back rests made of impact-proof and break-proof polypropylene •flat trailing five-feet under frame made of profile steel pipe. •resistant against light acids and lyes. •washable and easy to clean. •steel and plastic parts in the colour 7012, basalt grey •available with either rollers, gliders or climbing aids Scope of delivery: without upholstery Accessories: upholstery for chairs see no. 50128 100-130 5 years warranty
Contact back rest Contact back rest and Synchronous mechanics and permanently adjusted to the user's seat incline adjustment Weight regulation respective seating behaviour. The upper Additionally for contact back rest, the The synchronous automatic system body of the user is effectively supported optimum body opening angle of 90° can causes synchronous movement flow be retained with the option of the seat from seat and back rest. Changing in all seated positions. The recline between the seat positions eases the inclination can be halted in any position. surface inclination according to the working position. This is especially entire muscle structure. The integrated recommended for work that involves weight regulation enables individual bending in front. adjustment of the leaning pressure of the back rest.
Workshop equipment Illustration with gliders
Illustration with rollers
Version Seat height adjustment with contact back rest 50128
Illustration with gliders and climbing aids mm Ident. No. E
Unit price
50128
with contact back rest and seat incline adjustment
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50128
with synchronous mechanics and weight regulation
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50128
Armrest (1 pair each)
with glider 430-580 040 O. R. 060 O. R. 080 O. R.
with gliders and climbing aid 580-850 055
O. R.
O. R.
070
075
O. R.
O. R.
090
095
O. R.
O. R. 150
Ident. No. E
Price/pair
with wheels 430-580 050
O. R.
h Other models for ESD, laboratory and clean rooms on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Upholstery for workshop chairs SINTEC No. 50128 Ident. No. 040 to 095 Ident. No. 100 robust integral foam upholstery, resistant against light acids and lyes. Washable and easy to clean. Can be mounted easily using the hooks Ident. No. 110-130 soft, respiratory-active textile upholstery made of hard-wearing fabric. Can be mounted easily using the hooks Colour
50128
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
blue 100 O. R.
blue 110 O. R.
black 120 O. R.
grey 130 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504 Ident. No. 100
1000
Ident. No. 110-130
2011/12
Workplace equipment Anti-slip mats and adhesive tapes Continued next page
Anti-friction adhesive tapes Application: •versatile use and easy to glue, e. g on stair steps, ladders, ramps, paths, entry areas, loading zones or before machines •use indoors and outdoors Execution: •auto-adhesive, anti-slip adhesive tape with rough surface made of aluminium oxides on a polymer carrier •slip prevention R13 according to EN 13552 •temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 60 °C and UV resistant 1 roll width 50 mm, length per roll 18.3 m Advantages: •suited for fast marking of hazardous areas •increase of the anti-slip feature on slippery surfaces Width Length Colour
mm M
50225
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
18,3 black 130 O. R.
18,3 yellow/black 132 O. R.
50 18,3 Red/white 134 O. R.
18,3 yellow 136
Ident. No. 130-138
18,3 transparent 138
O. R.
O. R.
h Warning tapes see No. 69772 500-510 page 1415
Prod. Gr. 504
Example of application
Continued next page
Fine ribbed rubber mat, oil resistant
Version Roll length
50229
M Ident. No.
Mat width 1000 mm
E
Unit price
Workshop equipment
Execution: made of 3 mm thick solid rubber, oil resistant, fine ribbings in longitudinal direction, material pattern underneath, colour: black. 1 roller width approx. 1000 mm x length 10 m Application: easy to cut and lay •as drawer insert or tool box for workbenches, cabinets, tool boxes and tool trolley •on machines as tool box and as base Solid rubber 10 015 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Anti-slip mats Execution: fabric-reinforced mat with nap structure made of plastic with adhesion properties. The mat remains in place without skidding– even on rough or inclined surfaces. Light and customized, highly tearproof and extremely long-wearing, washable at 40 °C. Colour black Material thickness: approx. 4 mm Application: the mats are for versatile uses, e. g. •as drawer insert or tool box for workbenches, cabinets, tool boxes and tool trolley •on machines as tool box •in luggage boot suitable as loading and transport safety •as base Nap structure
Example of use in tool trolleys Version Dimensions L x W
No skidding even on inclined surfaces
50225
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Blank 1200 x 600 010 O. R.
No skidding in luggage boot Rolls 10000 x 600 050
Ident. No. 050
O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
1001
Workplace equipment Workstation mats Continued next page
Workplace mats and floor grids – selection overview Workplace mats achieve many advantages for users and companies: •back protecting – more comfortable walking and standing at workstations •no cold feet on concrete floors – improved blood flow even when standing for long periods •longer performance – increased productivity – improved work safety – less work accidents Select the right workplace mat for your corresponding conditions: Anti-fatigue x x x x x x x x x x x
Anti-slip x x x x x x x x x x x x
Grease resistant x
Coolant resistant x
Acid-resistant x
x x
x
x x
x x x
x
x x x
x
for wet areas x x x x
Fire retardant
x x
x x x x
x
x
Article Number 50225 101-123 50225 150 50225 155 50225 170-178 50225 180-195 50225 250-270 50225 280-295 50225 300-320 50225 400-430 50225 500-530 50225 600-610 50229 310-343
Catalogue page 1005 page 1002 page 1002 page 1003 page 1002 page 1003 page 1004 page 1004 page 1005 page 1005 page 1005 page 1006
Continued next page
Anti-fatigue mat made of PVC
Workshop equipment
corrugated surface Application: ideal on dry workstations, for normal stress. Execution: •grey, corrugated surface made of 100 % PVC •temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 60 °C •non-skid and impact resistant, insulated against cold, and protects the industrial floor •slip prevention R10 according to DIN 51130 •fire protection class B2 according to DIN 54332/DIN 4102 •mat height 9 mm •weight: approx. 3.5 kg/m² Advantage: •relieves the back and leg muscles and prevents premature fatigue during extended phases of standing •increases the general step safety •easy to cut to the requested shape Scope of delivery: is delivered with chamfered edges, also in case of blanks! Dimensions length x width Colour
50225
Example of application
mm 900 x 600 1500 x 900 running meters x 900 running meters x 1200 grey grey grey grey Ident. No. 180 185 190* 195*
Unit price
E O. R.
Price/meter
E
–
O. R.
–
–
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
*
Product by meter, up to max. length of 18.3 m: We cut the desired length to size. Cut mats are, however, excluded from the right to return. h On request available: - Model in hammer stroke design - Colour black, gray/yellow i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Workstation mat, anti-fatigue mat open design Ident. No. 150 •black open execution, made of resistant SBR rubber, mat height 14 mm •for dry and wet (but not oily) industrial working areas, e. g. on packing boards, workbenches, assembly / laboratory areas or control stands •drainage of liquids without any problems, by means of special knobs on the lower side •raised surface for improved anti-slip feature with chamfered safety edges all around •Slip prevention R10 according to EN 13552 Ident. No. 155 •blue, open structure, made of robust nitrile rubber, mat thickness 15 mm •ideal for extremely heavy-duty workplaces •high resistance against oils, greases and chemicals Advantage: Non-skid – impact resistant – anti-fatigue – insulated against cold. Dimension length x width Mat height Colour
mm mm
50225
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Ident. No. 150 made of SBR rubber
1500 x 900 14 black 150 (O. R.)
15 blue 155 (O. R.) Ident. No. 155 made of nitril rubber
i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
1002
Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Workplace equipment Workstation mats Continued next page
Anti-fatigue mat with mashes Application: Ideal mats for workstations where larger chip quantities occur. Execution: •flexible and versatile-use mats made of PVC, with yellow safety borders, mash width 25 x 25 mm •woven PVC strands provided on the upper and lower side with notches for a firm grip •slip prevention R10 according to EN 13552 •fire protection class B2 according to DIN 54332 •capable of bearing 2000 kg/m² •resistant against mild acids and alcalines •temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 60 °C Ident. No. 170-174 firm dimensions, with yellow chamfered safety edges Ident. No. 176-178 product by metre, without safety edges Advantages: •fluids and chips can fall through the mash opening, thus they can be easily removed and cleaned •increases ergonomics on the work station and reduced physical fatigue Length x width Colour Mat height
mm
1200 x 600 yellow/black 12 170
1500 x 1000 yellow/black 12 172
1800 x 1200 yellow/black 12 174
Example of application
running meters x 900 black blue 12 12 176* 178*
50225
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
–
Price/meter
E
–
–
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
*
Product by metre, up to max. length of 10 m: We cut the desired length to size. Cut mats are, however, excluded from the right to return. h Special models on request. i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Workshop equipment
Workstation floor covering, modular Closed version Advantage: for oily and moist application areas, e. g. industrial workstations, production lines and installation units, for high stress. Execution: •black closed design, with a rubber/nitrile mixture •Module system: individual mats L x B 900 x 900 mm can be assembled to make any surface. Female and male edges in black and yellow provide flexible edge solutions •good resistance against oils and greases. •temperature resisting up to max. 160 °C •non-skid and impact resistant, insulated against cold •slip prevention R10 according to EN 13552 •mat height 16 mm Advantage: a replacement of single mats or the adjustment to a modified environment is possible without any problems. Example of application
Example with edges
Mat with edges Ident. No. 270 Ident. No. 270, 265, 260, 255
Version Dimensions length x width Colour
mm
50225
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Single mat 900 x 900 black 250 (O. R.)
Female edge 975 black 255 (O. R.)
Male edge 975 black 260 (O. R.)
Female edge 975 yellow 265 (O. R.)
h execution with perforated surface in black, made of natural rubber, or for demanding applications in blue made of nitrile rubber on request. i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
2011/12
Male edge 975 yellow 270 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
1003
Workplace equipment Workstation mats Continued next page
Anti-fatigue mats made of PVC in bulb plate optic Application: for sophisticated applications, very robust, provides for a safe and comfortable standing. Execution: •black closed pvc mat, surface in bulb plate optic enables easy turning at the position, with yellow borders for safety marking, overlapping the foamed back and thus, no risk of stumbling •foamed, damped lower side protects from cold floors and reduces the occurrence of phenomena of fatigue during extended phases of standing •all around with chamfered safety edges •upper surface resistant to most chemicals •temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 60 °C •mat height 14 mm On request available: •Colour completely black Dimensions length x width Colour
50225
mm 900 x 600 1500 x 900 running meters x 900 running meters x 1200 yellow/black yellow/black yellow/black yellow/black Ident. No. 280 285 290* 295*
Unit price
E (O. R.)
Price/meter
E
–
(O. R.)
–
–
–
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
*
Product by meter, up to max. length of 18.3 m: We cut the desired length to size. Cut mats are, however, excluded from the right to return. i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
Prod. Gr. 504
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Workstation mats in bulb plate optic Application: for dry working areas, e. g. on workbenches, installation, laboratory areas, packing boards, control stands. Version: •black closed mat, surface in bulb plate optic enables easy turning at the position, made of a SBR/nitrile mixture •available as individual mat or as intermediate and end piece, combinable in the length •thanks to dovetail connection any length can be achieved in the width of 700 mm •individual mat with all round chamfered edges for safe walking and driving, middle and end piece on 3 sides each •good resistance against oils and greases. •slip prevention R9 according to EN 13552 •temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 60 °C •mat height 12.5 mm Application: design of the production lines without any problems thanks to the dovetail connection Sample applications: 1 Individual mat 2 Two end pieces
2 Two end pieces left and right. Centre pieces can be inserted in between 3 until the desired dimension is reached. Example of application
1
2
Version Dimensions length x width Colour
2
2
mm
50225
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
single mat 800 x 700 black 300 O. R.
i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
3 centre piece 800 x 700 black 310 O. R.
2 end piece 800 x 700 black 320 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504 Can be extended using dove tail
1004
2011/12
Workplace equipment Floor grids Continued next page
Workstation mats knobbed type Execution: •black, closed mat with knobbed surface •can be used as individual mat or as intermediate and end piece, combinable in the length •thanks to dovetail connection any length can be achieved in the width of 600 mm •individual mats with all round chamfered edges for safe walking and driving, middle and end piece on 3 sides each •temperature-resistant from - 20 °c to + 160 °c •mat height 14 mm Advantage: •knobbed surface continuously stimulates the blood flow and thereby reduces phenomena of fatigue during extended phases of standing •shape of production lines no problem due to dovetail type connection Ident. No. 400-430 made of natural rubber, for dry area of application and normal use, such as e. g. on workbenches, installation laboratory areas, packing tables, inspection stands. Ident. No. 500-530 made of nitrile rubber, resistant against most standard types of chemicals, greases and oils. Dimensions length x width Version Colour natural rubber 50225
mm
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50225
nitrile rubber
900 x 600 Single mat black 400 O. R.
E
900 x 600 centre piece end piece black black 420 430
O. R.
500
Ident. No.
Unit price
1200 x 900 Single mat black 410
O. R.
510
O. R.
530
O. R.
O. R.
i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
2
2
Sample applications: 1 Individual mat 2 Two end pieces
2
O. R.
520
O. R.
1
3
2
2 Two end pieces left and right. Centre pieces can be inserted in between 3 until the desired dimension is reached.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Ergonomic anti-fatigue mat
Dimensions length x width Colour
mm
50225
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
900 x 600 black 600 (O. R.)
Workshop equipment
made of polyurethane – hardly inflammable, knobbed design Application: for industrial working areas, e. g. welding workstations Execution: •black, closed mat with knobbed surface made of robust •good resistance against oils and greases. polyurethane •temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 60 °C •circumferential bevelled edges for safe access •mat height 15 mm •fire protection class B1 according to DIN 4102 Advantage: •relieves the back and leg muscles during extended phases of standing •knobbed surface continuously stimulates the blood flow or the circulatory system On request available: special dimensions 1200 x 900 black 610 (O. R.)
i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Floor grids made of high pressure polyethylene Application: for machines and workbench workstations. Execution: non-skid, can carry high loads with 40000 kg/m². Resistant against oils, acids, solvents and lyes. Temperature resistant from -10 °C up to +80 °C. Easy to lay through hook links in longitudinal and transverse direction, available with corner and access ramp.
Example of application Version Dimensions L x W x H Colour
50225 Unit price
mm 1200 x 600 x 25 green Ident. No. 101 E
O. R.
Floor grid 1200 x 600 x 25 orange 102 O. R.
i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
2011/12
1200 x 600 x 25 blue 103 O. R.
600 x 112 green 111 O. R.
Access ramp 600 x 112 600 x 112 orange blue 112 113 O. R.
O. R.
112 x 112 green 121 O. R.
Corner element 112 x 112 112 x 112 orange blue 122 123 O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
1005
Workplace equipment Step stools Continued next page
Safety wooden floor grid
0
00
/2
00 15
0
0 10 0/
80
Execution: made of sturdy, beech strips, joined with a steel cable. Non-skid due to elastic rubber feet. Resistant against oils, acids and glowing chips Grid height: 35 mm Weight: approx. 13 kg/m² Available without or with 2-side and 3-side access ramp. For cleaning the floor, simply roll out the wooden floor grid. Application: suitable for dry work areas and industrial workstations, especially for tool machines, CNC machines, workbenches. Advantage: due to rubber support, relief for leg and back muscles of the worker when working on the machine. The wooden floor grid guarantees safe standing and protects high grade industrial floors.
Ident. No. 310-340 mm 1500 x 800 Ident. No. 310
Dimensions L x W 50229 no access ramp
E
Unit price
50229
with access ramp on 2 sides
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50229
with access ramp on 3 sides
Ident. No. E
Unit price
(O. R.) 312 (O. R.) 313 (O. R.)
2000 x 800 320 (O. R.)
1500 x 1000 330 (O. R.)
322
2000 x 1000 340 (O. R.)
332
(O. R.)
342
(O. R.)
323
(O. R.)
333
(O. R.)
343
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h More dimensions and versions – also special versions – on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360 i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002.
Prod. Gr. 504
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Mobile step stool
DIN EN 14183
made of shatterproof plastic Execution: wheeled, stable, non-slip 'mini-steps'. 2-stage pedestal, round, no sharp corners. Free-running on 3 rollers which sink into the housing when loaded with the body weight. TÜV certified in accordance with DIN EN 14183. Colour: RAL 7035, light grey. Ø below/above Height loaded/unloaded Carrying capacity
50260
mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
440/290 425/430 150 005 O. R.
h Other colours available on request.
Prod. Gr. 505
Continued next page
Safety step ladder, foldable
DIN EN 14183, BGV D 36
made of aluminium Execution: broad steps (360 mm) result in safe use and allow both hands to be kept free for working. Step surfaces covered with ribbed rubber panels, providing a non-slip surface. Folds simply away to a flat, spacesaving shape. Step depth/width Width at support feet Height No. of steps
50260
Ident. No.
Unit price
50260 Unit price
mm mm mm
with safety bar
230/360 480 460 2 020
E
O. R.
Ident. No.
–
E
–
550 690 3 030 O. R. 032 O. R.
570 920 4 –
590 1150 5 –
–
–
042
044
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
1006
Ident. No. 032
2011/12
Workplace equipment Ladders Continued next page
Aluminium step stool
DIN EN 131-1. BGV D 36 and DIN EN 14183
rigid Execution: •welded tube structure, table and light-weight working platform •steps, depth 200 mm, made of anti-slip aluminium checker plate •upper tread 577 x 350 mm 1 2 3 4 5 M 0,20 0,40 0,60 0,80 1,00 approx. m 2,20 2,40 2,60 2,80 3,00 M 0,40 x 0,58 0,61 x 0,64 0,85 x 0,66 1,08 x 0,68 1,35 x 0,73 kg 3,0 5,5 7,8 10,1 13,5 Ident. No. 401 402 403 404 405
Number of treads including platform Platform height Working height Floor space Weight
50260
E (O. R.)
Unit price
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 589
Ident. No. 403
Continued next page
Step ladder
BGV D 36 and DIN EN 131-1
one-sided accessible
Workshop equipment
Version: •patented steps, 80 mm deep •steps and struts made of alu-extruded sections •treads and stile connected by means of high-strength quality flanging •handy aluminium tray for small parts and tools •standard platform made of alu-extruded sections for secure and comfortable footing •replaceable 2-component plastic end caps that fit securely in the stile and ensure that the ladder does not slip •high-strength Perlon belt prevents splay (5 or more treads)
Tread cross section
50260
3 M 1,44 M 0,76 approx. m 2,75 mm 68/48 kg 7,1 Ident. No. 303
4 1,72 1,02 3,00 68/48 8,3 304
5 2,00 1,29 3,30 68/48 9,2 305
6 2,28 1,55 3,55 68/48 10,1 306
7 2,56 1,81 3,80 68/48 10,9 307
8 2,84 2,08 4,10 68/48 11,6 308
10 3,40 2,59 4,60 68/48 13,1 310
Unit price
E (O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Number of treads including platform Ladder length Platform height Working height Stile depth steps/back stay Weight
h Wheeled type on request. Antimagnetic version or anti-static end caps on request. Please ask for our brochure describing our complete line of ladders. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
Prod. Gr. 589
Continued next page
Step ladder
BGV D 36 and DIN EN 131-1
both-sided accessible Execution: •patented steps, 80 mm deep •steps and struts made of alu-extruded sections •treads and stile connected by means of high-strength quality flanging •replaceable 2-component plastic end caps that fit securely in the stile and ensure that the ladder does not slip •high-strength Perlon belt prevents splay
50260
M approx. m M mm kg Ident. No.
2x3 0,85 2,25 0,44 68 5,0 323
2x4 1,13 2,55 0,47 68 6,5 324
2x5 1,41 2,80 0,50 68 8,0 325
2x6 1,69 3,05 0,53 68 8,6 326
2x7 1,97 3,30 0,56 68 9,1 327
2x8 2,25 3,60 0,59 68 10,3 328
2 x 10 2,85 4,15 0,68 68 14,0 330
2 x 12 3,45 4,70 0,80 68 16,8 332
Unit price
E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
No. of steps Ladder length Working height lower external width Strut height Weight
h Wheeled type on request. Antimagnetic version or anti-static end caps on request. Please ask for our brochure describing our complete line of ladders. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
2011/12
Prod. Gr. 589
1007
Workplace equipment Ladders Continued next page
Step ladder
BGV D 36 and DIN EN 131-1
Execution: •external width 350 mm •30 mm deep square bars •bars and struts made of alu extruded sections for highest stability •bars-strut connection through high-tensile quality flanging •replaceable 2-component plastic end caps that fit securely in the stile and ensure that the ladder does not slip
Number of rungs Ladder length Working height Strut height Weight
50260
M approx. m mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
8 2,49 3,35 58 4,4 338 (O. R.)
10 3,05 3,90 58 5,3 340
12 3,61 4,40 58 6,2 342
(O. R.)
14 4,17 4,95 62 7,2 344
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Available as shelf ladder on request. As an optional extra, can also be fitted with anti-static end caps. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
Prod. Gr. 589
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Multi-purpose ladder, 3 parts
BGV D 36 and DIN EN 131-1
Execution: •struts made of alu-extruded sections for highest stability •bars-strut connection through high-tensile quality flanging •top section with parking hooks and locking mechanism •high-strength Perlon belt with sewn-in fixing strap prevents splay •replaceable 2-component plastic end caps that fit securely in the stile and ensure that the ladder does not slip •locking mechanism and guides can be replaced •ribbed bars with wide tread and cross rail ensure a high level of safety •stable, rigid connection with high user comfort and transport safety
One ladder - six functions: Number of rungs Extended length (as three-part leaning ladder) max. working height Length as two-part leaning ladder and as stepladder with extension section Length of ladder sections (also step ladder or extension section) Strut height Cross rail Weight
50260 Unit price
M M M mm M kg Ident. No.
3x8 5,80 4,10 2,45 73 0,80 17,5 368
E (O. R.)
3 x 10 6,90 4,95 3,00 73 0,90 23,3 370 (O. R.)
3 x 12 8,60 6,10 3,55 98 1,00 29,1 372 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 589
1008
2011/12
Workplace equipment Roller stands and trestles Continued next page
Moveable stair heads
BGV D 36 and BGI 637
one-sided and both-sided accessible Execution: •light metal steps of 200 mm depth, 240 mm step distance, 60° incline •spacious light metal platform 600 x 800 mm •platform railing 1,00 m high, complete with toe rails/knee rails •4 spring-mounted steering wheels Ø125 mm. •max. loading capacity 150 kg Ident. No. 253-258 one-sided accessible Ident. No. 263-268 both-sided accessible Delivery: disassembled in easy-to-mount components Note: for platform heights of 1 m or 5 steps and more the hand rail is a compulsory accessory. 2 rails are required for the platform stairs Ident. No. 254-258. 4 Rails are required for Ident. No. 264-268. Number of treads including platform 3 4 5 6 7 8 Platform height without railing M 0,72 0,96 1,20 1,44 1,68 1,92 Basic area can be walked one-sided M 0,81 x 1,26 0,88 x 1,46 0,95 x 1,64 1,02 x 1,82 1,09 x 2,00 1,16 x 2,18 Basic Area can be walked both sided M 0,81 x 1,52 0,88 x 1,80 0,95 x 2,07 1,02 x 2,35 1,09 x 2,63 1,16 x 2,91 one-sided accesIdent. No. 253 254 255 256 257 258 50260 sible Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
50260
both-sided accessible
E
Unit price
50260
hand rails
Unit price
263
264
265
266
267
268
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Ident. No.
Ident. No.
–
E
–
296
Ident. No. 264 with 4 units, Ident. No. 296
298
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Type with steel grating on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364
Prod. Gr. 589
Continued next page
Material stands for round, flat or long materials
Carrying capacity Roller width Continuously height adjustment Weight
50261
kg mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
200
Workshop equipment
Application: Round, flat or long materials can be supplied to the machine or the workplace by means of steel/support wheels or ball bar. Execution: Ident. No. 300 Combination roller trestle, folding, adjustable 2 foot steel underframe, galvanised support wheel Ø 60 mm, easy rotating ball bar with 8 steel balls Ø 15 mm for movement in all directions Ident. No. 305 Material stands, 3 foot steel underframe, ball-bearing and plastic-coated steel wheel Ø 50 mm with side limit stops Ident. No. 310-320 Roller trestles SORTIMO Rolliboy, 5 foot steel underframe, plastic-coated steel wheel Ø 50 mm, GS mark Ident. No. 300
600
350 758-1197 12 300
400 705-1210 11,3 305
200 440-690 8 310
400 675-1150 10,7 320
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
Ident. No. 305
Prod. Gr. 504
Ident. No. 320
Continued next page
Material stand for round stock Application: ideal for thread cutting, sawing, welding and soldering. Particularly well suited for pipes and round material. Execution: robust, height adjustable material supports with fixed underframe. Material support with 2 chrome-plated steel balls for light materials in all directions. Carrying capacity For round material Continuously height adjustment Weight
50261
kg mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
500 6-115 (up to 4") 680-1155 7 400 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
1009
Lifting equipment Hydraulic machine lifters Continued next page
Material stand with platform height adjustment manual or hydraulic Application: Ergonomic stands, inclinable and portable, for sitting or standing activity, also direct at the workplace. Ideal in connection with standard plastic boxes of size 600 x 400 mm. Execution: •sturdy sheet steel frame with platform 500 x 400 mm and guide edge 30 mm high •4-level incline adjustment of the platform from 0 to 40° •portable with 4 steering wheels Ø 75 mm, each with brake, traceless solid rubber tyres Ident. No. 402-404: Manual height adjustment (not under load) Ident. No. 406: Hydraulic height adjustment with foot pump, measured lowering of the platform also with foot pump Colour: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Height adjustment
50261
mm kg mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Carrying capacity Platform size
manual 510 - 700 150 500 x 400 402
manual 720 - 1070 150 500 x 400 404
hydraulic 720-1070 150 500 x 400 406
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Ident. No. 402 (without box and content)
Prod. Gr. 504
Ident. No. 404
Ident. No. 406
Workshop equipment Continued next page
Hydraulic machine lifter Application: for smooth and safe transport of machines and other heavy items. Execution: •sturdy steel welded construction •sturdy swivel feet prevent tilting •precision guides for exact lifting movement and long service life •fast locking for connection to external hydraulic pumps •pumping rod rotates 180° •easily movable with solid rubber wheels in conjunction with pump level •5 years warranty on single-hand safety toe Carrying capacity Travel Lifting strap: adjustable Min. placement height Max. placement height Upper surface size Placement height LxWxH Weight
mm
50261
mm mm mm mm mm approx. kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h Other lifting devices up to 30 tons on request. All lifting tools also available as nickel-plated at extra cost. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
1010
5t 140 3x 15 145 60 x 68 252 266 x 212 x 252 21 425 (O. R.)
10 t 160 4x 20 175 80 x 72 310 339 x 237 x 310 32 430 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
Ident. No. 425
Ident. No. 430
2011/12
Lifting equipment Transport wheel sets Continued next page
Transport wheel sets Execution: •very sturdy, torsion-free steel welded construction •GKS-alperfekt®-roller, slightly steerable, low rolling resistance •high stability through closed cassettes •support surfaces with non-skid waffle rubber •transport wheel set with steering rod and turntable. Application: all adjustable and steerable wheel sets of the same height that can be combined and are suitable for safe transport of loads of up to 200 tons. Advantage: •high comfort during handling •material guarantees highest possible fail-safety and remains in shape, no distortion, even over year-long use
Ident. No. 490
Ident. No. 480
Ident. No. 495
Carrying capacity Wheel set Load rollers: number/installation height Support surface per cassette Distancing rod, adjustment range Steering rod, length Wheel set, Length x Width Weight
Ident. No. 505
Ident. No. 510 3t
50261
St./mm mm mm mm mm approx. kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
12 t
steerable 4/110 Ø 170 – 950 270 x 230 12 480
adjustable 4/110 150 x 150 300-1000 – – 15 475
steerable 8/110 Ø 170 – 1080 610 x 520 41 495
adjustable 8/110 200 x 220 640-1030 – – 30 490
steerable 16/110 Ø 170 – 1080 1030 x 620 80 510
adjustable 16/110 200 x 407 1014-1430 – – 52 505
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h For safety reasons, use adjustable wheel sets only with distance rod. Other transport vehicles up to 200 tons and special solutions available on request. All wheel sets also available nickel-plated at extra cost. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364
2011/12
Example of application 6t
Prod. Gr. 504
1011
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 475
Lifting equipment Pallet trucks Continued next page
Pallet trucks carrying capacity 2000 / 2500 / 3000 / 3500 kg Execution: •sensitive lowering of the load with adjustable lowering speed •industrial design, torsion-proof and robust •safety drawbar with the functions: lift, travel and lower, united in the rubberized •quiet polyurethane rollers facilitate the work, extremely low roller resistance •all joints equipped with lubricating nipples handle •low-maintenance hydraulic system with hard chromium plated piston and overload protection Application: for the professional transport of palletised products on special pallets, under sophisticated conditions, even in case of slightly ascending or descending slopes Paint: RAL 5012, light blue, powder-coated Scope of delivery: installed, incl. operating instructions Ident. No. 378: with SPEED-lift-function, 2x pumps and the pallet is lifted off the floor. The quick lift is active up to a load of 150 kg and with higher load it automatically switches over to standard lift. Ident. No. 375 and 385 with travel brake and parking brake
2x
Ident. No. 360
Workshop equipment
Fork length Carrying capacity Width of the fork prongs Outer distance of the fork prongs Movement Range Fork rollers Steering wheels/Ø SPEED-Lift-Function
50262
mm kg mm mm
800 2000 150 520
mm
85-200 PU-Single mm PU/180 – Ident. No. 360 E (O. R.)
Unit price
50262
Ident. No. 370
with brake
2000 160 520
2500 160 520
1150 2500 160 520
3000 160 540
1500 2500 160 520
1800 2000 160 520
2000 2000 160 520
2000 170 550
3500 170 550
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/180 – 350
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/200 370
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/200 yes 378
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/200 – 380
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/200 – 382
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/200 – 384
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/200 – 386
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/200 – 388
85-200 PU-Tandem PU/200 – 390
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Ident. No.
–
–
E
–
–
Unit price
Ident. No. 378, with SPEED-Lift function 2x pumps - the pallet is lifted off the floor
375
–
(O. R.)
–
385 (O. R.)
2500
Ident.-No. 350 = Prod. Gr. 586 Ident. No. 360-390 = Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Scissor-type lift pallet truck carrying capacity 1000 kg Execution: •torsion-free construction, safe position even under full load •with quick-action lifting function: quick lifting for loads up to approx. 250 kg •safety drawbar with 3 functions: lift, rapid lifting and lower •hydraulic system with safety valve •hydraulic pump with 3-step-telescope stamp •infinitely variably manual lowering via handle •up to a lifting height of 200 mm the scissor-type lifting table can be shunted Application: for the transport and the lifting of palletised products on flexible working heights in manufacture, installation and dispatch. Scope of delivery: installed, incl. operating instructions Paint: RAL 5012, light blue, powder-coated Carrying capacity Fork length Width of the fork prongs Outer distance of the fork prongs Movement Range Fork rollers Steering wheels/Ø
kg mm mm mm mm
50262
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h Electric version on request.
1012
1000 1170 160 540 85-800 PU PU/200 450 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Lifting equipment High lift pallet trucks and electric stackers Continued next page
Pallet trucks with scales or scales and printer
Carrying capacity Fork length Width of the fork prongs Outer distance of the fork prongs Movement Range Fork rollers Steering wheels/Ø Weight
50262 Unit price
kg mm mm mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
2000 1150 180 555 85-200 PU-Tandem Aluminium-rubber/180 122 415 (O. R.)
2000 1150 180 555 85-200 PU-Tandem Aluminium-rubber/180 122 420 (O. R.)
Ident. No. 415
Ident. No. 420 LCD display and printer
Workshop equipment
carrying capacity 2000 kg Version fork lift truck: •industrial design, torsion-proof and robust •safety drawbar with rubberized handle unites all operating functions: lift, travel and lower •low-maintenance hydraulic system with hard chromium plated piston and overload protection •sensitive lowering of the load with adjustable lowering speed •quiet polyurethane fork rollers facilitate the work type weighing equipment: •easiest handling, large operating keys, dust- and water tight touch pad, mains-independent •measuring range: 1-2000 kg, pitch step 1 kg •4 DMS-weighing sensors, protection class IP65 •cannot be calibrated, but calibrated execution, available on request •addition function, minimum display, zero setting, gross/net change-over, LOW battery display, automatic selftest function •100 % can be tared, also multiple taring possible •5-digit, 25 mm high LCD display with status symbols, safe and protected, installed in housing, easy operation and reading •error limit 0,1 % of final value of measuring range •battery operation with 4 x AA Mignon LR6 1.5 V included in the scope of delivery, battery capacity for approx. 1800 measurements Ident. No. 420 but with: •integrated thermotransfer printer •1 roll of thermo-paper for printer is included in the scope of delivery Advantage: •transport and weigh in one operation •mobile use at any location •no unnecessary transport routs to the scales Scope of delivery: installed, incl. operating instructions Paint: RAL 5012, light blue, powder-coated
Prod. Gr. 504 Continued next page
High lift pallet trucks carrying capacity 1000 kg Application: hand hydraulic stacker to lift and move palletised goods Execution: •stable welded, torsion-proof sectional steel structure •safe position even under full load •hydraulic lifting by means of drawbar or pedal •manual lowering infinitely adjustable via handle •safety draw bar with rubberized handle •hydraulic system with safety valve •hard chromium plated pressure piston •with protective grating, fixed down to the bottom of the frame, against falling objects and for free sight to the front •quiet polyurethane rollers facilitate the work •2 large steering wheels with wheel block, for optimum shunting even in very restricted spaces •ground clearance of the fork arms 40 mm, allows running over bumps without any problem •all stackers meet the requirements of the regulations of the employers' liability insurance association of BGV-D27 and the Euro-standard Paint: RAL 5012, light blue, powder-coated Scope of delivery: installed, incl. operating instructions, ready for operation Accessories: Ident. No. 550 Platform L x W 1150 x 560 mm, carrying capacity 1000 kg, easily makes a table of a high lift truck Movement Range Carrying capacity Lifting height per pedal actuation Total height when retracted (passage height) Total height at max. lift Overall width Fork length Width of the fork prongs Outer distance of the fork prongs Fork rollers Steering wheels/Ø Weight
50262 Unit price
50262 Unit price
Platform
mm kg mm mm
90-1200 1000 20 1730
90-1600 1000 20 1980
90-2500 1000 20 1845
90-3000 1000 20 2080
mm mm mm mm mm
1750 755 1150 160 560 PU-Tandem PU/150 200 500 (O. R.)
2080 755 1150 160 560 PU-Tandem PU/150 230 510 (O. R.)
3000 870 1150 170 560 PU-Tandem PU/150 276 520 (O. R.)
3505 870 1150 170 560 PU-Tandem PU/150 316 530 (O. R.)
mm kg Ident. No. E Ident. No. E
550 (O. R.)
h Electric version, other load capacities and other platform lengths on request.
2011/12
Prod. Gr. 504
High lifting truck with platform
1013
Lifting equipment Scissor lifting tables Continued next page
Electric stacker with travelling mechanism carrying capacity 1200 kg/lifting height 2500, 2800 with free lift, 2900, 3500 mm Application: •suited for application on longer routes where an electric running drive achieves considerable advantages •ideal device for the semi-professional sector for indoor use in storage systems Execution: •torsion-free pole and frame construction, robot welding, signal green, powder coated •with electric lifting and travel drive •infinitely adjustable travelling speed, accurate lifting and lowering processes •grip column made of steel sheet, safety knob and signal on the pole head •ergonomic drawbar with large control elements for direction and speed •with integrated battery and charging device (24 V/20 A) •with battery discharge display. The battery charging system is equipped such that the lifting motion is blocked until the definite discharge, but that travelling to the next charging station is still possible. •two-piece plastic housing for easy access and maintenance •with entry points made of special steel, forks correspond to the pallet standard •steering deflection 180° – compact construction ensures a manoeuvrable and quick operation, even under full load •high tilting safety thanks to five-point support •wheels/tyres: 1 rubber drive wheel Ø 250/86 mm, 2 polyurethane supporting wheels Ø 150/40 mm, 2 polyurethane load rollers Ø 82/70 mm Ident. No. 728 with free lift, allows to raise the forks without extending the mast, up to a lifting/construction height of 1472/1972 mm, especially suitable for low room or passage heights. Scope of delivery incl. batteries, charger and operating instructions, ready for operation
Workshop equipment
Model Travel Carrying capacity Fork prongs length/width Total dimensions length x width Structural height lowered / raised Turning radius Free lift Voltage / max. capacity Travel speed with/without load Lifting speed with/without load max. negotiable inclination with/without load Running / lifting motor Weight incl. battery
50262
mm kg mm mm mm M mm V/Ah km/h m/s % kW kg Ident. No.
GX12/25 GX12/28 free stroke 2500 2800 1200 1200 1150/150 1150/150 1825 x 850 1825 x 850 1780/2985 1972/3334 1460 1460 – 1472 24/88 24/88 4,0/5,0 4,0/5,0 0,08/0,12 0,09/0,10 5/10 5/10 0,7/2,2 0,7/2,2 481 542 725 728
E (O. R.)
Unit price
(O. R.)
GX12/29 2900 1200 1150/150 1825 x 850 1980/3385 1460 – 24/88 4,0/5,0 0,08/0,12 5/10 0,7/2,2 496 729
GX12/35 3500 1200 1150/150 1825 x 850 2250/3915 1460 80 24/88 4,0/5,0 0,08/0,12 5/10 0,7/2,2 531 735
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h On request available: further models and special dimensions efficient or maintenance-free battery for longer operating times ergonomic drawbar with two separated operating elements for lifting function
Ident. No. 725
Ident. No. 728 with free lift
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Scissor lifting table on wheels Execution: •for load from 150 kg up to 1500 kg, lifting heights from 225 mm to 1000 mm •stable scissor-type bracing •hand handle control, step-less height adjustment •lift operation via pedal •hydraulic pump made of high stable steel •2 steering rollers with wheel block, 2 axis wheels •polyurethane wheels (PU) for low-noise and easy run •pressure relief valve for long life of the pump Application: •lifting, lowering and transporting with one device •for use as adjustable additional table on installation work station •ideal workshop and fitting carriage with wide field of applications in craft and industry Paint: RAL 5012, light blue, powder-coated Movement Range Carrying capacity Platform L x W x H Wheel Ø Weight
50262
mm kg mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
225-740 150 740 x 450 x 35 100 48 900 (O. R.)
h Electric version and lifting range up to 1510 mm on request.
1014
340-900 300 500 855 x 500 x 50 855 x 500 x 50 127 130 73 91 905 910 (O. R.)
(O. R.)
Ident. No. 900 Ident. No. 910 420-1000 800 1000 x 515 x 55 150 115 920 (O. R.)
380-1000 1000 1020 x 510 x 60 150 121 930 (O. R.)
420-1000 1500 1220 x 600 x 60 150 143 940 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Transport equipment Platform trolleys Continued next page
Scissor lifting table, flat Type F-CE and FE •E-shaped platform saving for loading with commercial forklifts and fork stackers (Type FE) for pallets and boxes •all-round free foot space, as no interfering floor frames •safety and construction according to DIN EN 1570 and UVV/VBG14 •certified with the quality seal of the campaign "Gesunder Rücken" (Healthy Backs) •portable compact unit (gear pump) available as option in 230 V or 400 V •stable model, 6 mm platform sheet metal, full steel scissors, maintenance-free •no electric on lifting table because pure hydraulically connected multiple plug •all tables can be moved axial (without load) (2 fixed castors 2 steering rollers) Model Carrying capacity Construction height Travel Lifting time Length Width Weight
77172
F-CE kg mm mm sec. mm mm kg Ident. No.
500 70 750 20 1450 900 200 005d
E (O. R.)
Unit price Access ramp
300 70 750 20 1450 900 200 003d
77172
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
(O. R.)
FE 1000 80 750 25 1450 900 250 010d
(O. R.)
1500 90 750 25 1450 900 330 015d (O. R.)
400 104d
600 80 750 20 1300 910 200 050d (O. R.)
(O. R.)
– –
– –
–
–
600 106d
(O. R.)
1200 80 750 25 1300 910 250 060d
(O. R.)
h Other lifting table versions available on request t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
Series F-CE with closed platform
Series FE with platform
Prod. Gr. 773
Continued next page
Scissor lifting table
Model Carrying capacity max. Platform L x W Construction height Travel Travel Lifting time Capacity Weight
77172
kg mm mm mm mm sec. kW kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1-8-1 1000 1250 x 800 180 800 980 17 1,1 270 208d (O. R.)
1-10-8 1000 1700 x 1000 200 1000 1200 14 2,3 290 210d
1-13-10 1000 2000 x 1250 200 1300 1500 18 2,3 460 213d
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Workshop equipment
Application: •Installation on floor. All machines with bio-oil. •Various possibilities of use: – material can be raised and lowered – levelled machine insertion – integrated in conveyor systems etc. Execution: •operating voltage 400 V, 50 Hz •control voltage 24 V DC, 50 Hz •colour: RAL 5015, sky blue Operation: Lift - lower (dead man) with hand push button with Emergency-Stop and 3 m long control cable. Lifting tables are delivered mounted ready for connection. (Pit version request) 1-16-18 1000 2500 x 1600 280 1600 1880 34 2,9 950 216d (O. R.)
h Other lifting table models on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
Prod. Gr. 773
Continued next page
Transport trolley
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 400 kg and with solid rubber wheels Angular frame with 4 steering wheels including 2 with wheel brakes, roller-bearing-mounted, Ø 125 x 38 mm, heavy duty MDF panel with coated surface. Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, plastic coated Loading area L x W Loading height Carrying capacity Weight
50267
mm mm kg kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h Other versions on request.
2011/12
500 x 500 172 400 13 005 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
1015
Transport equipment Platform trolleys Continued next page
Bogies / crate trolleys
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 400 kg and with solid rubber wheels Application: for transport of Euronorm containers/plastic boxes 600 x 400 mm or 800 x 600 mm. Execution: angular frame with 4 steering wheels including 2 with wheel brakes, made of solid rubber, roller-bearing-mounted, Ø 125 x 38 mm. Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Ident. No. 065 Hook-in pushing handle made of steel tubing with plastic handle, for bogey600 x 400 mm, handle height approx. 900 mm. Ident. No. 085 Screw-on pushing handle made of steel tubing with plastic handle, for bogey 800 x 600 mm, handle height approx. 950 mm. Loading area L x W Loading height Carrying capacity External dimensions L x B Weight Chassis 50267
mm mm kg mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50267
Pushing handle
600 x 400 190 400 625 x 420 9,5 060
800 x 600 190 400 815 x 615 13,4 080
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
065
Ident. No.
085
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
chassis ident. No. 060
(O. R.)
h Euronorm stacking container see No. 50059 110-282 page 929
Prod. Gr. 504 Example with Euronorm stack container
Continued next page
Handle trolley
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 200 kg and with solid rubber wheels With screw-on pushing handle. Angular steel frame, 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels, with 2 wheel locks as standard feature, roller-bearing-mounted, Ø 125 x 38 mm, high strength MDF panel with coated surface. Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Loading area L x W Carrying capacity Weight
50267
mm kg kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
600 x 500 200 11 015 O. R.
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 504 Continued next page
Platform trolley with foldable handle
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 150 / 250 kg and with solid rubber wheels Execution: •sheet metal platform with antislip mat, loading surface with all-around edge protection •pushing handle foldable by 90° to make the trolley fit into any nook, luggage boot or cabinet •2 fixed and 2 steering wheels with wheel lock, grey-blue, non-mark rubber tyres Paint: pushing handle grey, platform blue/grey Loading area L x W Carrying capacity Overall dimension L x W x D open/folded Platform height Wheel dimension Weight
50268
mm kg mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
740 x 480 150 750 x 490 x 860/190 140 100 x 30 9 140
910 x 620 250 920 x 630 x 860/215 175 125 x 35 18,6 145
(O. R.)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 586
Ident. No. 140
Continued next page
Platform trolley with foldable handle
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 400 kg and with solid rubber wheels Stackable due to folding end wall, and thus saves space when stored. Ergonomic handle arrangement keeps good body posture when pushing. Frame, 2 fixed wheels with 2 wheel brakes and 2 steering wheels, roller-bearing-mounted, Ø 180 x 50 mm, high strength MDF panel with coated surface. Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Loading area L x W Carrying capacity External dimensions D x W x H, open External dimensions D x W x H, folded Weight
50268
mm kg mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
900 x 600 400 1090 x 600 x 1040 980 x 600 x 420 22 150 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
1016
2011/12
Transport equipment Table trolleys Continued next page
Platform trolley
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 600 kg and with solid rubber wheels Frame with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels, 2 wheel brakes included as standard feature, roller-bearingmounted, Ø 200 x 50 mm, high strength MDF panels with coated surface. Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Loading area L x W Loading height Carrying capacity External dimensions L x W x H Weight
50268
mm mm kg mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1000 x 700 270 600 1135 x 710 x 935 34 155 O. R.
1200 x 800 270 600 1335 x 810 x 935 39 160 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Table trolleys
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 600 kg, with 2 or 3 loading surfaces and solid rubber wheels Frame with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels, 2 wheel brakes included as standard feature, roller-bearingmounted, Ø 200 x 50 mm, 2 or 3 high strength MDF panels with coated surface. Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Ident. No. 172-181 with 2 loading levels, level heights 280/900 mm Ident. No. 182-187 with 3 loading levels, level heights 280/590/900 mm
E
Unit price
50268
mm 850 x 500 kg 600 mm 970 x 520 x 900 Ident. No. 172
with 3 loading surfaces
Ident. No. E
Unit price
1000 x 700 600 1120 x 720 x 900 176
O. R.
O. R.
182
186
O. R.
O. R.
1200 x 800 600 1320 x 820 x 900 181 O. R.
Workshop equipment
Loading area L x W Carrying capacity External dimensions L x W x H 50268 with 2 loading surfaces
187 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Tray trolleys
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 300 kg, with 2 or 3 loading surfaces and solid rubber wheels Execution: •sheet steel frame, with 2 or 3 oil- and waterproof tray bases, edge height 40 mm •with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels standard with brakes, Ø 160 x 40 mm, solid rubber tyres, roller bearing mounted Colour: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Ident. No. 210-212 with 2 loading levels, level heights 260/880 mm Ident. No. 214-216 with 3 loading levels, level heights 260/570/880 mm Accessories: Ident. No. 218-220 oil-resistant rubber ribbed mat 3 mm thick, to be inserted into the tray bases Loading area L x W Carrying capacity External dimensions L x W x H with 2 loading surfaces 50268
E
Unit price
50268
with 3 loading surfaces
Unit price
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50268
mm kg mm Ident. No.
rubber ribbed mat
Ident. No. E
850 x 500 300 960 x 510 x 880 210 (O. R.) 214 (O. R.) 218 O. R.
1000 x 700 300 1110 x 710 x 880 212 (O. R.) 216 (O. R.) 220 O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Ident. No. 218-220 Rubber ribbed mats for tray bases
1017
Transport equipment Table trolleys Continued next page
Multi-shelf trolleys with grid
DIN EN 1757-3
carrying capacity 600 kg, with 3 stage bases and solid rubber wheels Design variant: frame with 2 fixed and 2 steering rollers, as standard with 2 wheel blocks, roller-bearingmounted, Ø 200 x 50 mm, steel parts permanently plastic-coated, RAL 5010, gentian blue. Equipment: loading platform and 3 stage bases: high strength MDP panel, plastic-coated surface. Grid mesh size 100 x 50 mm Stage heights: grid frame every 100 mm. Stage bases are suspended in grid. Delivery: incl. 3 stage bases Ident. No. 195 and 205 individual stage bases, to expand the carriage with additional bases Loading area L x W Carrying capacity Load capacity per stage base External dimensions L x W x H Weight
50268
mm kg kg mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
50268
Stage base
1000 x 700 600 80 1060 x 710 x 1850 60 192 (O. R.)
(O. R.)
195
Ident. No.
205
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
1200 x 800 600 80 1260 x 810 x 1850 78 202
incl. 3 stage bases
(O. R.)
h Other versions on request.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Workshop equipment
Forklift tipping skip Application: an indispensable aid for collecting and transporting waste materials, bulk materials, chips and mass produced parts of all types. Execution: •water and oil-tight welded trough made of 2 mm sheet steel •tilting rack comes standard with integrated fork-lift pockets made from 3 mm sheet steel •manual tilting of the trough ensures emptying with no residue; with step plate and automatically locking protection against tipping over •easily movable with 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels made of solid rubber Ø 200x50 mm, roller bearing. Both steering wheels with brakes, locks direction and motion. •with sieve and drain valve 1/2" permanently installed, for environmentally friendly separation of solids and liquids •colour: RAL 5012, light blue, powder-coated Dimensions of fork-lift pockets
Contents Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Litre mm mm mm mm 250 160 311 631 60 400 160 436 756 60 600 160 436 756 60 1000 230 796 1256 60
C D
D A
B
Capacity Internal dimensions of trough LxWxH External dimensions L x W x H Pouring edge height Carrying capacity Weight
50266 Unit price
A
250 400 600 1000 l mm 1200 x 625 x 390 1150 x 750 x 590 1320 x 750 x 715 1320 x 1250 x 715 mm 1340 x 680 x 800 1300 x 810 x 975 1450 x 810 x 1100 1450 x 1310 x 1100 mm 800 790 850 850 kg 600 600 600 600 kg 63 70 89 120 Ident. No. 100 110 120 130 E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other versions and special solutions on request; e. g. other shapes, colours or materials (e. g. stainless steel). t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
1018
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Transport equipment Transport trolleys and sack trucks Continued next page
Transport trolleys folding Execution: •joint made of special plastics, aluminium and steel pipe •transport safety through tension straps •roller bearing mounted, puncture-proof polymer wheels Ø 200 x 40 mm Advantage: •ready to use in seconds – with one handle, dustpan and wheels are swung out simultaneously •folded up only 55 mm thick – therefore convenient to store anywhere Version Carrying capacity Dustpans, folded Overall height open Overall height when folded in Dimensions when folded in Weight
50270
kg mm mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Business 125 490 x 250 1030 685 685 x 490 x 55 5,4 060
Business XL 125 490 x 410 1130 735 735 x 490 x 55 5,9 070
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 504
Ident. No. 060
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 070
Folded up
Continued next page
Barrow and luggage truck Execution: made of steel pipe with angled cross-struts; dustpan 4 mm thick, all models with wheel protection, safety hand grips, pneumatic wheels Ø 260 x 85 mm with lug tread, roller bearing and automatic valve. Ident. No. 200 Luggage truck with stairway slide including plastic skid Paint: RAL 9006, white aluminium, powder-coated
Ident. No. 100
Ident. No. 110
Carrying capacity Overall height Overall width Frame width Blade width/depth Weight LCD symbols
kg mm mm mm mm kg
50270
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h steel bottle carriage see No. 54005 005-010 page 1318. Additional versions, advice and information available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
2011/12
Ident. No. 200 200 1100 515 350 350 x 170 9 yes 100
1100 560 400 400 x 160 10 no 110
250 1300 505 300 300 x 260 12,6 no 200
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
1019
Tool trolleys Tool and workshop trolleys Continued next page
Tool trolleys
Workshop equipment
with 6 or 7 full extension drawers Execution: •stable steel sheet metal structure, powder coated •plastic work plate is resistant to solvent, with 2 integrated tray compartments, for Ident. No. 572 in addition with can holders •individual fastening possibilities through square breadboard on the side walls, e. g. with hooks for tools or other add-on parts, e. g. can holder, paper basket etc. •inserted side walls protect the additionally attached add-on parts from damages, since they are within the carriage dimensions •individual locking system protects the drawers from unintentional opening. •central locking with cylinder lock secures all drawers, incl. 2 keys, same as Ident. No. 572 with 2 articulated wrenches •plastic-coated metal sliding handle, directly fastened on the frame Ident. No. 560-570 •drawers with roller guiding, 100% sliding out, inner drawer dimensions Width x depth 527 x 348 mm •carrying capacity 20 kg per drawer, total carrying capacity 300 kg Ident. No. 560 •4 rubber-tyred wheels Ø 100 mm, of which 2 steering wheels, 1 steering roller lockable, abrasion-proof tyres Ident. No. 572 •drawers with ball-bearing telescope rails, 100 % sliding out, inner drawer dimensions width x depth 527 x 348 mm •carrying capacity 25 kg per drawer, total carrying capacity 440 kg •reciprocal pull-out blocking of the drawers, only one drawer can be opened, thus the carriage is tilt-proof •vertical, continuous edge protection on all of the 4 vehicle edges •drawers with marking field for individual marking with pictograph labels •wheeled by 2 ball bearing fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels Ø 125 mm, with parking brake Ident. No. 575 a tool trolley with tool assortment consisting of 151 parts: •consisting of a tool trolley Ident. No. 570 with 7 drawers, 7 module hard foam inserts fitted with 151 tools. The 7 module hard foam inserts fill 4 drawers of the tool wagon. For the contents of the individual fitted inserts refer to the four figures on the right and from page 1021 No. 50535. Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, drawers RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Scope of delivery: incl. 1 divider per drawer, for ident. No. 572 additional pictograph label for drawer marking. Accessories: Ident. No. 572 •a module hard foam inserts, fitted with tools, for flexible equipment of the drawers, see No. 50535 505-590 page 1021 •can holder, document holder, suspension box, cable drum, paper basket, paper roll holder, parallel vice, Ident. No. 575 carriage with 7 hard foam inanti-slip mat, Rubber ribbed mat, additional partition sheets serts, fitted with tool assortment consisting •tool hook for rectangular hole on the side walls, of 151 parts: see No. 50638 300-650 page 939 •AQURADO textured mat for drawers see No. 50540 620 page 1068 Tool trolley with Height x Width x Depth Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Drawer orifice height Weight Tool trolleys 50278 Unit price
6 drawers 7 drawers 6 drawers mm 913 x 778 x 496 913 x 778 x 496 1040 x 817 x 502 mm 527 x 348 527 x 348 527 x 348 mm 4 x 80/2 x 165 6 x 80/1 x 165 3 x 75/ 3 x 160 kg 60 62 88 Ident. No. 560 570 572 E O. R. O. R. O. R.
50278
Ident. No.
–
E
–
Tool carriage incl. 7 hard foam inserts and 151-parts tool assortment
Unit price
50278
Ident. No. E
578 O. R.
Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for drawer
Ident. No.
579
E
Unit price
50278
5 additional partition sheet metals (60 x 347 mm) for drawers-panel height 80 mm
Ident. No.
5 additional partition sheet metals (120 x 347 mm) for drawers-panel height 165 mm
Ident. No.
E
Set price
50278
E
Set price
50278
O. R.
Anti-slip mat for drawer
Unit price
50278
575
582 O. R.
586
Unit price
50278
Attached box
Ident. No. E
588 O. R.
Paper basket incl. installation kit
Ident. No. E
590 O. R.
50278 Unit price
h For the contents of the individual fitted inserts see from page 1021 No. 50535. Detailed tool list on request. t Technical Hotline: +49(0)711 9813-360
1020
No. 50535 516 and 50535 515
O. R.
Can holder for 3 cans incl. installation Ident. No. kit E
Unit price
–
580
584 O. R.
50278
No. 50535 530 and 50535 509
O. R.
Ident. No. E
Document holder DIN A4
Unit price
–
No. 50535 526 and 50535 517
O. R.
Ident.-No. 575 = Prod. Gr. 586 Ident. No. 560-590 = Prod. Gr. 588 No. 50535 590
2011/12
Tool trolleys Module hard-foam inserts Continued next page
Module hard-foam inserts fitted with tools Application: •for flexible equipment of drawers of a tool carriages No. 50278 560-575 •for a clear order and protected storage of tools in the drawers Execution: •two-coloured tool inserts made of polyethylene (PE), colour black/blue •by closed cells resistant against most of the oils and chemicals Advantage: •due to fitting sections and contrast colour blue you will immediately detect which tools are missing •the loss of tools is avoided •expensive tools will be kept safe and protected in the insert Ident. No. 505-534 Insert fills half of the useful surface of the drawer, L x D x H = 260 x 345 x 31 mm. Ident. No. 590 Insert fills the complete useful surface of the drawer, L x D x H = 520 x 345 x 31 mm. Individual hard foam inserts for each individual drawers: For tools from our current range of products, we also offer you the option of making hard foam inserts, tailor-made for existing drawer dimensions. You may select from two material thicknesses of 18 and 31 mm in various colours. Further information, advice and quotations available on request. t Technical Hotline +49 (0)711 9813-364.
Ident. No. 590
Contents
50535
1 a each double ring wrench 52055 1 a each double open-end wrench 52009 1 a combination wrench each 52034 size 6x7, 8x9, 10x11, 12x13, 14x15, 16x17, 18x19, size 6x7, 8x9, 10x11, 12x13, 14x15, 16x17, 18x19, size 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20x22 mm 20x22, 21x23, 24x27, 30x32 mm 21, 22, 24 mm Ident. No. 505 507 509 E
Set price
1 a combination ratchet wrench 52044 size 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22 mm each 1 a adapter 52044 for 1/4" bits, for 1/4", 3/ ", 1/ "square 8 2
Contents
50535
Ident. No.
Set price
E
Contents
50535
O. R.
511 O. R.
a flat-round pliers 53092 200 mm a combination pliers 53232 180 mm a water pump pliers 53417 250 mm a side cutter 53249 165 mm a round-nose pliers 53060 160 mm Ident. No. 517
Set price
E
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
a hex. offset screw driver 52139 9 parts;
a Torx screwdriver 52143 TR 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
1 a cross-head screw driver each 52751 5.5 x 100; 6.5 x 125; 8 x 150 mm 1 a cross-point screw driver each 52787 Gr. PH1, PH2, PH3, PZ1, PZ2 515 O. R.
516 O. R.
each 1 a retaining ring pliers 53135 J1, J2, each 1 a VDE slot screwdriver 52726 2.5/ J11, J21, A1, A2, A11, A21 3.5/4.0/5.5/10.0 each 1 a VDE cross-head screwdriver 52786 size PH1, PH2, PZ0, PZ1, PZ2 WIHA voltage tester 52722 518 519 O. R.
O. R.
Continued next page
2011/12
1021
Workshop equipment
Individual hard foam insert
Tool trolleys Module hard-foam inserts (continued)
Contents
50535 Set price
a VDE-round-nose pliers 53062 160 mm each 1 a hexagon screwdriver 52139 a VDE-flat-round pliers 53092 200 mm straight size 2/2.5/3/4/5/6/8/10 mm a VDE-flat round pliers 53092 200 mm bent a VDE-combination pliers 53232 180 mm a VDE side cutter 53250 160 mm a VDE-wire-stripping pliers 53572 160 mm Ident. No. 521 522 E O. R. O. R.
a pocket tape measure 37003 3 m a triangular hollow scraper 53705 150 mm ORION all-purpose shears 53723 180 mm ORION cutter 53643 165 mm telescope inspection mirror 52995 Ø 50 mm telescopic pick-up magnet 52995 holding force 6 kg LED handheld lamp Turbo (without batteries)
Contents
Workshop equipment
50535 Set price
Contents
50535 Set price
Ident. No. E
a engineering hammer 51188 500 g a carbide marking needle 51330 150 mm ORION chisel set 51262 6 pcs.; ORION pin punch set 51284 6 pcs.; GEDORE protective covering for hammer Ident. No. 527 E O. R.
a socket wrench set 1/4" a bit box 52841 32 pcs.
Contents
50535 Set price
524 O. R.
Ident. No. E
532 O. R.
a vernier calliper 31003 150 mm a external micrometer 31342 0-25 mm a knife-edge square 38126 75x50 mm a straight edge 37551 125 mm a back square 38059 100x70 mm ORION scale spring steel 37101 300 mm ORION marking needle 51315 160x5 mm ORION spring divider 35010 125 mm ORION feeler gauges 36183 20 leaf 0.05-1.00 mm 525 O. R.
523 O. R.
a vernier calliper 31003 150 mm a pocket tape measure 37003 3 m a back square 38059 100x70 mm a bit box 52841 32 pcs. ORION cutter 53643 165 mm ORION All-purpose shears 53723 180 mm ORION scale spring steel 37101 300 mm LED hand-held lamp Turbo (without batteries) 526 O. R.
ORION warding files 51451 100 mm cut 2. 6 pcs. a socket wrench set with hex. inserts 1/4" and 1/2", 35 pcs. Equipped as 58006 100 (however DICK files 51507 200 mm cut 2. 5 pcs. without box) 529 O. R.
a socket wrench set 1/2"
534 O. R.
h Individual hard foam inserts for each individual drawers! Information, advice and quotations available on request. t Technical Hotline +49 (0)711 9813-364.
1022
each 1 a Torx screwdriver 52147 T8, T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30, T40, T45
530 O. R.
a engineering hammer 51188 500 g a aluminium saw bow 51849 300 with blade a hand hacksaw blades 51648 300 mm 10 pieces a carbide marking needle 51330 150 mm ORION soft-faced hammer 51215 Ø 30 mm ORION chisel set 51262 6 pcs. ORION pin punch set 51284 6 pcs. ORION cutter 53643 145 mm 590 O. R. Prod. Gr. 547
2011/12
Tool trolleys Tool and workshop trolleys Continued next page
Tool trolleys with 4 removable drawers on both sides, locked with metal shutters Execution: stable steel sheet construction with large table top panel made of plastic with integrated tray compartments. 4 drawers can be pulled out to– both sides – protected against falling out - with free-moving captive ball-bearing guide ways. Spacious base container. 4 ball-bearing wheels, 2 steerable, 1 steering wheel position-lockable. Can be closed with metal shutters, Central locking with padlock. Fitted with: 4 drawers, panel height 45 mm, carrying capacity per drawer 20 kg. Fixed welded dividers in drawers: •drawer 1 + 2 = 3 longitudinal partitions each •drawer 3 = 1 cross partition •drawer 4 = without division Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Tool trolley with Height x Width x Depth Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Weight Tool trolleys 50278
4 drawers 930 x 625 x 400 476 x 320 41 500
mm mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
O. R.
h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926. Tool assortments see No. 52560 010 and 020 page 1031. Spare wheels on request.
Prod. Gr. 588
Continued next page
Tool trolleys with 6 removable drawers on both sides Execution: stable steel sheet construction with large table top panel made of plastic with integrated tray compartments. 6 drawers pull out both sides – secured against falling out – Drawer heights (4 x 75 mm; 1 x 120 mm; 1 x 210 mm), carrying capacity 25 kg. 4 ball-bearing wheels, 2 steerable, 1 steering wheel position-lockable. Can be closed with central locking for padlock. Overall carrying capacity 300 kg. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50278
Anti-slip mat set, 5 pieces, for inserting in drawers
E Partition sheet metal for drawer height 75 mm
O. R. 512
Ident. No.
Set price
50278
6 drawers 930 x 605 x 375 480 x 325 4 x 75/1 x 120/1 x 210 39 510
O. R. 515
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Workshop equipment
Tool trolley with Height x Width x Depth Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Drawer orifice height Weight Tool trolleys 50278
O. R.
h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926. Tool assortments see No. 52560 010 and 020 page 1031. AQURADO textured mat for drawers see No. 50540 610 page 1068. Spare wheels on request.
Prod. Gr. 588
Continued next page
Tool trolleys with tilting poles Execution: stable steel sheet metal construction, consisting of table plate with rubber mat, 2 intermediate boxes with 4 separating sheets each for a variable division, large floor pan. With swivel columns for spacesaving transport, folded down to the lowest, space-saving height of the tool carriage which is used at the same time as carry handles. 4 rubber-tired wheels, thereof 2 steerable and blockable. Table top and intermediate drawers with rubber guard strips protect against damage. Lockable with padlock (padlock not included in the delivery). Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. 330
180
500
965
160
900
130
160
650
300 620 415
Height x Width x Depth Height lowered Usable surface of the intermediate boxes width x depth Load capacity per intermediate box Carrying capacity per table top Carrying capacity base tray Weight
Space-saving transport mm mm mm
50277
kg kg kg kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926. Tool assortments see No. 52560 010 and 020 page 1031.
2011/12
965 x 650 x 415 500 480 x 315 15 40 120 25 001
without wire grip
O. R. Prod. Gr. 588
1023
Tool trolleys Tool and workshop trolleys Continued next page
Tool trolleys with 5 full extension drawers Execution: •sturdy sheet steel frame with ABS plastic work plate with integrated tray compartments •rubberised edge protection profile on the vehicle edges protect the carriage against damage •individual fastening possibilities through square breadboard on the side walls, e.g. with hooks for tools or other add-on parts, (can holder, paper basket etc.) •drawers with telescopic full extension 100 %, carrying capacity 25 kg per drawer, total carrying capacity 300 kg •individual locking of the drawers, integrated into the drawer orifice •reciprocal pull-out blocking, only one drawer can be opened, thus the carriage is tilt-proof •central locking, lockable by means of cylinder incl. 2 bending keys •ergonomic driving and steering handle made of aluminium •2 large wheels in ball bearings Ø 140 mm, 2 steering wheels Ø 100 mm, thereof one with parking brake Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey and drawers RAL 5010 gentian blue, powder-coated 1 Accessories: •compartment, can holder, paper basket, partition sheets for drawers see Ident. No. 810-818 3 •tool hook for rectangular hole on the side walls, see No. 50638 300-650 page 939 2 Tool trolley with 5 drawers mm 925 x 645 x 425 mm 495 x 345 mm 2 x 65 / 2 x 140 / 1 x 215 kg 300 Ident. No. 800 E O. R.
Height x Width x Depth Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Drawer orifice height Overall load capacity 50278 Tool trolleys Unit price
50278
Storage compartment 1
Ident. No. E
810 O. R.
Can holder 2
Ident. No. E
812 O. R.
Paper bin 3
Ident. No. E
814 O. R.
Partition sheet metal (2 pieces) for drawers-panel height 65 mm
Ident. No. E
816 O. R.
Partition sheet metal (2 pieces) for drawers-panel height 140 mm
Ident. No. E
818 O. R.
Unit price
50278 Unit price
50278 Unit price
50278 Set price
50278 Workshop equipment
Set price
Prod. Gr. 501
Ident. No. 800 with accessory
Rectangular hole grid in the side walls for holding accessories
Continued next page
Tool trolleys HAZET Assistant with rigid columns or tilting poles Execution: lowering, comprising table top, 2 intermediate boxes, under base container and 4 ball-bearing mounted rollers, of which 2 steerable and lockable. Colour: blue, powder-coated. Model 160 ST especially handy, lockable. For varied use as a tool cart during work and as a tool case for carrying. Intermediate boxes with 2 divider panels each. The columns can be laid flat using a patented special hinge and then used as a carrying handle. Top panel and intermediate boxes can be pulled up using 2 finger holes in the top panel. Model 162 C and 166 C comfortable operation for raising and lowering of the cover and intermediate shelves in two stages. Base container steel sheet, middle trays plastic, table-top plastic with integrated beech panel. Middle container suitable for holding HAZET tool modules, incl. 2 partition sheets each, can be individually partitioned. Can be lowered, working height approx. 1000 mm. Locking with padlock. Delivery includes large lockable steering wheels with Ø 125 mm, fixed wheels with Ø 150 mm, with dust and thread guards, all round rubber profiles. Model 162 C with rigid columns Model 166 C with tilting poles which – when folded down to the lowest space-saving height of the cart top – also serve as carrying handles.
Model 160 ST Model Height x Width x Depth Height without columns or lowered Weight without tool and accessories 50273 Unit price
50274
1 set wheels (4 pieces)
Unit price h Special tool assortments for tool trolley see No. 50276page 1030.
1024
Model 162 C mm mm kg Ident. No. E Ident. No. E
Model 166 C
160 ST 950 x 590 x 345 435 16,5 005 O. R. 085 O. R.
162 C 1099 x 725 x 398 639 25,6 015 O. R.
166 C 1102 x 725 x 398 647 27,6 025 O. R. 087 O. R. Prod. Gr. 506
2011/12
Tool trolleys Tool and workshop trolleys Continued next page
Tool trolleys HAZET Assistant with intermediate trays and drawers Execution: made of profiled steel sheet, blue, powder-coated, with table top, 2 intermediate trays, base compartment, 4 rubber-tyred wheels, of which 2 are steerable and lockable, louver, mesh outer walls and rubber bumpers. Model 171 intermediate boxes divided into 3 compartments. With drawer on upper intermediate box, flat pull-out compartment on lower tray. Lockable, incl. padlock with 2 keys. Model 172 HD Dividing walls in the middle trays can be rearranged. With drawer on the higher of the middle trays. Lockable, incl. padlock with 2 keys. Very robust construction. Special accessories on request. Model Height with handle Width x Depth Width of roller shutter Load capacity static/ wheeled Weight Tool trolley, without tools 50274
mm mm mm kg kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50274
1 set wheels (4 pieces)
171 950 700 x 485 460 500/300 34,4 080
172 HD 1020 850 x 510 580 900/400 50,4 090
O. R.
O. R.
085
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Model 172 HD without contents Model 171 without contents
095
O. R.
O. R.
h Special tool assortments for tool trolley see No. 50276page 1030.
Prod. Gr. 506
Continued next page
Tool trolley HAZET Assistant
Model Tool trolley with Height x Width Depth, above Depth, below Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Drawer orifice height Overall load capacity Weight
50274
mm mm mm mm mm kg kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
173-1 8 drawers 1061 x 910 466 590 696 x 397 7 x 70/1 x 150 750 139 100
Workshop equipment
with 8 full extension drawers The large volume corresponds to the growing needs of modern workshops. Execution: high quality processing, made of profiled sheet steel, protected by elastic edges. With central locking incl. 2 bending keys, locking side compartment and side pulled drawer. For safety reasons, only 1 drawer can be opened at a time. Powder-coated blue. 7 drawers H x W x D 70 x 696 x 397 mm, 100% extendable, ball bearing telescoping rails. 1 drawer H x W x D 150 x 696 x 397 mm, 100% extendable, ball bearing telescoping rails. Carrying capacity per drawer 35 kg Scope of delivery: incl. 21 partition sheets (60 x 397 mm) for any division of the drawers. Additional accessories such as can holder, cable drum, paper roll holder or carriage with sturdy Multiplex wooden panel available on request.
No contents
O. R. Prod. Gr. 506
Continued next page
Workshop cabinet trolley HAZET Assistant with 5 full extension drawers Execution: •made of profiled steel sheet, blue, powder-coated, with swivel section •4 wheels with ball bearing, of which 2 are steerable and lockable. The swivel section is supported by an additional steering wheel. Heavy, stable hinges between carriage and swivel section •the swivel section has a perforated wall (hole Ø 4.5 mm / distance from centre of hole to centre of hole 15 mm) to hold clamping tool holders. In end position (180°), the swivel section can be locked by a slide •the main section has 5 drawers, 4 with 82 mm height and 1 with 166 mm height, carrying capacity 20 kg, can be pulled out 100 %, with variable dividers and edge protection •large floor space for bulky parts. With 2 revolving rubber bumpers •Cover with rubber mats and with hole for lights and equipped with rotating edge bead. Therefore, liquids such as oils etc. cannot penetrate inside the carriage •Side metal bag for DIN A4 drawings, order forms, cards etc. Optional: cable drum with 4 sockets, overload switch and 10 m cable with shockproof plug, VDE-tested, can be integrated in the cavity on the side wall of the carriage. Model Tool trolley with Height x Width x Depth Length with swinging section open Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Drawer orifice height Loading capacity stationary/mobile Weight Workshop cabinet trolley without tools and cable drum 50275 Unit price h Cable drum No. 161-3D on request.
2011/12
mm mm mm mm kg kg Ident. No. E
174 5 drawers 1100 x 735 x 560 1342 521 x 342 4 x 82/1 x 166 700/400 93,5 020
No contents
O. R. Prod. Gr. 506
1025
Tool trolleys Tool and workshop trolleys Continued next page
Tool trolleys HAZET Assistant with 7 full extension drawers and crash protection Execution: •stable steel sheet metal structure, powder coated •table top made of PE with small part compartments and can holders, resistant to gasoline, diesel, oils, skydrol (hydraulic liquid for aviation), bordering protects parts from falling down •stable driving handle made of steel pipe, powder coated, integrated into the table top •individual fastening possibilities through square breadboard on the side walls, e. g. with hooks for tools or other add-on parts (can holder, paper roll holder, paper basket etc.) •inserted side walls protect the additionally attached add-on parts from damages, since they are within the carriage dimensions •fastening of a vice possible, screwed to steel cover which is situated below •high quality chassis with 4 ball-bearing wheels, Ø 125 mm, thereof 2 steering rollers with brake, all wheels with thread guards, protects the bearing from dirt and threads •Colour blue, powder coated Model 178-7 •pile protection edges on top and at the bottom •7 drawers guided on rollers, 100 % full extension, carrying capacity 20 kg per drawer •5 flat drawers 75 mm, 2 high drawers 160 mm •inner dimensions of drawer width x depth = 527 x 348 mm •2-stage locking conception: – central locking, lockable by means of cylinder lock with 2 bending keys – Individual locking of the drawers, integrated into the drawer orifice Model 179-7 •vertical anti-ram protection on all of the four vehicle edges •7 drawers guided on rollers, 100 % full extension, carrying capacity 25 kg per drawer •5 flat drawers 75 mm, 2 high drawers 160 mm •inner dimensions of drawer width x depth = 527 x 398 mm •3-stage locking conception: – central locking, lockable by means of cylinder lock with 2 bending keys – Individual locking of the drawers, integrated into the drawer orifice – mutual drawer lock, minimized the risk of overturning
Workshop equipment
Model Tool trolley with Height x Width x Depth Drawers -Internal dimensions: Drawer orifice height Weight
50274 Unit price
mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
178-7 7 drawers 1040 x 817 x 502 527 x 348 5 x 75/2 x 160 82 105 O. R.
h Tool trolley with other drawer sizes on request.
179-7 7 drawers 1040 x 817 x 502 527 x 398 5 x 75/2 x 160 90 110 O. R.
Ident. No. 105 without contents
Ident. No. 110 without contents
Prod. Gr. 506
Continued next page
Tool trolleys with add-on case HAZET-Assistant Version tool trolley: •innovative, sturdy pillar construction with integrated anti-ram protection •all pillars are suitable for the fixation of accessories •plastic work plate is resistant to solvent (carrying capacity approx. 125 kg), suitable for the storage of small parts •side walls and rear wall with rectangular hole grid for holding tool hooks and accessories •7 drawers with 100 % full extension, high carrying capacity with 30 kg per drawer •drawers Width x Depth 523 x 397 mm •5 drawers, panel height 80mm, 2 drawers 165 mm panel height •central locking with mutual drawer locking •possibility of individual locking for each drawer •cylinder lock with 2 bending keys •2 ball-bearing swivel castors each, 2 ball-bearing fixed castors, with 2 brakes •colour blue, powder coated, painting RAL 9006 white aluminium, available on request. Delivery: 2 partition sheets per drawer Variable extension options: side door, additional work plates made of wood or aluminium, document holder, cable drum, paper bin, paper roll holder, perforated panel, worktables and shelf bottom ensure an orderly workstation and are available on request. Execution of the add-on case: •the perfect supplement for tool carriage model 180 with an increase of the useful space by 50 %. •corpus with solvent resisting work plate, load-bearing capacity 30 kg •4 drawers, 100 % sliding out, drawers width x depth 523 x 397, carrying capacity 30 kg per drawer •central locking with mutual drawer locking •cylinder lock with 2 bending keys •total load-bearing capacity 175 kg •colour blue, powder coated, painting RAL 9006 white aluminium, available on request. Scope of delivery: incl. 4 connection bolts for easy installation on tool wagon model 180 Model Tool trolley with / add-on case with Height x Width x Depth Drawers -Internal dimensions: Drawer orifice height Weight
50274 Unit price
mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
180 K-4 4 drawers 459,5 x 730 x 575 523 x 397 4 x 80 50 150 O. R.
h Tool trolley with 6, 8 or 9 drawers on request. Tool trolley with paint coating RAL 9006 white aluminium on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
1026
180-7 7 drawers 1035 x 810 x 575 523 x 397 5 x 80/2 x 165 106,8 120 O. R.
Ident. No. 150
Ident. No. 120
Prod. Gr. 506
2011/12
Tool trolleys Tool and workshop trolleys Continued next page
Workshop trolleys series No. 97
Ident. No. 160 Model Tool trolley with Dimensions H x W x D Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Drawer orifice height Weight green/grey 50279 RAL 3020 signal red / grey
Unit price
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50279
mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50279
Ident. No. 162
RAL 7016 anthracite grey
Ident. No. E
Ident. No. 180
Ident. No. 184
97N/6KM 6 drawers 933 x 780 x 540 530 x 350 1 x 80 / 3 x 100 / 1 x 120 / 1 x 140 49,2 160 (O. R.) 162 (O. R.) 164 (O. R.)
97H/8KM 8 drawers 1096 x 780 x 540 530 x 350 3 x 80 / 3 x 100 / 1 x 120 / 1 x 140 55 180 (O. R.) 182 (O. R.) 184 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 531
2011/12
1027
Workshop equipment
with 6 or 8 full extension drawers Execution: •with solid, sturdy multi-purpose work plate, oil- and Skydrol-resistant, with large storage trays and compartments for small parts, 11 holes for fitting the screwdrivers, files and scrapers and 2 round recesses as can holders •rubber skirting on the corpus edges protects the carriage against damage •paper roll and spray can fixtures on one side wall •individual side space usage with square hole grid for hooks •drawers with plastic grips, full extension 100 %, stopping mechanism executed by lightly lifting the drawer •carrying capacity 30 kg per drawer, total carrying capacity 350kg •tilting protection - built-in drawer lock, only one drawer may be open •central locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys, thereof one folding •two rigid and moveable, dual bearing, oil and acid resistant wheels each Ø 125 mm, thereof one with parking brake Accessories: •combinable with tool cases No. 94N and No. 94N/KM, with additional shelf No. 913/2 and multi-purpose stand No. 913/3 •drawers can be equipped with STAHLWILLE standard or Tool-Control-System inserts Colour: optionally, corpus STAHLWILLE green, drawers STAHLWILLE grey, powder-coated or corpus RAL 3020 signal red, drawers STAHLWILLE grey, powder-coated or corpus RAL 7016 anthracite grey, drawers STAHLWILLE grey, powder-coated
Tool trolleys Tool and workshop trolleys Continued next page
Tool trolleys and add-on tool chest made of sheet steel Execution: with a large work surface, drawers with smooth-running bal-bearing guideways secured against falling-out, low roller resistance due to the large wheels blue hammer finish-powder-coated. Drawers in silver. Model 1430 op-mounted tool box, H x L x W 305 x 625 x 400 mm, to place on tool wagons model 1580, 2000 and 2500, with 3 individually divisible drawers, fully extendable, basic configuration with 6 longitudinal dividers and 2 transverse dividers, central locking with a padlock, rubber covering, all-round edge protection. Model1580 H x B x T = 930 x 625 x 400 mm with 4 xtractable drawers on both sides, basic configuration with 8 longitudinal dividers and 2 cross dividers, bottom compartment, double-side doors, face panel with square holes, central locking, lockable by means of cylinder incl. 2 keys, with pushing handle. Model1580 H x B x T = 930 x 625 x 400/525 mm, from overturning protected trapezoidal form, with 5 extractable drawers on both sides, basic configuration with 10 longitudinal dividers and 2 cross dividers, 1 bottom compartment, double-side doors, central locking, lockable by means of cylinder incl. 2 keys, with pushing handle. Model 2500 H x B x T = 960 x 625 x 400/545 mm, from overturning protected trapezoidal form, with 8 extractable drawers on one side, the upper 7 drawers can be divided separately, basic configuration with 10 longitudinal dividers and 2 cross dividers, central locking, lockable by means of cylinder incl. 2 keys, with pushing handle.
Model 1430
Model 1580
Model 2000
Model Tool trolley with Lower width (chassis) Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Weight Tool trolleys 50278
mm mm kg Ident. No.
Workshop equipment
50278
Top-mounted tool box model 1430
2000 5 drawers 625 476 x 315 47 020 O. R.
E
O. R.
Ident. No.
–
E
–
Unit price
Unit price
Model 2500
1580 4 drawers 625 476 x 315 40 010
2500 8 drawers 625 478 x 315 60 025 O. R. 120 O. R.
h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926 Tool assortments see from No. 50276 page 1030. Spare wheels on request.
Prod. Gr. 530
Continued next page
Tool trolleys model 2004 with 7 or 9 drawers Application: the mobile workstation with versatile uses. Execution: stable sturdy tool wagon with extended operating convenience (for example single-handed operation of drawers). Safety locking device ensures precise catching of drawers during mobile operation. Work platform made of ABS with 3 shaped compartments for small parts and a wide and higher edge. Stable ergonomic driving and steering handle for self-assembly. Heavy duty chassis with 2 fixed wheelsØ 200 mm and steering wheels Ø 125 mm, 1 with complete lock. All round impact protection bumper with heel protection. Stowage compartment on the handle side with perforated wall panel 9 x 33 mm for attaching accessories and tools. Locking side stowage area using the central locking of the drawers with with cylinder lock, with 4 removable drawers for small parts. Total carrying capacity over 500 kg. Colour GEDORIT blue, drawers GEDORIT silver, cover black. Ident. No. 040 with 7 drawers (5 x height 67 mm, 1 x height 137 mm, carrying capacity per drawer 40 kg for evenly distributed load, 1 x height 207 mm, carrying capacity 60 kg for evenly distributed load) Ident. No. 045 with 9 drawers (8 x height 67 mm, 1 x height 137 mm), carrying capacity per drawer 40 kg for evenly distributed load Ident. No. 200 wooden panel made of Multiplex beech wood, 30 mm thickness W x D 590 x 410 mm, to be inserted into the plastic cover in order to get an additional work space (illustration see model 2005) Delivery: the basic equipment includes 10 or 15 longitudinal and 2 or 3 cross dividers, 4 removable drawers for small parts and 2 spacing boxes 1500 ED-70K Accessories: Top-mounted tool box see Ident. No. 115, for tool trolley model 2005 Model Tool trolley with Height x Width x Depth Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Drawer orifice height Overall load capacity Weight
50278
mm mm mm kg kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
50278 Unit price
Wooden panel for plastic cover
Ident. No. E
2004 0511 7 drawers 985 x 775 x 435 480 x 400 5 x 67/1 x 137/1 x 207 500 84 040
2004 0810 9 drawers 985 x 775 x 435 480 x 400 8 x 67/1 x 137 500 91 045
(O. R.)
(O. R.) 200 (O. R.)
h Tool trolleys with other drawer variants on request. Tool assortments see from No. 50276 page 1030. Spare wheels on request.
1028
Ident. No. 040
grinding face (without contents) Prod. Gr. 530
2011/12
Tool trolleys Tool and workshop trolleys Continued next page
Tool trolleys model 2005 and tool box model 2430 Execution: •with 7 or 8 particularly wide drawers, internal dimensions width x depth 640 x 400 mm, load capacity 40 kg with evenly distributed load, lower drawer load capacity 60 kg with evenly distributed load, ballbearing, 100 % full extension, all individually partitioned •suited for fixture of torque wrenches or other long tools •one-hand operation with safety locking prevents from unintentional opening during the travel •working platform made of ABS, with 3 shaped small compartments and increased, wide border, oil and acid resistant •both side walls with square perforation 9x9 mm, distance from centre of hole to centre of hole 33 mm •stable ergonomic driving and steering handle for self-assembly •central locking with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys •heavy duty chassis with high-capacity wheels on roller bearings, 2 fixed wheels each Ø 200 mm and steering rollers Ø 125 mm, one with complete stop •circumferential impact protection bumper with heel protection •GEDORIT blue, drawers GEDORIT silver, cover black •total load-bearing capacity up to 500 kg Scope of delivery: basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal and 2 cross parts Ident. No. 115 tool chest, H x W x L 345 x 435 x 775 mm, as crown for carriages model 2002, 2002 SF, 2003, 2004 and 2005. With 3 drawers, internal dimensions WxD 640 x 400 mm, height 67 mm, carrying capacity 40 kg for evenly distributed load, 100 % full extension. central locking with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys. GEBORIT blue, drawers GEBORIT silver, cover black. Scope of delivery: incl. 6 longitudinal and 2 cross parts Ident. No. 200 wooden panel made of Multiplex beech wood, 30 mm thickness W x D 590 x 410 mm, to be inserted into the plastic cover. 775
435
max 390
435
max 390
Ident. No. 070
640x400x67
640x400x67 640x400x137
985
640x400x207
640x400x207
Ident. No. 115 Ident. No. 075
mm mm mm kg kg Ident. No.
Unit price
50278
Tool box
2005 0511 2005 0701 2430 7 drawers 8 drawers 3 drawers 985 x 775 x 435 985 x 775 x 435 345 x 775 x 435 640 x 400 640 x 400 640 x 400 5 x 67/1 x 137/1 x 207 7 x 67/1 x 207 3 x 67 500 500 200 93 93 23 070 075 –
E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Ident. No.
–
–
Unit price
E
–
–
50278
Wooden panel for plastic cover Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 070 Model Tool trolley with / tool box with Height x Width x Depth Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Drawer orifice height Overall load capacity Weight Tool trolleys 50278
Ident. No. 200
– 115 (O. R.)
200 (O. R.)
h Tool trolleys with other drawer variants on request.
Prod. Gr. 530
Continued next page
Tool trolleys model TANTO 3000 with 7 drawers Execution: with large working surface and 7 extractable drawers – secured against being pulled out with – smooth-running ball-bearing guideways, of which 6 pieces front height 79 mm, 1 piece front height 205 mm. Central locking, lockable by means of cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys. Low rolling resistance thanks to large wheels, 2 fixed wheels each Ø 200 mm and steering rollers Ø 125 mm, one with complete stop. Total carrying capacity more than 400 kg. Stove-enamelled, blue hammer finish-powder-coated, drawers in silver. Scope of delivery: the basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal, 2 diagonal dividers and 2 antiskid mats for drawers. Model Tool trolley with Height (without handle) Width x Depth Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Drawer orifice height Weight Tool trolley (without tools) 50278 Unit price
mm mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
TANTO 3000 7 drawers 920 585 x 485 478 x 340 6 x 79/1 x 205 67 030 O. R. Prod. Gr. 530
2011/12
Ident. No. 030
1029
Tool trolleys Tool assortments Continued next page
Tool assortments
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 032 for passenger car maintenance, 117-parts 12 Hexagon socket wrench inserts V Drive rated size 6.3 = 1/4" 4-14 3 Screwdriver inserts for hexagon socket screwsV Drive rated size 6.3 = 1/4" 3-5 1 Reversible ratchet 115/6,3 = 1/4" 1 T-handle 115/6,3 = 1/4" 1 Spin handle 134/6.3 = 1/4" 2 Extension 55, 147 / 6.3 = 1/4" 1 Universal joint 36.5 / 6.3 = 1/4" 21 Socket wrench inserts V Drive rated size 12.5 = 1/2" 10-34 1 T-handle 298/12.5 = 1/2" 1 Reversible ratchet 275/12.5 = 1/2" 2 Extensions 123, 248/12.5 = 1/2" 1 Universal joint 70 / 12.5 = 1/2" 2 Flat chisel, 18 x 150, 24 x 200 1 Centre punch 10 x 120 4 Cotter pin drifts 150, Ø 3, 4, 5 and 6 1 flat scraper 150 1 Plastic-faced hammer Ø 35 1 Magnetic finder 545 Ø 15 1 Set of offset screwdrivers 015, 02, 025, 03, 04, 05, 06, 08, 10 1 Machinist's hammer 500 g 1 Feeler gauges 0.05 - 1.0 1 Tape measure, 2 m 17 Combination spanner 6-24 9 Double ring spanner 6 x 7- 21 x 23 1 Screwdriver 1 x 5.5 x 25 1 Screwdriver PH2, 25 1 Screwdriver 0.4 x 2.5 x 75 1 Screwdriver 0.5 x 3 x 160 1 Screwdriver 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 1 Screwdriver 0.8 x 4 x 100 1 Screwdriver 1.2 x 6.5 x 150 1 Screwdriver 1.2 x 8 x 150 1 Screwdriver PH1, 80 1 Screwdriver PH2, 100 1 Universal pliers 260 1 Heavy-duty side cutters 180 1 Flat-round pliers 165
50276
Assortment, 117 pieces
Unit price
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50276
Ident. No. 035 for industrial use, 95-part 2 Adjustable open-ended spanner 158, 255 10 Double open-ended spanner 6 x7 - 30 x 32 10 Double ring spanner 6 x 7-30 x 32 2 Flat chisel 18 x 150, 24 x 200 1 Cross-cut chisel 6 x 150 2 Drift punches 2 x 120, 4 x 120 1 Centre punch 120 3 Universal pliers 180, 260, 310 1 Screwdriver 1.0 x 5.5 x 125 1 Screwdriver 1.2 x 8.0 x 150 1 Screwdriver 1.6 x 10.0 x 175 1 Screwdriver 0.4 x 2.5 x 75 1 Screwdriver 0.5 x 3.0 x 80 1 Screwdriver 0.6 x 3.5 x100 1 Screwdriver 0.8 x 4.0 x 100 1 Screwdriver PH1, 80 1 Screwdriver PH2, 100 1 Screwdriver PH3, 147 1 Screwdriver PZ1, 73 1 Screwdriver PZ2, 94.5 13 Hexagon socket wrench inserts V Drive rated size 6.3 = 1/4" 4-14 1 Reversible ratchet 115/6,3 = 1/4" 1 Jointed handle 143/6.3 = 1/4" 1 T-handle 115/6,3 = 1/4" 1 Spin handle 133/6.3 = 1/4" 2 Extensions 55, 147/6,3 = 1/4" 1 Universal joint 19 Hexagon socket wrench inserts V Drive rated size 12.5 = 1/2" 10-34 1 T-handle 298/12.5 = 1/2" 1 Reversible ratchet 275/12.5 = 1/2" 2 Extensions 123, 248/12.5 = 1/2" 1 Universal joint 12.5 = 1/2" 1 Side cutters 180 1 End cutters 170 1 Snipe nose pliers 200 1 Plastic-faced hammer Ø 35 1 Hacksaw 390 with sheet 1 Junior hacksaw 252 with sheet 1 Machinist's hammer 500 g 1 Tape measure, 2 m
Assortment, 95 pieces
Ident. No. E
032 O. R. 035 O. R. Prod. Gr. 506
1030
2011/12
Tool trolleys Tool assortments Continued next page
Tool assortments
Ident. No. 020 for industrial mechanics, 78 pieces 1 Spirit level 500 mm 1 Machinist's hammer 0.5 kg 1 Plastic-faced hammer D 40 6 Chisel, in a metal case 1 Blind riveting gun, model NTS in set 1 Scriber with steel tip, 165 mm 1 Flat blunt-ended file 200 mm, cut 2 1 Round file 200 mm, cut 2 1 Half round file 200 mm, cut 2 1 Triangular file 200 mm, cut 2 4 File handles made of hardwood, 110 mm 1 Triangular hollow scraper, chrome vanadium. 150 mm 1 Hacksaw for 300 mm blades 10 Hand hacksaw blade HSS-Bi.Flex. 300 mm, 24 teeth 12 Combination wrench size 10-32 mm 8 Allen keys 2-10 mm, in plastic pouch 6 Screwdrivers in box 1 Water pump pliers 250 mm 1 Pipe pliers 11/2 ", 425 mm 1 Heavy-duty side cutters, bright 160 mm 1 Combination pliers, blank 180 mm 1 Triple pliers chrome-plated, 160 mm 1 Circlip pliers for straight 19-60 mm diameter type J 2 1 Circlip pliers for straight 19-60 mm diameter type A 2 1 Tinsnips, special steel, left-handed, 250 mm 1 Tinsnips, special steel, right-handed, 250 mm 1 Socket wrench set 1/2 " square in metal case; 13-part 1 Angled mole grips 250 mm 1 Pocket tape measure 3 m 1 Precision pocket Vernier calliper 150 mm 1 Universal safety specs 1 Safety knife with 3 blades 1 pair of work gloves
1 Machinist's hammer 0,4 kg 1 Plastic-faced hammer D 32 1 Half round file 200 mm, cut 2 1 File handles made of hardwood, 110 mm long 6 Warding files, 100 mm, cut 2 1 Mini universal saw 240 mm 8 Combination wrench 8-19 mm 6 Hexagonal screwdriver 2-6 mm, in plastic pocket 1 Socket wrench 1/4" -42 pieces 7 VDE slotted screwdrivers 1 Long nose pliers 160 mm, chrome-plated, VDE 1 Flat-round pliers 200 mm, chrome-plated, angled 45 G, VDE 1 Combination pliers 180 mm, chrome-plated VDE 1 Side cutters VDE 140 mm 1 All-purpose shears, straight, 190 mm 1 Crimpers for insulated connectors, 210 mm 1 Universal key, metal, for electrical cabinets 1 Combined contact screwdriver 1 Universal cable knife 1 Cable sheathing stripper 1 Round-nose pliers 160 mm, chrome-plated VDE 1 Side cutters 160 mm, chrome-plated VDE 1 Water pump pliers 250 mm 1 Cable and installation knife 1 Automatic-wire-stripping pliers 1 Voltage tester 1 Wire-stripping pliers 160 mm 1 Wooden folding rule 2 m
52560
Ident. No.
Set price
E
Assortment, 92 pieces 010 O. R.
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 010 for industrial electronic engineers, 92 pieces
Assortment, 78 pieces 020 O. R. Prod. Gr. 580
2011/12
1031
Cabinets and cupboards Protective housing and computer cabinets Continued next page
Protective housing for flat screens / keyboard compartments / PC holder Made from sheet steel Application: •for a safe and protected accommodation of flat screen up to 19" •can be installed in a flexible manner of tool cabinets, workbenches or worktables Execution: •stable steel sheet metal structure, lockable window made of polycarbonate •rear wall with ventilation slots and cable passage Ident. No. 550 Keyboard compartment, can be installed below the housing Ident. No. 600 PC holder, for fixture of computer housings up to a width of 200 mm, can be installed at any workstation. Colour: RAL 7035 light grey, powder-coated
Ident. No. 500 and 550 Example of use
Ident. No. 500 without screen Version For housing width up to External dimensions H x W x D Dimensions housing opening (orifice) H x W Clear depth
50052
Ident. No. 550 protective housing keyboard compartment PC holder mm – – 200 mm 500 x 520 x 250 150 x 520 x 250 250 x 210 x 675 mm 380 x 460 – – mm 235 – – Ident. No. 500 550 600 E
Unit price
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Ident. No. 600
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 501 Continued next page
Computer cabinets for flat screen workstations Application: for safe and protected accommodation of flat screens up to 19", as screen work station in manufacturing and storage areas. Execution: •stable steel sheet metal structure with a lockable door incl. 2 keys •suited for fixture of flat screen up to 19" •rear wall with ventilation slots and integrated fan as protection against dirt and excessive heating •fitted with 3 galvanised shelves, height-adjustable •keyboard support with tilting cover and palm rest •removal shelf for mouse on the right side •built-in 4x socket board 230 V with on/off switch and 1.5 m connection cable Colour: •corpus, keyboard cover, mouse pad RAL 7035 light grey, powder coated •door, keyboard pad RAL 5010 gentian blue, powder coated Ident. No. 400 model with legs, level compensation and checker plate cover for foot support Ident. No. 410 model with 4 steering rollers, thereof 2 with wheel brakes
Ident. No. 400 without contents
Model with supporting legs Version External dimensions H x W x D Cabinet housing, clear H x W x D Acrylic glass cut-out H x W Shelf Carrying capacity per shelf shelf W x D Weight
mobile version
50052
mm mm mm Unit kg mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
No contents with legs 1750 x 550 x 750 1630 x 485 x 400 320 x 420 3 50 545 x 345 59 400 O. R.
wheeled 1850 x 550 x 750 1630 x 485 x 400 320 x 420 3 50 545 x 345 60 410 O. R.
Ident. No. 400 Prod. Gr. 501
1032
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Protective housing and computer cabinets Continued next page
Modular computer cabinets made from sheet steel Combine your own computer workstation from modular components. It protects sensitive computer hardware against dirt and dust in manufacturing and storage areas. In addition to a monitor housing, two cabinet widths 722 and 1022 mm are available, either with fork-lift compatible base with removable screen, or mobile with 2 fixed and 2 lockable steering wheels. Monitor housing Ident. No. 605 Application: •for safe and protected accommodation of flat screens up to 26" (see under 'Execution') •installation as a unit in combination with modular cabinets Ident. No. 610-625, or on top of other tool cabinets, workbenches or worktables Execution: •stable steel sheet metal structure, lockable inspection window door made of polycarbonate •external dimensions H x W x D 690 x 722 x 320 mm, clear internal dimension H x W x D 480 x 720 x 285 mm •with keyboard slide-out tray, width x depth 605 x 250 mm Colour: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder coated Module cabinets ident. no. 610-625 Application: •for a safe and protected accommodation of computer, printer, scanner etc. •can be combined with monitor housing Ident. No. 605 into a computer workstation Execution: •stable steel sheet metal structure, standard equipment with plastic-coated cover panel 8 mm and hinged doors •cable passages in the rear and top panel provided for connection to networks and machine interfaces •rear wall with ventilation slots and integrated fan as protection against dirt and excessive heating •built-in 4x socket board 230 V with on/off switch and 1.5 m connection cable Ident. No. 610-615 •behind the doors fitted with one height adjustable shelf, W x D 700 x 485 mm, carrying capacity 40 kg for evenly distributed load Ident. No. 620-625 •one partition behind the doors; on the left fitted with one height-adjustable shelf, W x D 700 x 485 mm, carrying capacity 40 kg for evenly distributed load, on the right room for storage of a computer housing Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, door RAL 5010, gentian blue, forklift compatible base RAL 7021 black grey powder-coated
Ident. No. 610
Example with ident. no. 605 and 610 (without contents)
Example with ident. no. 605 and 620 (without contents)
Width Version Height Depth
50052
mm
Cabinet
E
Unit price
50052 Unit price
mm mm Ident. No.
Monitor housing
Ident. No. E
722 with fork-lift compatible base 1036 553 610 O. R.
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 620
1022 with fork-lift compatible base 1036 553 620
wheeled 1030 553 615 O. R.
O. R.
wheeled 1030 553 625 O. R.
605 O. R. Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
1033
Cabinets and cupboards Clothing cabinets and wardrobes Continued next page
Lockers made of sheet steel Execution: •stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with safety bevels to prevent injuries •available with compartment width 300 and 400 mm, with 150 mm feet (overall height 1850 mm) or 100 mm plinth (overall height 1800 mm) •interior equipment per compartment: fixed hat shelf, clothes rail with 3 movable clothes hooks •reinforced doors, hinged on right on internal hinges, with ventilation slots and punched label frame, smooth shelves for easy cleaning •rotary bolt lock for padlock, Ident. No. 900:safety cylinder lock each door Paint: corpus in RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete RAL 7035 light grey compartments Compartment width Width Depth 50100 with legs RAL 7035/5010
Number mm mm mm Ident. No.
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
with base RAL 7035/5010
Ident. No.
with legs RAL 7035
Ident. No.
50101
002
with base RAL 7035
Ident. No.
020
50101
Extra charge for cylinder lock each door Ident. No.
Unit price
E
030 (O. R.)
022
E (O. R.)
Unit price
003 (O. R.)
E (O. R.)
Unit price
3 300 900 500 003 (O. R.)
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50100
2 300 600 500 002
023 (O. R.)
4 300 1200 500 004 (O. R.)
2 400 800 500 012 (O. R.)
004
012
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
040
042
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
024
032
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
3 400 1200 500 013 (O. R.) 013 (O. R.) 043 (O. R.) 033 (O. R.)
900
Ident. No. 002 (without contents)
(O. R.)
h Padlocks see No. 50025 page 926.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Locker with bench frame Workshop equipment
made of sheet steel Execution: •sturdy, spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with bench underframe made of square tubing, with height-adjustable plastic feet, seat panels made of light grey pvc, reinforced with wooden insert •interior equipment per compartment: fixed hat shelf, clothes rail with 3 movable clothes hooks •reinforced doors, hinged on right on internal hinges, with ventilation slots and punched label frame, smooth shelves for easy cleaning •rotary bolt lock for padlock, Ident. No. 900:safety cylinder lock each door Paint: body RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010 gentian blue, or completely RAL 7035 light grey, bench underframe RAL 7016 anthracite grey. Compartments Compartment width Width depth (incl. 300 mm deep bench) height (incl. underframe 400 mm) 50101 RAL 7035 / 5010
Number mm mm mm mm Ident. No.
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
RAL 7035
Ident. No.
122
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
2 300 600 800 2135 102
Extra charge for cylinder lock each door
3 300 900 800 2135 103 (O. R.) 123 (O. R.)
(O. R.)
2 400 800 800 2135 112 (O. R.)
124 (O. R.)
132 (O. R.)
3 400 1200 800 2135 113 (O. R.) 133 (O. R.)
900
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
4 300 1200 800 2135 104
h Padlocks see No. 50025 page 926.
Prod. Gr. 504
Ident. No. 102 (without contents)
Continued next page
Compartment lockers for valuables Version: •stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with base 150 mm height •smooth doors with punched label frame, hinged on the right, turning on rotary bolts, inset type (noise damping through rubber buffers), clearance for door opening approx. 300 mm high and approx. 230 mm wide •smooth floor with no raised edging, so easy to clean •locks with safety cylinder lock, each 2 keys Paint: corpus in RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete RAL 7035 light grey Compartment width Compartments Overall width x Depth Overall height RAL 7035 / 5010 50109
E
Unit price
50109 Unit price
mm Number mm mm Ident. No.
RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
300
400
5 300 x 500 1850 002
10 600 x 500 1850 004
5 400 x 500 1850 006
10 800 x 500 1850 008
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
010 (O. R.)
020 (O. R.)
030 (O. R.)
040 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
1034
Ident. No. 002 without contents
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Clothing cabinets and wardrobes Continued next page
Lockers made of sheet steel Execution: •stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with safety bevels to prevent injuries •available with compartment width 300 or 400 mm, with 150 mm feet (overall height 1850 mm) or 100 mm plinth (overall height 1800 mm) •two separate superimposed shelves on each side, for optimum use of space •interior equipment per compartment: a clothes rail with 3 movable clothes hooks •reinforced doors, hinged on right on internal hinges, with ventilation slots and punched label frame, smooth shelves for easy cleaning •rotary bolt lock for padlock, available at extra charge with safety cylinder lock for each door Ident. No. 900 On request: with perforated sheet metal doors, central locking system and other colours. Paint: corpus in RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete RAL 7035 light grey Number Number mm mm mm Ident. No.
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
with legs RAL 7035
Ident. No.
with base RAL 7035/5010
Ident. No.
242
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
222
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
2 4 300 600 500 202
with base RAL 7035
Ident. No.
262
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
Extra charge for cylinder lock each door Ident. No.
Unit price
E
3 6 300 900 500 203 (O. R.) 223 (O. R.) 243 (O. R.) 263 (O. R.)
4 8 300 1200 500 204 (O. R.) 224 (O. R.) 244 (O. R.) 264 (O. R.)
2 4 400 800 500 212 (O. R.) 232 (O. R.) 252 (O. R.) 272 (O. R.)
3 6 400 1200 500 213 (O. R.) 233 (O. R.) 253 (O. R.) 273 (O. R.)
900
Ident. No. 203 (without contents)
(O. R.)
h Padlocks see No. 50025 page 926.
Prod. Gr. 504
Workshop equipment
Parts Compartments Compartment width Width Depth 50101 with legs RAL 7035/5010
Continued next page
Lockers with bench underframe made of sheet steel Execution: •sturdy, spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with bench underframe made of square tubing, with height-adjustable plastic feet, seat panels made of light grey PVC, reinforced with wooden insert •optional with compartment width 300 or 400 mm •two separate superimposed shelves on each side, for optimum use of space •interior equipment per compartment: a clothes rail with 3 movable clothes hooks •reinforced doors, hinged on right on internal hinges, with ventilation slots and punched label frame, smooth shelves for easy cleaning •rotary bolt lock for padlock, available at extra charge with safety cylinder lock for each door Ident. No. 900 On request: with perforated sheet metal doors, central locking system and other colours. Paint: body RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010 gentian blue, or completely RAL 7035 light grey, bench underframe RAL 7016 anthracite grey. Parts Compartments Compartment width Width Depth (incl. 300 mm deep bench) Height (incl. underframe 400 mm) 50101 RAL 7035 / 5010 RAL 7035
Extra charge for cylinder lock each door
Unit price h Padlocks see No. 50025 page 926.
2011/12
Ident. No.
322
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
2 4 300 600 800 2135 302
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50101
Number Number mm mm mm mm Ident. No.
Ident. No. E
3 6 300 900 800 2135 303 (O. R.) 323 (O. R.)
4 8 300 1200 800 2135 304 (O. R.) 324 (O. R.)
2 4 400 800 800 2135 312 (O. R.) 332 (O. R.)
3 6 400 1200 800 2135 313 (O. R.) 333 (O. R.)
900 (O. R.)
Ident. No. 304 (without contents) Prod. Gr. 504
1035
Cabinets and cupboards Hinged door cabinets Continued next page
Hinged door cabinets Selection overview
Workshop equipment
Height Width Depth Carrying capacity per shelf with uniformly distributed load Drawer fitting possible Carrying capacity per drawer with uniformly distributed load Art. No. Catalogue
mm mm mm kg
Height Width Depth Carrying capacity per shelf with uniformly distributed load Drawer fitting possible Carrying capacity per drawer with uniformly distributed load Art. No. Catalogue
mm mm mm kg
Height Width Depth Carrying capacity per shelf with uniformly distributed load Drawer fitting possible Carrying capacity per drawer with uniformly distributed load Art. No. Catalogue
mm mm mm kg
1036
kg
kg
kg
1000 500 500 50 yes 40 50032 from page 1037
1000 1000 500 50 yes 40 50032 from page 1037
1030 1000 500 60 yes 50 50053 from page 1041
1800 600 500 15/30 no 50108 from page 1039
1950 950 450 50 no 50046 from page 1039
1950 1000 500 60 yes 50 50053 from page 1041
1950 1000/1200/1500 400/500/600 80 no 50045 from page 1040
1950 1000 400/500 110 no 50048 from page 1040
1950 1000 600 80/160 yes 110 50047 from page 1042
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Hinged door cabinets Continued next page
Tool cabinets with drawers and shelves Execution: •cabinet housing made of sheet steel with 3-side anti-roll-off edging •drawers made of steel sheet, 90 mm high with telescopic full extension, carrying capacity 40 kg per drawer for evenly distributed load •galvanised shelves, sturdy design, height-adjustable, carrying capacity 50 kg per shelf for evenly distributed load •bowl handle doors, locked with safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys •colour of coating: corpus and drawers RAL 7035, light grey / doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated h Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1041. Advantage: due to the grid spacing, you can mount the cabinets with other shelves and drawers besides the standard configuration.
Ident. No. 004
Drawer height 90 mm Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth Shelves, galvanised, fixed version, height-adjustable Shelf Width x Depth RAL 7035/RAL 5010 50032
Number mm Number mm Ident. No. E
Unit price
50032
other colours
E Additional shelf, fixed, galvanised
E Additional shelf, extractable, galvanised
O. R. 012 (O. R.) 020 O. R. 030
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50032
1 380 x 445 2 425 x 430 002
Ident. No.
Unit price
50032
1000 x 500 x 500
Ident. No.
Unit price
50032
Ident. No. 006 mm
Additional drawer height 90 mm, full extension, RAL 7035
O. R.
O. R. 014 (O. R.) 025 O. R. 035 O. R.
1000x1000x500 with dividing wall 2 380 x 445 4 425 x 430 006 O. R. 016 (O. R.) 020 O. R. 030 O. R.
040
Ident. No. E
Unit price
1000x1000x500 without dividing wall 2 380 x 445 2 925 x 430 004
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 002 Height x Width x Depth
O. R.
i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Writing desk tops Execution: housing made of sheet steel for pens and work materials, folding cover with wooden insert, lockable with cylinder lock. Application: as crown for cabinets No. 50032. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. h Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1045. External dimensions Width x Depth x Height Colour of coating Weight
50044
mm RAL kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
2011/12
500 x 500 x 270 7035, light grey Other colours 19 19 010 015 (O. R.)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
1037
Cabinets and cupboards Hinged door cabinets Continued next page
Tool cabinets made of sheet steel Ident. No. 010 with stowage and 3 drawers secured to prevent items from falling out. Safety lock. Colour GEDORIT blue, drawers colour GEDORIT silver. Ident. No. 020 especially suitable for placement on workbench. Sheet steel construction with lockable metal shutter with cylinder lock and steel perforated rear panel 9 x 9 mm, distance from centre of hole to centre of hole 33 mm. Complete with assortment of hooks and built-in holders. Colour GEDORIT blue, drawers and shutter colour GEDORIT silver.
Ident. No. 010 No contents
Ident. No. 020 No contents
Height x Width x Depth Weight (without tool set)
50023
970 x 650 x 250 33 010
mm kg Ident. No.
Cabinet without tool set
(O. R.)
E
Unit price h Tool assortments see from No. 50276 page 1030. i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
890 x 1810 x 170 78 020 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 530
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Hinged door cabinets with solid sheet doors carrying capacity 50 kg per shelf Execution: •stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with base •high quality enamel finish •safety bevels to prevent injuries •2 reinforced hinged doors, supported in 6 stable, internal pintails •4 galvanised shelves can be screwed in at 50 mm adjustable •carrying capacity per shelf 50 kg, with evenly distributed load •can be locked with three-bar safety leverage and black turning knob with safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Paint: optionally corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete painting RAL 7035 light grey or RAL 6011 Reseda green Dimensions H x W x D Shelf Carrying capacity per shelf RAL 7035 / 5010 50045
E
Unit price
50045
RAL 7035
RAL 6011
Additional shelf, galvanised
Unit price i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
1038
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50045
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50045
mm Unit kg Ident. No.
Ident. No. E
1950 x 950 x 450 4 50 010 (O. R.) 012 (O. R.) 014 (O. R.) Ident. No. 010
110 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 586
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Hinged door cabinets Continued next page
Multi-purpose lockers with solid sheet doors Version: •stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with base 50 mm height •smooth doors, overlay type (noise damping through rubber buffers), with integrated reinforcement, hinged on the left and right •smooth shelves without raised edges make the lockers easy to clean, ventilation provided by means of hole rings in the rear wall •locks with safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete RAL 7035 light grey. Other RAL colours available on request.
Internal partitioning
Overall width x depth Overall height 50108 RAL 7035 / 5010
E
Unit price
50108
left and right hat shelf, clothes hanger rail and hook 600 x 500 mm mm 1800 Ident. No. 002
RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
Unit price
(O. R.) 005 (O. R.)
left 4 shelves, right clothes rails and hooks 600 x 500 1800 007 (O. R.) 010
left 4 shelves, right 5 pole holders
4 continuous shelves
600 x 500 1800 015
600 x 500 1800 025
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
020
(O. R.)
030
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other versions on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360 i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
Ident. No. 015 without contents
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Clothing and filing cabinets with solid sheet doors made of sheet steel Execution: •stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with base 100 mm height •hinged doors with vertical box-type reinforcement, doors turning on rotary bolts •interior equipment: one fixed hat shelf, underneath a partition; on the left: with 3 shelves, painted RAL 7035 light grey, height-adjustable in steps of 50 mm each, carrying capacity per shelf 30 kg for evenly distributed load on the right: slide-out clothes rail •locks with three-bolt safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Colour: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete RAL 7035 light grey. Other colours available on request. Dimensions Height x Width x Depth Weight RAL 7035/RAL 5010 50046
E
Unit price
50046
mm kg Ident. No.
RAL 7035
Unit price i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
Ident. No. E
1950 x 950 x 450 73 035 (O. R.) 040 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504 Ident. No. 035
2011/12
1039
Cabinets and cupboards Hinged door cabinets Continued next page
Hinged door cabinets with solid sheet or glazed doors carrying capacity 80 kg per shelf Execution: •sturdy, welded sheet steel frame with plinth, with either solid sheet or glazed doors with unbreakable acrylic glass •4 galvanised shelves can be screwed in at 17 mm adjustable, carrying capacity per shelf 80 kg for evenly distributed load •inset-type doors turning on rotary bolts, doors reinforced by box-type profile on inside, double-edged on all sides •locks with three-bolt safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys •overall load capacity of the cabinet 400 kg Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder coated On request: carrying capacity per shelf 100 kg for evenly distributed load, DOM locking system (matching HK tool cabinets, HK tool shelves, HK workbenches) and other paintings.
with galvanised shelves, height-adjustable
Workshop equipment
Width Height Depth Shelf Carrying capacity per shelf 50045 with solid sheet doors
with solid sheet doors (without contents) mm mm mm Unit kg Ident. No.
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50045
with inspection window door
Ident. No.
204
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50045
1950 400 4 80 104
Additional shelf, galvanised
Ident. No.
304
E (O. R.)
Unit price
1000 1950 500 4 80 105 (O. R.)
1950 600 4 80 106 (O. R.)
205 (O. R.)
206 (O. R.)
305 (O. R.)
with glazed doors (without contents)
306 (O. R.)
1200 1950 500 4 80 125
1950 400 4 80 124 (O. R.)
(O. R.)
224 (O. R.)
225 (O. R.)
324 (O. R.)
325 (O. R.)
1950 600 4 80 126 (O. R.) 226 (O. R.) 326 (O. R.)
1950 400 4 80 154
1500 1950 500 4 80 155
1950 600 4 80 156
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
–
–
–
–
–
–
354
355
356
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
Continued next page
Hinged door cabinets with solid sheet doors and AKZENT ceiling carrying capacity per shelf 110 kg Execution: •sturdy sheet steel frame with plinth, for storage of heavy items •4 painted shelves can be screwed in at 30 mm adjustable, carrying capacity per shelf 110 kg with evenly distributed weight •doors with noise damping, box-shaped door reinforcement, door mounting in sturdy steel bolts •locks with three-bolt safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys •overall load capacity of the cabinet 800 kg Accessories: Ident. No. 010 and 020: Compartment dividers for dividing the shelves Colour: optionally, corpus and ceiling RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010 gentian blue or corpus and doors RAL 7035 light grey, ceiling RAL 5010 gentian blue or completely RAL 7035 light grey, powder-coated Depth Width Height Shelf Carrying capacity per shelf corpus, ceiling RAL 7035, doors RAL 5010 50048 Unit price
mm mm mm Number kg Ident. No. E
400 1000 1950 4 110 002 (O. R.)
500 1000 1950 4 110 012 (O. R.)
50048
corpus, doors RAL 7035, ceiling RAL 5010
Ident. No. E
004 (O. R.)
014 (O. R.)
completely RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
006 (O. R.)
016 (O. R.)
Additional shelf, painted RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
008 (O. R.)
018 (O. R.)
Compartment divider for shelves, painted RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
010 (O. R.)
020 (O. R.)
Unit price
50048 Unit price
50048 Unit price
50048 Unit price
i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
1040
Ident. No. 002
Ident. No. 004 and 014 with coloured AKZENT ceiling
Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Hinged door cabinets Continued next page
Hinged door cabinets with solid sheet doors with drawers and shelves All elements with a given width can be freely combined with each other. Execution: •housing: welded steel sheet construction •grid system: shelves and drawers adjustable in 30:30 mm increments •doors: folded and reinforced •drawers: ball bearing, full extension, carrying capacity 50 kg evenly distributed. width x depth •safety lock: for secure locking of the cabinets 400 x 395 mm or 900 x 395 mm •rails: plugged in, so that rapid change-over is possible •shelf, fixed: height adjustable, load-bearing capacity 60 kg evenly distributed •shelf, removable: ball bearing, full extension, load-bearing capacity 50 kg evenly distributed Colour: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated
Ident. No. 410 (without contents)
Weight
50053
Standard version complete, RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
Unit price
50053
Ident. No. E
408 (O. R.)
415 (O. R.)
425 (O. R.)
Housing, with folding doors, without insert arrangement, RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
Ident. No. E
430 (O. R.)
440 (O. R.)
450 (O. R.)
Housing, with folding doors, without insert arrangement, other colours*
Ident. No. E
435 (O. R.)
445 (O. R.)
455 (O. R.)
Drawer front height 90 mm, RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
700 (O. R.)
600 (O. R.)
Drawer front height 90 mm, other colours*
Ident. No. E
705 (O. R.)
605 (O. R.)
Drawer front height 150 mm, RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
710 (O. R.)
610 (O. R.)
Drawer front height 150 mm, other colours*
Ident. No. E
715 (O. R.)
615 (O. R.)
Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for drawer
Ident. No. E
718 O. R.
618 O. R.
Shelves, fixed, RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
720 (O. R.)
620 (O. R.)
Shelves, fixed, other colours*
Ident. No. E
725 (O. R.)
625 (O. R.)
Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for shelves, fixed
Ident. No. E
728 O. R.
628 O. R.
Shelves, extractable, RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
730 (O. R.)
630 (O. R.)
Shelves, extractable, other colours*
Ident. No. E
735 (O. R.)
635 (O. R.)
Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for shelves, extendable
Ident. No. E
738 O. R.
638 O. R.
Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053 Unit price
50053
1950 x 1000 x 500 1840 1840 2 drawers 2 drawers, front height front height 90 mm, 90 mm, 6 shelves, 4 shelves, fixed fixed with partition 88 95 410 420 (O. R.) (O. R.)
Standard version, complete, other colours*
Unit price
50053
Ident. No. 420 (without contents)
mm 1030 x 1000 x 500 mm 900 1 drawer front height 90 mm, 2 shelves, fixed kg 50 Ident. No. 406 E (O. R.)
Unit price
* For available colours at no extra cost see below, when placing an order please quote the complete Part No. and the RAL colour. i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 406 (without contents) Height x Width x Depth Useful height Version
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
RAL colours for HK hinged door cabinets The following colours and other colour combinations are available at no extra cost: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
h Other RAL colours available on request.
2011/12
1041
Cabinets and cupboards Hinged door cabinets Continued next page
Heavy duty cabinets with solid sheet metal or glazed doors with drawers and shelves Application: a cabinet for really heavy loads – overall load carrying capacity 1.65 t. Especially suitable for storage of very heavy tools, such as forming and stamping dies. Execution: •extremely sturdy welded steel structure with brazed corners, with or without centre partition •double-walled reinforced doors, either made of solid sheet metal or glazed •smooth fronts due to flush overlay doors, opening angle more than 200°, continuous rod guiding •doors can be locked simultaneously with a triple-lock cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys •telescope-guided drawers with 100 % full extension, load capacity per drawer 110 kg. for evenly distributed load •galvanised shelves can be screwed in at 25 mm adjustable execution without dividing wall = load capacity per shelf 160 kg. for evenly distributed load execution with dividing wall = load capacity per shelf 80 kg. for evenly distributed load •cabinet base can carry a load of up to 400 kg Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, plastic-coated. On request available: •other door versions include perforated or slotted panel doors and side wall cladding •pull-out blocking of drawers and suitable accessories for fitting with compartment divisions •additional group or main keys •other colours Note: floor anchoring (Ident. No. 400) is recommended.
Workshop equipment
Telescope-guided drawers with 100 % full extension
Triple-lock safety cylinder lock with recessed turning handle
Shelf carriers
Different door designs available
Ident. No. 244 (without contents)
Ident. No. 253 (without contents)
Version Model Height Width Depth Shelf galvanised, carrying capacity 160 kg/80 kg Drawer height 100 mm, carrying capacity 110 kg Drawer height 125 mm, carrying capacity 110 kg Drawer height 175 mm, carrying capacity 110 kg with solid sheet doors 50047 Unit price
50047
50047
Ident. No. E
Additional shelf, galvanised, left side
Ident. No. E
– –
– –
– –
– –
362 (O. R.)
Additional shelf, galvanised, right side
Ident. No. E
– –
– –
– –
– –
364 (O. R.)
Additional shelves, extractable, galvanised, carrying capacity 110 kg
Ident. No.
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Additional drawer height 100 mm, RAL 5010
Ident. No. E
370 (O. R.)
372 (O. R.)
Additional drawer height 125 mm, RAL 5010
Ident. No. E
374 (O. R.)
376 (O. R.)
Additional drawer height 175 mm, RAL 5010
Ident. No. E
378 (O. R.)
380 (O. R.)
Floor anchoring set
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50047
E
Unit price
50047 Unit price
50047 Unit price
50047 Unit price
50047 Unit price
i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036.
1042
343 (O. R.)
344 (O. R.)
351 (O. R.)
with central separating wall 52 53 54 1950 1950 1950 1000 1000 1000 600 600 600 6 6 6 – – 4 – 6 – 4 – 4 252 253 254 (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
Additional shelf, galvanised
Unit price
342 (O. R.)
51 1950 1000 600 6 – – – 251 (O. R.)
Ident. No. 341 E (O. R.)
Unit price
50047
mm mm mm Number Number Number Number Ident. No. E
without central separating wall 41 42 43 44 1950 1950 1950 1950 1000 1000 1000 1000 600 600 600 600 4 3 3 2 – – 1 1 – – 2 2 – 2 – 2 241 242 243 244 (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
with inspection window door
Unit price
50047
Ident. No. 243 without contents
360 (O. R.)
– –
366
352 (O. R.)
353 (O. R.)
– –
– –
354 (O. R.) – –
368
400 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 504
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Sliding door cabinets Continued next page
Sliding door cabinets with solid sheet or glazed doors carrying capacity 80 kg per shelf Execution: •sturdy, welded sheet steel structure with plinth, with either solid sheet or glazed doors with unbreakable acrylic glass, available in three different heights, widths and depths •galvanised shelves can be screwed in at 17 mm adjustable, load capacity per shelf 80 kg. for evenly distributed load •sliding doors with reinforcement pockets and recessed handle, guide rail with special rollers and crushing protection, buffered end stops •doors can be locked simultaneously with a high-security cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys •Width of cabinet 1000 mm: without dividing wall – at height 1000/1200 mm: incl. 2 shelves – at height 1950 mm: incl. 4 shelves •Width of cabinet 1500/2000 mm: with dividing wall – at height 1000/1200 mm: incl. 4 shelves – at height 1950 mm: incl. 8 shelves •Overall load capacity of the cabinet: – without dividing wall (Width 1000 mm): minimum 400kg – with dividing wall (Width 1500/2000 mm): minimum 600kg Advantage: •all elements with a given width can be freely combined with each other •space-saving sliding doors: ideally useful for confined and narrow spaces Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder coated Available on request: DOM locking system (matching HK tool cabinets, HK tool shelves, HK work benches) and other paintings.
Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 115 (without contents)
Ident. No. 164 (without contents) Ident. No. 285 (without contents) with solid sheet doors
50046
50046
50046
Height in number
Width
Depth
mm
of file folders
mm 1000
mm 400
pcs 2
version without dividing wall
1000
500
2
without dividing wall
105
(O. R.)
205
(O. R.)
305
(O. R.)
1000
600
2
without dividing wall
106
(O. R.)
206
(O. R.)
306
(O. R.)
1500
400
4
with partition
114
(O. R.)
214
(O. R.)
314
(O. R.)
1500
500
4
with partition
115
(O. R.)
215
(O. R.)
315
(O. R.)
1500
600
4
with partition
116
(O. R.)
216
(O. R.)
316
(O. R.)
2000
400
4
with partition
124
(O. R.)
224
(O. R.)
304
(O. R.)
2000
500
4
with partition
125
(O. R.)
225
(O. R.)
305
(O. R.)
1200
2
3
Carrying capacity
additional shelf, galvanised
Height
1000
Shelves
with inspection window door
kg
80
Ident. No. 104
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 204
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 304
U. pr. E (O. R.)
2000
600
4
with partition
126
(O. R.)
226
(O. R.)
306
(O. R.)
1000
400
2
without dividing wall
134
(O. R.)
234
(O. R.)
304
(O. R.)
1000
500
2
without dividing wall
135
(O. R.)
235
(O. R.)
305
(O. R.)
1000
600
2
without dividing wall
136
(O. R.)
236
(O. R.)
306
(O. R.)
1500
400
4
with partition
144
(O. R.)
244
(O. R.)
314
(O. R.)
1500
500
4
with partition
145
(O. R.)
245
(O. R.)
315
(O. R.)
1500
600
4
with partition
146
(O. R.)
246
(O. R.)
316
(O. R.)
2000
400
4
with partition
154
(O. R.)
254
(O. R.)
304
(O. R.)
2000
500
4
with partition
155
(O. R.)
255
(O. R.)
305
(O. R.)
2000
600
4
with partition
156
(O. R.)
256
(O. R.)
306
(O. R.)
80
Continued next page
2011/12
1043
Cabinets and cupboards Sliding door cabinets (continued) with solid sheet doors
50046
50046
50046
Height in number
Width
Depth
mm
of file folders
mm 1000
mm 400
pcs 4
version without dividing wall
1000
500
4
without dividing wall
165
(O. R.)
265
(O. R.)
305
(O. R.)
1000
600
4
without dividing wall
166
(O. R.)
266
(O. R.)
306
(O. R.)
1500
400
8
with partition
174
(O. R.)
274
(O. R.)
314
(O. R.)
1500
500
8
with partition
175
(O. R.)
275
(O. R.)
315
(O. R.)
1500
600
8
with partition
176
(O. R.)
276
(O. R.)
316
(O. R.)
2000
400
8
with partition
184
(O. R.)
284
(O. R.)
304
(O. R.)
2000
500
8
with partition
185
(O. R.)
285
(O. R.)
305
(O. R.)
2000
600
8
with partition
186
(O. R.)
286
(O. R.)
306
(O. R.)
5
Carrying capacity
additional shelf, galvanised
Height
1950
Shelves
with inspection window door
kg
80
Ident. No. 164
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 264
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Ident. No. 304
U. pr. E (O. R.)
Prod. Gr. 504 Continued next page
Sliding door cabinets with solid sheet doors with drawers and shelves Execution: •housing: welded steel sheet construction •sliding doors: folded and reinforced, ball-bearing-mounted •safety lock: for secure locking of the cabinets •rails: plugged in, so that rapid change-over is possible •grid system: shelves and drawers adjustable in 30:30 mm increments •drawers: ball bearing, full extension, carrying capacity 50 kg evenly distributed. width x depth 400 x 395 mm or 900 x 395 mm •shelf fixed: height adjustable, load-bearing capacity 60 kg evenly distributed •shelf, removable: ball bearing, full extension, load-bearing capacity 50 kg evenly distributed Advantage: •all elements with a given width can be freely combined with each other •space-saving sliding doors: ideally useful for confined and narrow spaces Colour: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Workshop equipment Ident. No. 520 (without contents) Ident. No. 506 (without contents)
Ident. No. 516 (without contents)
Height x Width x Depth Useful height Version
Weight
50053
Standard version complete, RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
Standard version, complete, other colours*
Housing, with sliding doors, without insert arrangement, RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
Housing, with sliding doors, without insert arrangement, other colours*
Drawer front height 90 mm, RAL 7035
Drawer front height 90 mm, other colours*
Drawer front height 150 mm, RAL 7035
Unit price
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50053
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50053
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50053
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50053
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50053
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50053
kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50053
mm 1030 x 1000 x 500 mm 920 left and right with 2 shelves each, fixed and dividing wall
Drawer front height 150 mm, other colours*
Ident. No. E
55 506 (O. R.) 508 (O. R.) 530 (O. R.) 535 (O. R.) 600 (O. R.) 605 (O. R.) 610 (O. R.) 615 (O. R.)
1030 x 2000 x 500 920 left and right with 2 drawers each Front height 90 mm and 2 shelves each, fixed and partition 88 516 (O. R.) 518 (O. R.) 540 (O. R.) 545 (O. R.) 700 (O. R.) 705 (O. R.) 710 (O. R.) 715 (O. R.)
1950 x 1000 x 500 1840 left and right with 1 drawer each Front height 90 mm and 4 shelves each, fixed and partition 96 520 (O. R.) 525 (O. R.) 550 (O. R.) 555 (O. R.) 600 (O. R.) 605 (O. R.) 610 (O. R.) 615 (O. R.)
Continued next page
1044
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Sliding door cabinets (continued) mm 1030 x 1000 x 500 mm 920 left and right with 2 shelves each, fixed and dividing wall
Height x Width x Depth Useful height Version
Weight
50053
kg Ident. No.
Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for drawer
E
Unit price
50053
Shelves, fixed, RAL 7035
E Shelves, fixed, other colours*
E Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for shelves, fixed
E
50053
Shelves, extractable, RAL 7035
E
50053
Shelves, extractable, other colours*
E Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for shelves, extendable
E
*
O. R.
625 (O. R.)
728
628
O. R.
O. R.
730
630
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
735
635
(O. R.)
638
Ident. No.
Unit price
725
635 (O. R.)
620 (O. R.)
(O. R.)
630 (O. R.)
Ident. No.
Unit price
50053
O. R.
Ident. No.
Unit price
720
628
Ident. No.
Unit price
O. R.
(O. R.)
625 (O. R.)
1950 x 1000 x 500 1840 left and right with 1 drawer each Front height 90 mm and 4 shelves each, fixed and partition 96 618
O. R.
620 (O. R.)
Ident. No.
Unit price
50053
O. R.
Ident. No.
Unit price
50053
55 618
1030 x 2000 x 500 920 left and right with 2 drawers each Front height 90 mm and 2 shelves each, fixed and partition 88 718
(O. R.)
738
638
O. R.
O. R.
For available colours at no extra cost see below, when placing an order please quote the complete Part No. and the RAL colour.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
The following colours and other colour combinations are available at no extra cost: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL. h Other RAL colours available on request
Continued next page
Sliding-door cabinets made of sheet steel, with 2 full-width shelves Execution: •sturdy welded sheet steel frame, equipped with sliding doors •with 2 continuous drawers made of sheet steel with support rails, height adjustable in steps of 30 mm, carrying capacity per shelf 100 kg for evenly distributed load •doors can be locked simultaneously with a pressure cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Advantage: the cabinets can be used and combined as attachment cabinets for two HK tool cabinets from the system 550 S/700 S/800 S (width 722 mm). Accessories: additional shelves Art. No. 50051 720/820, plastic-coated cover panel 8 or 16 mm for top panel on request. Colour: corpus and shelves RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1045. External dimensions Height x Width x Depth Useful height RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 50051
E
Unit price
50051
Other colours
Unit price
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50051
mm 1028 x 1444 x 400 mm 930 Ident. No. 700
Additional shelves with support rails, RAL 7035
Ident. No. E
(O. R.) 710 (O. R.) 720 (O. R.)
1028 x 1444 x 620 930 800
Ident. No. 700/800 Sliding door cabinet with 2 full-width shelves
(O. R.) 810 (O. R.) 820 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
1045
Workshop equipment
RAL colours for HK sliding door cabinets
Cabinets and cupboards Sliding door cabinets Continued next page
Sliding door cabinet housing with partition Made from sheet steel Execution: •Sturdy welded sheet steel frame, equipped with sliding doors and a divider, for individual fitting with shelves Art. No. 50051 400-415 and ball-bearing drawers Art. No. 50051 500-545. •Shelves and drawers are height-adjustable in steps of 30 mm each •Doors can be locked simultaneously with a turning pressure cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1045. External dimensions Height x Width x Depth Useful height RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 50051
mm mm Ident. No. E
Unit price
50051
Other colours
1028 x 1444 x 620 930 900 (O. R.) 910
Ident. No. E
Unit price
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Ident. No. 900 Sliding door cabinet housing for fitting with drawers and shelves see below
Continued next page
Sheet steel shelves height adjustable, for Sliding door cabinet housing No. 50051 900 and 910
Workshop equipment
Execution: •with full extension 100 % or fixed design, height adjustable, carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1045. Version Light W x D
50051
RAL 7035
mm Ident. No.
Other colours
Ident. No.
Extractable, full extension complete with rails 600 x 450 400 (O. R.)
E
Unit price
50051
(O. R.)
405
415
(O. R.)
E
Unit price
fixed version, with support rails 600 x 450 410
Alternative version for cabinet housing Ident. No. 900-910
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Drawers for Sliding door cabinet housing No. 50051 900 and 910 Load-bearing capacity with 100 % full extension = 100 kg evenly distributed. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1045. Front height Box height Light W x D
50051
RAL 5010
mm mm mm Ident. No.
Other colours
Ident. No.
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50051 Unit price
60 40 600 x 450 500
505
E (O. R.)
90 70 600 x 450 510
120 100 600 x 450 520
150 130 600 x 450 530
180 130 600 x 450 540
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
515 (O. R.)
525 (O. R.)
535 (O. R.)
545 (O. R.)
No contents
Prod. Gr. 501
1046
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Tool cabinets Selection overview From this overview, you can see all of the available designs for our tool cabinet systems at a glance. Our system designations for the tool cabinets are constructed as follows:
System S (narrow = 722 mm)
System B (wide = 1022 mm) 1568 mm
1336 mm
1036 mm
800 mm 800
800 mm 700 mm
722 mm
700 mm
550 mm
550 mm
1022 mm
700 S 700 B 800 S 800 B 700 700 800 800 722 1022 722 1022 800 / 1036 / 1336 / 1568 600 x 450 900 x 450 600 x 600 900 x 600 600 x 700 900 x 700 0,27 0,41 0,36 0,54 0,42 0,63 Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended kg 100 / 200 100 / 200 100 / 200 100 / 200 100 / 200 100 / 200
mm mm mm mm mm
550 S 550 722
550 B 550 1022
50295 from page 1048
50298 from page 1050
50300 from page 1052
50302 from page 1055
50310 from page 1057
50315 from page 1060
Workshop equipment
System Depth Width Height Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Storage surface per drawer Drawer extension Carrying capacity per drawer with uniformly distributed load Art. No. Catalogue
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
Housing: U robust, welded sheet steel frame, equipped with plasticcoated cover panel (8 mm) U protected from overturning with drawer lock
Drawers: U ideal guide properties through Delrin rollers and specially formed profile with positive guide on both sides and lateral guide rollers U individual partitioning possible through slotted walls and perforated bottoms of the drawers.
For the individual set up of the cabinets, individual insert Drawers: U aluminium handle strips with paper and cellone strips and materials are also available for your selection in addition to lateral cover caps our complete sets. U carrying capacity of the drawers is displayed through the coloured identification of the cover caps U Drawers flush with cabinet housing, no protruding handle strips
Drawers: U due to the drawer extension protection it is possible to open one drawer only U therefore the cabinet is tilt proof, since only one drawer can be drawn out U On request: Drawer damper with soft pulling, dampens drawers and provides for slow, silent closing
DOM® lock system: U central locking with safety turning cylinder lock, laterally arranged on the right side U thanks to the plug-in system, the cylinder can be conveniently replaced without dismantling the drawer U electronic central locking on request
Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Special colour: following colours available without additional charge: RAL 1015
RAL 2004
RAL 3002
RAL 3020
RAL 5010
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL.
2011/12
RAL 5015
RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
sky blue
reseda green
light grey
pure white
1047
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Tool cabinets System 550 S Depth 550 mm, width 722 mm Cabinet dimensions: Height 1036 mm, width 722 mm, depth 550 mm. Drawers: Clear width x depth 600 x 450 mm, storage area = 0.27 m² All drawers with 100 % full extension, load-bearing capacity 100 kg evenly distributed load. FH = front height, BH = box height Special painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. FH
KH
FH
FH
KH
KH
722
550
1036
Model S5 32/5 FH
Model S5 32/6 FH
KH
FH
KH
Workshop equipment
Model S5 32/8 FH
Model S5 32/7 KH
Model S5 32/9
KH
FH
Model S5 32/10 FH
KH
KH
740
Model S5 32/11 Model Height Width Depth Weight
50295
Model SK5 32/2 1 removable shelf behind doors
RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Other colours
Ident. No.
E
Unit price
50295
S5 32/5 1036 722 550 105 010
S5 32/6 1036 722 550 116 020
S5 32/7 1036 722 550 129 030
S5 32/8 1036 722 550 135 040
S5 32/9 1036 722 550 145 050
S5 32/10 1036 722 550 154 060
S5 32/11 1036 722 550 157 070
SK5 32/2 1036 722 550 97 080
SK5 32/5 1036 722 550 119 090
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
012
E (O. R.)
Unit price
Model SK5 32/5 1 removable shelf behind doors
022
032
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
042
052
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Insert material for drawers see No. 50484 050-310 page 1049 and No. 50500-50525 page 1063. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
062 (O. R.)
072 (O. R.)
082 (O. R.)
092 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Cover panel for cabinet housing system 550 S Execution: plastic coated, with edge band. Width x depth x thickness
50295
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h All tool cabinets are equipped with an 8 mm cover plate (standard feature). i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
1048
722 x 553 x 16 500 O. R. Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Ribbed rubber support for cabinet housing system 550 S Execution: made of solid rubber, thickness 3 mm, with fine grooves, oil-resistance, lower side with fabric pattern, colour: black. Width x depth x thickness
50295
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
722 x 553 x 3 550 O. R.
h Rubber ribbed mats for drawers see No. 50484 310 page 1049. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Fork lift-compatible base for cabinet housing system 550 S Execution: front and rear with removable screen Paint: RAL 7021, back grey. On request also available in the colour of the cabinet. Scope of delivery: with screens Width x depth x height
50295
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
722 x 553 x 130 600 O. R.
i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Drawers insert material for tool cabinets system 550 S Insert sets for individual drawers to create individual cabinet configurations:
1 Trough plates
2 + 3 Container
4 Spare boxes
5 Compartment divisions
7 Compartment divisions
8 AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes (without tools)
9 Anti-slip mat
: Rubber ribbed mat
set For box height
50484 Unit price
No. 1 2 3 4 mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 40 From 70 Ident. No. 050 110 120 125 130 E
O. R.
(O. R.)
O. R.
(O. R.)
h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 370 page 1068. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
2011/12
O. R.
5 70 150
100 160
70 180
(O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.)
6 100 190 O. R.
6 Compartment divisions
7 130 195
40 200
(O. R.) (O. R.)
70 210
100 220
130 225
8 70 300
O. R.
O. R.
(O. R.)
O. R.
9 : From 40 From 40 305 310 O. R.
O. R.
Ident.-No.050-225 and 305-310 = Prod. Gr. 503 Ident.-No. 300 = Prod. Gr. 581
1049
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Supporting profiles as drawer inserts for HK tool cabinets, system 550 S Application: for storage of tools in drawers. Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 614 x 133 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools •per drawer, max. 3 supporting profiles can be used Advantage: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool holding fixtures in one drawer. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated.
Ident. No. 015 Mount Number of holders min. box height
50654
Unit mm Ident. No.
Ident. No. 020 ST 40 13 100 015
E (O. R.)
Unit price
ST 50 6 130 020
VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 17 100 030
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
VDI 40/MT 5 13 130 035 (O. R.)
Application example with girder sections ST40/ST50 HSK 50 16 70 045 (O. R.)
HSK 63 9 70 050 (O. R.)
Capto C5 6 70 065
Capto C6 6 70 066
Capto C8 5 70 068
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Tool cabinet system 550 B depth 550 mm, width 1022 mm Cabinet dimensions: height 1036 mm, width 1022 mm, depth 550 mm. Drawers: clear width x depth 900 x 450 mm, storage area = 0.41 m² All drawers with full extension 100 %, carrying capacity 100kg with evenly distributed load. FH = front height, BH = box height Special painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. KH
FH
KH
FH
KH
0
1036
1022
55
Workshop equipment
FH
Model B5 32/5 FH
Model B5 32/7
KH
FH
FH
KH
Model B5 32/10 Model Height Width Depth Weight
50298 50298 Unit price
RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
Other colours
Ident. No.
E
E
Model B5 32/13
B5 32/5 1036 1022 550 133 010
B5 32/7 1036 1022 550 156 020
B5 32/8 1036 1022 550 166 030
B5 32/10 1036 1022 550 186 040
B5 32/11 1036 1022 550 196 050
B5 32/13 1036 1022 550 209 060
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
012 (O. R.)
022 (O. R.)
h Insert material for drawers see No. 50483 040-270 page 1051 and No. 50500-50525 from page 1063. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
1050
KH
Model B5 32/11 mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
Model B5 32/8
032 (O. R.)
042 (O. R.)
052 (O. R.)
062 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Cover panel for cabinet housing system 550 B Execution: plastic coated, with edge band. Width x depth x thickness
50298
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1022 x 553 x 16 500 O. R.
h All tool cabinets are equipped with an 8 mm cover plate (standard feature). i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Ribbed rubber support for cabinet housing system 550 B Execution: made of solid rubber, thickness 3 mm, with fine grooves, oil-resistance, lower side with fabric pattern, colour: black. Width x depth x thickness
50298
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1022 x 553 x 3 550 O. R.
h Rubber ribbed mats for drawers see No. 50483 270 page 1051. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Fork lift-compatible base for cabinet housing system 550 B Execution: front and rear with removable screen Paint: RAL 7021, back grey. On request also available in the colour of the cabinet. Scope of delivery: with screens
50298
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1022 x 553 x 130 600 O. R.
i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Workshop equipment
Width x depth x height
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Drawers insert material for HK standard tool cabinets, system 550 B Insert sets for individual drawers to create individual cabinet configurations:
1 Trough plates
2 + 3 Container
7 Compartment divisions set For box height
50483 Unit price Set price set For box height
50483
No. mm Ident. No.
8 Compartment divisions 1 From 40 040
E O. R. E No. mm Ident. No.
– 7 130 185
Unit price
E O. R.
Set price
E
–
2 From 40 100
5AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes (without tools)
6 Compartment divisions
: Rubber ribbed mat
; Anti-slip mat
9 Compartment divisions
3 From 70 110
From 40 115
From 70 120
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
–
(O. R.)
–
–
–
–
O. R.
–
70 200
8 100 210
100 240
(O. R.)
4
130 215
40 220
5 From 70 125
9 70 230
6 100 150
40 160 (O. R.)
7 70 170
100 180
(O. R.)
O. R.
–
–
–
: From 40 270
; From 40 280
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 380 page 1068. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
2011/12
4 Spare boxes
Ident. No. 040-120, 150-280 = Prod. Gr. 503 Ident.-No. 125 = Prod. Gr. 581
1051
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Supporting profiles as drawer inserts for HK tool cabinets, system 550 B Application: •for storage of tools in drawers Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 914 x 133 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools •per drawer, max. 3 supporting profiles can be used Advantage: •flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool fixtures in one drawer Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated.
Application example with girder sections ST40/ST50
Ident. No. 115 Mount Number of holders min. box height
50654
Unit mm Ident. No.
Ident. No. 120 ST 40 19 100 115
E (O. R.)
Unit price
ST 50 9 130 120 (O. R.)
VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 27 100 130 (O. R.)
VDI 40/MT 5 19 130 135
HSK 50 25 70 145
(O. R.)
HSK 63 14 70 150
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Capto C5 9 70 165
Capto C6 9 70 166
Capto C8 7 70 168
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Tool cabinets system 700 S depth 700 mm, width 722 mm with 6 drawers
Workshop equipment
Execution: •robust welded steel sheet structure •with 6 drawers approx. 80 % partial extension, carrying capacity 100 kg evenly distributed load •drawers - inner dimensions W x D = 600 x 600 mm •storage surface per drawer = 0.36 m² •drawer bottom perforated in a grid of 25 mm, all around lateral slot strips for compartment rails and partitions •drawers with ergonomic aluminium handle strips, paper, cellone strips and lateral cover caps, front height 360 mm with 2 handle strips •drawers flush with cabinet housing, no protruding handle strips •thanks to the drawer extension protection it is possible to open one drawer only, therefore tilt proof •cabinet housing, standard equipment with plastic-coated cover panel 8 mm •central locking with safety turning cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, drawers RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Model Height Width Depth Drawers - internal dimensions W x D Weight
50300
mm mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
FH
KH
722
700
1036
S7 32/6 1036 722 700 600 x 600 120 045 O. R. Prod. Gr. 586
Continued next page
Insert assortment for 4 drawers Execution: •suitable for tool cabinet system 700 S no. 50300 045 •shelf rails and shelf partitions to fit 4 drawers, see applications
From box height 70 mm
From box height 100 mm
From box height 100 mm
Insert assortment for
50481
Ident. No.
Set price
E
i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
1052
From box height 100 mm 4 drawers 045 O. R. Prod. Gr. 586
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Tool cabinets System 700 S Depth 700 mm, width 722 mm Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model - 800, 1036 or 1336 mm, width 722 mm, depth 700 mm. Drawers clear width x depth, 600 x 600 mm, storage area 0.36 m². All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60 mm with carrying capacity 70kg, from front height 90 mm and 100 kg with evenly distributed load. Ident. No. 010-032 without cover Ident. No. 040-092 with cover plate Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated FH = front height, BH = box height FH
KH
FH
FH
KH
KH
700
800
722
Model S7 24/5 H
Model S7 24/6
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
Model S7 24/8
KH FH
KH
FH
KH
700
Workshop equipment
10
722
Model S7 32/5 H
Model S7 32/7
Model S7 32/9
KH FH
KH
FH
KH
700
133
722
Model S7 42/8 Model Height Width Depth Weight
50300
RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
Unit price
mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
E (O. R.)
Unit price
50300
Model S7 42/10 S7 24/5 800 722 700 100 010
Other colours
Ident. No.
012
E (O. R.)
S7 24/6 800 722 700 110 020 (O. R.) 022 (O. R.)
Model S7 42/13 S7 24/8 800 722 700 135 035 (O. R.) 038 (O. R.)
S7 32/5 1036 722 700 110 040
S7 32/7 1036 722 700 130 050
S7 32/9 1036 722 700 155 065
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
042 (O. R.)
h Insert material for drawers see No. 50481 100-210 page 1054 and No. 50500-50525 from page 1063. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
2011/12
052 (O. R.)
068 (O. R.)
S7 42/8 1336 722 700 150 075 (O. R.) 078 (O. R.)
S7 42/10 1336 722 700 175 080
S7 42/13 1336 722 700 210 100
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
082 (O. R.)
102 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
1053
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Cover panel for cabinet housing system 700 S Execution: plastic coated, with edge band. Width x depth x thickness
50300
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
722 x 703 x 16 500 O. R.
h All tool cabinets are equipped with an 8 mm cover plate (standard feature). Except for tool cabinets of System 700S, model S7 24/5-24/8. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Ribbed rubber support for cabinet housing system 700 S Execution: made of solid rubber, thickness 3 mm, with fine grooves, oil-resistance, lower side with fabric pattern, colour: black. Width x depth x thickness
50300
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
722 x 703 x 3 550 O. R.
h Rubber ribbed mats for drawers see No. 50481 210 page 1054. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Fork lift-compatible base for cabinet housing system 700 S Execution: front and rear with removable screen Paint: RAL 7021, back grey. On request also available in the colour of the cabinet. Scope of delivery: with screens Width x depth x height
50300
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
722 x 703 x 130 600 O. R.
Workshop equipment
i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Drawers insert material for HK standard tool cabinets, system 700 S Insert sets for individual drawers to create individual cabinet configurations:
1 Trough plates
2 Spare boxes
3 Compartment divisions
4 Compartment divisions
6 Compartment divisions
7 Rubber ribbed mat
8 Anti-slip mat
9 AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes (without tools)
Set No. For box height
50481
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 40 From 40 From 70 Ident. No. 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 250
Set price
E O. R.
Unit price
E
–
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
–
–
O. R.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O. R.
O. R.
–
h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 381 page 1068. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
1054
5 Compartment divisions
Ident. No. 100-220 = Prod. Gr. 503 Ident.-No. 250 = Prod. Gr. 581
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Supporting profiles as drawer inserts for HK tool cabinets, system 700 S Application: for storage of tools in drawers. Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 614 x 133 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools •per drawer, max. 4 supporting profiles can be used Advantages: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool fixtures in one drawer. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated.
Ident. No. 015
Ident. No. 020
Application example with girder sections ST40/ST50 Mount Number of holders min. box height
ST 40 13 100 015
Unit mm Ident. No.
50654
ST 50 6 130 020
E (O. R.)
Unit price
(O. R.)
VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 17 100 030
VDI 40/MT 5 13 130 035
(O. R.)
HSK 50 16 70 045
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
HSK 63 9 70 050 (O. R.)
Capto C5 6 70 065
Capto C6 6 70 066
Capto C8 5 70 068
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Tool cabinet system 700 B
FH
FH FH
FH
KH
KH
KH
KH
1336
1022
1022
Model B7 32/5 Model Height Width Depth Weight
50302
RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
Model B7 32/7
Model B7 32/9
mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50302
70
70
0
0
1036
Other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Model B7 42/10
B7 32/5 1036 1022 700 150 010
B7 32/7 1036 1022 700 180 020
B7 32/9 1036 1022 700 210 035
B7 42/10 1336 1022 700 230 040
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
(O. R.)
012
022
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Insert material for drawers see No. 50482 100-210 page 1056 and No. 50500-50525 from page 1063. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
038 (O. R.)
042 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Cover panel for cabinet housing system 700 B Execution: plastic coated, with edge band Width x depth x thickness
50302
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h All tool cabinets are equipped with an 8 mm cover plate (standard feature). i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
2011/12
1022 x 703 x 16 500 O. R. Prod. Gr. 501
1055
Workshop equipment
depth 700 mm, width 1022 mm Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model - 1036 or 1336 mm, width 1022 mm, depth 700 mm. Clear width x depth 900 x 600 mm, storage area 0.54 m². All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60 mm with carrying capacity 70kg, from front height 90 mm and 100 kg with evenly distributed load. Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated FH = front height, BH = box height
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Ribbed rubber support for cabinet housing system 700 B Execution: made of solid rubber, thickness 3 mm, with fine grooves, oil-resistance, lower side with fabric pattern, colour: black. Width x depth x thickness
50302
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1022 x 703 x 3 550 O. R.
h Rubber ribbed mats for drawers see No. 50482 210 page 1056. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Fork lift-compatible base for cabinet housing system 700 B Execution: front and rear with removable screen Paint: RAL 7021, back grey. On request also available in the colour of the cabinet. Scope of delivery: with screens Width x depth x height
50302
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1022 x 703 x 130 600 O. R.
i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Drawers insert material for HK standard tool cabinets, system 700 B Insert sets for individual drawers to create individual cabinet configurations:
1 Trough plates
2 Spare boxes
3 Compartment divisions
4 Compartment divisions
6 Compartment divisions
7 Rubber ribbed mat
8 Anti-slip mat
9 AQURADO set with textured mat and boxes (without tool)
Set No. For box height
50482
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 40 From 40 From 70 Ident. No. 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 250
Set price
E O. R.
Unit price
E
–
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
–
–
O. R.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O. R.
O. R.
–
h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 382 page 1068. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
1056
5 Compartment divisions
Ident. No. 100-220 = Prod. Gr. 503 Ident.-No. 250 = Prod. Gr. 581
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Supporting profiles as drawer inserts for HK tool cabinets, system 700 B Application: for storage of tools in drawers. Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 914 x 133 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools •per drawer, max. 4 supporting profiles can be used Advantage: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool holding fixtures in one drawer. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated.
Ident. No. 115 Mount Number of holders min. box height
50654
Unit mm Ident. No.
Ident. No. 120 ST 40 19 100 115
ST 50 9 130 120
E (O. R.)
Unit price
Application example with girder sections ST40/ST50
(O. R.)
VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 27 100 130 (O. R.)
VDI 40/MT 5 19 130 135
HSK 50 25 70 145
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
HSK 63 14 70 150 (O. R.)
Capto C5 9 70 165
Capto C6 9 70 166
Capto C8 7 70 168
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Tool cabinets system 800 S depth 800 mm, width 722 mm
FH
KH
FH
FH
KH
Workshop equipment
Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model -1036 mm, 1336 mm or 1568 mm, width 722 mm, depth 800 mm, Clear width x depth 600 x 700 mm, storage area 0.42 m². All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60, 90 mm, carrying capacity of drawers 100 kg, from front height 120 mm and 200 kg with evenly distributed load. Note: For individual drawer load with 200 kg for evenly distributed load, a suitable shelf or wall attachment is required. Otherwise, the drawers may be loaded with max. 150 kg for evenly distributed load, in order to ensure the stability of the cabinet. Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated FH = front height, BH = box height KH
800
1036
722
Model S8 32/5 FH
Model S8 32/6 FH
KH
KH
Model S8 32/8 Model Height Width Depth Weight
50310
RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
Unit price
50310 Unit price
Other colours
FH
KH
Model S8 32/9
Model S8 32/10
mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
S8 32/5 1036 722 800 140 010 (O. R.)
S8 32/6 1036 722 800 156 020 O. R.
S8 32/7 1036 722 800 170 030 O. R.
S8 32/8 1036 722 800 185 040 O. R.
S8 32/9 1036 722 800 202 050 O. R.
S8 32/10 1036 722 800 219 060 O. R.
Ident. No. E
012 (O. R.)
022 (O. R.)
032 (O. R.)
042 (O. R.)
052 (O. R.)
062 (O. R.)
h Insert material for drawers see No. 50480 070-280 page 1059 and No. 50500-50525 from page 1063. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
2011/12
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
Model S8 32/7
Prod. Gr. 501
1057
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Tool cabinets system 800 S depth 800 mm, width 722 mm Cabinet dimensions: height depends on mode -1036, 1336 or 1568 mm, width 722 mm, depth 800 mm Clear width x depth 600 x 700 mm, storage area 0.42 m². All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60, 90 mm, carrying capacity of drawers 100 kg, from front height 120 mm and 200 kg with evenly distributed load. Note: For individual drawer load with 200 kg for evenly distributed load, a suitable shelf or wall attachment is required. Otherwise, the drawers may be loaded with max. 150 kg for evenly distributed load, in order to ensure the stability of the cabinet. Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. FH = front height, BH = box height FH
FH
KH
KH FH
KH
1336
80
80
0
0
1036
722
722
Model S8 32/11
Model S8 32/13 FH
FH
FH
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
Model S8 42/9
KH KH
KH
Workshop equipment 80
0
1568
722
Model S8 42/10 Model Height Width Depth Weight
50310
RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
mm mm mm kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
50310
Model S8 49/10
Other colours
Ident. No. E
Unit price
Model S8 49/11
S8 32/11 1036 722 800 226 070
S8 32/13 1036 722 800 252 080
S8 42/9 1336 722 800 209 090
S8 42/10 1336 722 800 218 100
S8 49/10 1568 722 800 238 110
S8 49/11 1568 722 800 252 120
O. R.
O. R.
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
072
082
(O. R.)
092
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Insert material for drawers see No. 50480 070-280 page 1059 and No. 50500-50525 from page 1063. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
102 (O. R.)
112 (O. R.)
122 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Cover panel for cabinet housing system 800 S Execution: plastic coated, with edge band. Width x depth x thickness
50310
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
h All tool cabinets are equipped with an 8 mm cover plate (standard feature). i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
1058
722 x 803 x 16 500 O. R. Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Ribbed rubber support for cabinet housing system 800 S Execution: made of solid rubber, thickness 3 mm, with fine grooves, oil-resistance, lower side with fabric pattern, colour: black. Width x depth x thickness
50310
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
722 x 803 x 3 550 O. R.
h Rubber ribbed mats for drawers see No. 50480 280 page 1059 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Fork lift-compatible base for cabinet housing system 800 S Execution: front and rear with removable screen Paint: RAL 7021, back grey. On request also available in the colour of the cabinet. Scope of delivery: with screens Width x Depth x Height
50310
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
722 x 803 x 130 600 O. R.
i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Drawers insert material for HK standard tool cabinets, system 800 S Insert sets for individual drawers to create individual cabinet configurations:
1 Trough plates
2 + 3 Container
4 Spare boxes
5 Compartment divisions
6 Compartment divisions
7 Compartment divisions
8 Compartment divisions
9 Rubber ribbed mat
: Anti-slip mat
; AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes (without tools)
Set No. For box height
50480 Unit price
1 2 3 4 mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 40 From 70 40 Ident. No. 070 130 140 145 150 160 E O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
(O. R.)
h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 385 page 1068. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
2011/12
O. R.
5 70 170
(O. R.) O. R.
6 100 180
130 183
70 230
O. R. (O. R.) O. R.
7 70 260
100 270
8 9 : ; 70 From 40 From 40 From 70 200 280 300 310
O. R. (O. R.) O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
100 240
40 250
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
Ident. No. 070-300 = Prod. Gr. 503 Ident.-No. 310 = Prod. Gr. 581
1059
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Supporting profiles as drawer inserts for HK tool cabinets, system 800 S Application: for storage of tools in drawers. Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 614 x 133 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools •per drawer, max. 5 supporting profiles can be used Advantages: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool fixtures in one drawer. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated.
Ident. No. 015 Mount Number of holders min. box height
50654
Unit mm Ident. No.
ST 40 13 100 015
E (O. R.)
Unit price
Application example with girder sections ST40/ST50
Ident. No. 020 ST 50 6 130 020
VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 17 100 030
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
VDI 40/MT 5 13 130 035 (O. R.)
HSK 50 16 70 045 (O. R.)
HSK 63 9 70 050 (O. R.)
Capto C5 6 70 065
Capto C6 6 70 066
Capto C8 5 70 068
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Tool cabinet system 800 B depth 800 mm, width 1022 mm Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model - 1036, 1336 or 1568 mm, width 1022 mm, depth 800 mm Drawers clear width x depth, 900 x 700 mm, storage area 0.63 m². All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60, 90 mm, carrying capacity of drawers 100 kg, from front height 120 mm and 200 kg with evenly distributed load. Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated FH = front height, BH = box height KH FH
KH
FH
KH
1036
80 0
Workshop equipment
FH
1022
Model B8 32/5 FH
Model B8 32/6 FH
KH
FH
Model B8 32/8 Model Height Width Depth Weight
50315 50315 Unit price
RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
other colours
Ident. No.
E
E
Model B8 32/10
B8 32/5 1036 1022 800 175 010
B8 32/6 1036 1022 800 191 020
B8 32/7 1036 1022 800 212 030
B8 32/8 1036 1022 800 228 040
B8 32/9 1036 1022 800 244 050
B8 32/10 1036 1022 800 268 060
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
012 (O. R.)
022 (O. R.)
h Insert material for drawers see No. 50479 070-320 page 1063 and No. 50500-50525 from page 1063. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
1060
KH
Model B8 32/9 mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
Model B8 32/7
KH
032 (O. R.)
042 (O. R.)
052 (O. R.)
062 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Cover panel for cabinet housing system 800 B Execution: plastic coated, with edge band. Width x depth x thickness
50315
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1022 x 803 x 16 500 O. R.
h All tool cabinets are equipped with an 8 mm cover plate (standard feature). i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Ribbed rubber support for cabinet housing system 800 B Execution: made of solid rubber, thickness 3 mm, with fine grooves, oil-resistance, lower side with fabric pattern, colour: black. Width x depth x thickness
50315
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1022 x 803 x 3 550 O. R.
h Rubber ribbed mats for drawers see No. 50479 320 page 1063. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Tool cabinet system 800 B depth 800 mm, width 1022 mm
FH
Workshop equipment
Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model - 1036, 1336 and 1568 mm, width 1022 mm, depth 800 mm Clear width x depth 900 x 700 mm, storage area 0.63 m². All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60, 90 mm, carrying capacity of drawers 100 kg, from front height 120 mm and 200 kg with evenly distributed load. Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated FH = front height, BH = box height KH
FH
KH
80
0
1036
1022
Model B8 32/11
Model B8 32/13
FH
Model B8 T 32 with doors and 2 heightadjustable shelves, load-bearing capacity 200 kg per shelf
KH FH
FH
Product video: drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic.
KH
KH
1568
80
1022
Model B8 42/10 Model Height Width Depth Weight
50315
Unit price
1022
Model B8 49/10
RAL 7035 / RAL 5010
mm mm mm kg Ident. No.
Other colours
Ident. No.
E
Unit price
50315
80
0
0
1336
E
Model B8 49/11
B8 32/11 1036 1022 800 281 070
B8 32/13 1036 1022 800 311 080
B8 T 32 1036 1022 800 90 090
B8 42/10 1336 1022 800 285 100
B8 49/10 1568 1022 800 291 110
B8 49/11 1568 1022 800 309 120
O. R.
(O. R.)
O. R.
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
072 (O. R.)
082 (O. R.)
h Insert material for drawers see No. 50479 070-320 page 1063 and No. 50500-50525 from page 1063. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-364 i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
2011/12
092 (O. R.)
102 (O. R.)
112 (O. R.)
122 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
1061
Cabinets and cupboards Tool cabinets Continued next page
Supporting profiles as drawer inserts for HK tool cabinets, system 800 B Application: for storage of tools in drawers. Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 914 x 133 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools •per drawer, max. 5 supporting profiles can be used Advantage: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool holding fixtures in one drawer. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated.
Ident. No. 115 Mount Number of holders min. box height
50654
Unit mm Ident. No.
Ident. No. 120 ST 40 19 100 115
E (O. R.)
Unit price
ST 50 9 130 120 (O. R.)
VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 27 100 130
Application example with girder sections ST40/ST50
VDI 40/MT 5 19 130 135
(O. R.)
HSK 50 25 70 145
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
HSK 63 14 70 150 (O. R.)
Capto C5 9 70 165
Capto C6 9 70 166
Capto C8 7 70 168
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 507
Workshop equipment Continued next page
Fork lift-compatible base for cabinet housing system 800 B Execution: front and rear with removable screen Paint: RAL 7021, back grey. On request also available in the colour of the cabinet. Scope of delivery: with screens Width x depth x height
50315
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
1062
1022 x 803 x 130 600 O. R. Prod. Gr. 501
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Insert material for drawers Continued next page
Drawers insert material for HK standard tool cabinets, system 800 B Insert sets for individual drawers to create individual cabinet configurations:
2 Containers
3 Containers
4 Spare boxes
5 Compartment divisions
6 Compartment divisions
7 Compartment divisions
8 Compartment divisions
9 AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes (without tools)
: Rubber ribbed mat
; Anti-slip mat
set For box height
50479
No. mm Ident. No.
1 From 40 070
2 From 40 130 (O. R.)
E O. R.
Unit price set For box height
50479
No. mm Ident. No.
From 40 145
From 70 150
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
6 100 210
E O. R.
Unit price
3 From 70 140
4 40 160 (O. R.)
7 130 213 (O. R.)
40 220 (O. R.)
70 230 O. R.
8 70 260
40 250 (O. R.)
O. R.
h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 388 page 1068. Additional AQURADO sets see No. 50540 145 page 1069. i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047.
Workshop equipment
1 Trough plates
5 70 170 (O. R.) 100 270 O. R.
6 100 180 O. R.
40 190 (O. R.)
70 200 (O. R.)
9 From 70 310
: From 40 320
; From 40 330
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
Ident.-No. 070-270 and 320-330 = Prod. Gr. 503 Ident.-No. 310 = Prod. Gr. 581
Continued next page
Insert material for all HK cabinet models and tool shelving
Continued next page
Holding pins made of polypropylene With pressed-in M3 screw, suitable as delimiter post for tools. Box qty.: No. 50505 = 10 pieces Thread Height Cross-section
50500
Placement post
E
Unit price Thread Size
50505 Set price
mm mm Ident. No.
Hex. nut with loosening protection
mm Ident. No. E
M3 34 7x8 010 O. R. M3 8 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
2011/12
1063
Cabinets and cupboards Insert material for drawers Continued next page
Holding pin made of polypropylene With pressed-in M 3 screw, for attaching and fixing individual items. Box qty.: No. 50505 = 10 pieces Thread Height x Width
50502
M3 36 x 16 010
mm Ident. No.
Holding pin
E
Unit price Thread Size
50505
O. R. M3 8 010
mm Ident. No.
Hex. nuts with loosening protection
E
Set price
O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Milling cutter holder made of shatterproof polystyrene With pressed-in M3 screw and nut. The milling bit holders can be extended by screwing them together. Box qty.: No. 50505 = 10 pieces Height Milling cutter holder Ø For tools with drill Ø
mm mm mm Ident. No.
50503
15 16 015
E O. R.
Unit price Thread Size
50505
12 13 012
Hex. nuts with loosening protection
O. R.
20 22 020 O. R.
O. R.
30 32 030 O. R.
38 40 038 O. R.
48 50 048 O. R.
M3 8 010
mm Ident. No. E
Set price
26 25 27 025
O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Threaded pins made of steel For attaching parts and for fixing tool markers. Box qty.: No. 50505 = 10 pieces Thread Height
50504
mm Ident. No.
Threaded pin
E
Unit price Thread Size
50505
mm Ident. No.
Hex. nuts with loosening protection
E
Set price
M3 29 010 O. R. M3 8 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Trough strips, trough dividers and trough insert walls made of polypropylene No. 50506 Trough strips with side tie-piece for insertion into slotted strips and with ridges to subdivide with trough dividers and trough insert walls. No. 50507 010 Trough dividers for continuous division of all trough dividers. No. 50507 040-080 Trough insert walls folded labelling strip for subdividing individual troughs. Number of troughs at 225 mm length = size For parts up toØ Length x width x height Trough strips 50506
E
Unit price
50507
Trough divider Lx H 225x28 mm
O. R.
Trough insert walls
Unit price h Ask for our detailed insert material brochure.
Ident. No. E
6 26 225 x 65 x 30 060 O. R.
8 20 225 x 65 x 20 080 O. R. No. 50506
010
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50507
4 max. mm 45 mm 225 x 65 x 30 Ident. No. 040
O. R. 040 O. R.
060 O. R.
080 O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
No. 50507 040-080 No. 50507 010
1064
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Insert material for drawers Continued next page
Trough plates and insert walls Ident. No. 020-140 Trough plates made of ABS Ident. No. 200 Insert walls made of ABS Ident. No. 300 and 400 Insert walls made of polypropylene For storage of items sensitive on their outside, up to a max. Ø 70 mm. The troughs can be subdivided in increments of 14 mm with trough insert walls. Trough insert walls with label holder and paper strips for subdividing individual troughs. mm 29 mm 150 x 150 150 x 150 150 x 150 150 x 100 150 x 100 150 x 100 2 3 4 2 3 4 mm 70 44 32 70 44 32 Ident. No. 020 030 040 120 130 140
Height Rated width x Depth No. of troughs For parts up toØ 50509 Trough panels
E O. R.
Unit price
50509
Trough insert walls
O. R.
200
Ident. No.
E O. R.
Unit price
O. R.
300
400
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
200
O. R.
300
O. R.
400
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Plug-in holders made of plastic For insertion in the perforations in the drawer base. Suitable as soft underlay for delicate items or as restraining wall for stored parts. Length
50511
32 010
mm Ident. No.
Plug-in holders
E
Unit price
O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Workshop equipment
Drawer rails made of sheet steel With slotted strips on both sides, average separation of slots 25 : 3 = 8.33 mm. The compartment rails are screwed to the drawer floors. Scope of delivery: without compartment rail screws e and hexagonal nuts.
Height Nominal length
50513
mm mm Ident. No.
40 225 210
E O. R.
Unit price Height Nominal length
50513
mm mm Ident. No.
70
450 230
O. R.
O. R.
600 240 O. R.
700 250 O. R.
900 260 O. R.
225 310
300 320
O. R.
O. R.
450 330 O. R.
100 225 410
E O. R.
Unit price
300 220
300 420
450 430
O. R.
O. R.
600 340 O. R.
700 350 O. R.
900 360 O. R.
130 600 440
O. R.
700 450 O. R.
900 460 O. R.
225 500
300 510
O. R.
O. R.
h Compartment rail screws see No. 50520 010 page 1066, hexagonal nuts see No. 50505 010 page 1064.
450 520 O. R.
600 530 O. R.
700 540 O. R.
900 550 O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Compartment dividers Ident. No. 210-230 double-walled, made of shatterproof plastic Ident. No. 300-530 made of aluminium for insertion into compartment rails
50514
mm mm 100 Ident. No. 210
150 220
40 225 230
135 300
275 305
100 310
135 311
150 320
70 225 330
275 331
425 332
450 340
Unit price
E O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
50514
mm 70 mm 600 Ident. No. 350
100 410
135 411
150 420
100 225 275 430 431
425 432
450 440
600 450
100 510
130 150 520
225 530
Unit price
E O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
Height Nominal length
Height Nominal length
O. R.
Prod. Gr. 503
2011/12
1065
Cabinets and cupboards Insert material for drawers Continued next page
Label panels for compartment dividers
50514
Label panels with paper and Cellone strips
820
Ident. No. E
Unit price
O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Spares boxes made of shatterproof polystyrene Use label holders for identification. For drawers of front height mm Nominal length/nominal mm 75/75 width Height mm 36 Boxes Ident. No. 010 50516 E O. R.
Unit price
50516 Unit price
60 150/75 150/100 150/150 75/75 36 015 O. R.
36 020 O. R.
36 025
90 150/75 150/100 150/150
61 040
O. R.
O. R.
61 075 O. R.
61 100 O. R.
61 150 O. R.
200
Label holder Ident. No. with paper strips E
O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Tool markers Ident. No. 010-030 aluminium, anodised, engraving on request Ident. No. 110 brass, black recessed numbers or company logo on request Minimum order qty.: 10 pieces each Workshop equipment
Version Colour Ø
50518
Tool markers
mm Ident. No.
Tool marker holders, brass
Ident. No.
E O. R.
Unit price
50518
Aluminium anodised blue red green 28 28 28 010 020 030
Unit price
E
50518
Tool marker holders, nickel plated Ident. No.
Unit price
E
O. R.
O. R.
Brass – 28 110
Aluminium blank – 28 115
O. R.
O. R.
120 O. R. 125 O. R.
h Padlocks see No. 50025 from page 926
Prod. Gr. 503 Tool marker holders
Continued next page
Compartment rail screws with dome head for compartment rails No. 50513. Box qty.: 10 pieces Size
50520
Compartment rail screws
E
Set price Thread Size
50505
Hex. nut with loosening protection
3x6 010
M Ident. No.
O. R. M3 8 010
mm Ident. No. E
Set price
O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Support angles made of polypropylene For placement of tools of various diameters. The support angles are placed on pegs - No. 50522. Length x Width x Depth
50521 Unit price
Support angle
mm Ident. No. E
38 x 40 x 15 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
1066
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Classification systems for drawers Continued next page
Pegs made of polypropylene With M 3 screws pressed in. The support angles No. 50521 are pushed onto these pegs. Also suitable as delimiter posts for tools. Box qty.: No. 50505 = 10 pieces
50522
Thread M 3, L x W x H 6 x 6 x 16 mm
Ident. No. E
Unit price Thread Size
50505
mm Ident. No.
Hex. nut with loosening protection
E
Set price
010 O. R. M3 8 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Containers and container panels made of polypropylene No. 50524 Container panels with labelling strips, for dividing the containers. Height Length x width Clear width
50523
mm mm mm Ident. No.
Container
E
Unit price Height
50524
Container panels
150 x 100 90 306
61 250 x 100 90 310
450 x 100 90 318
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
61 310
mm Ident. No. E
Unit price
No. 50524
No. 50523
O. R.
Workshop equipment
Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Ridged inserts made of polypropylene For separate storage of tools sensitive on their outside. Only for insertion in the containers No. 50523. Usable on both sides for 3-way division (max. tool Ø 20 mm) and 5-way division (max. tool Ø 10 mm). Length x width x height
50525
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
67 x 16 x 20 010 O. R. Prod. Gr. 503
Continued next page
Modular organisation system This insert system is universally applicable, in tool cabinets, shelves, workbenches or for the storage and preparation of small parts. The organisation system in high-quality black ABS plastic comprises several modules, in 24 and 48 mm heights, which can be used side-by-side, one behind the other and one on top of the other as required. The textured mat ensure excellent holding of the modules and can be cut to any size. Advantages: clearly arranged, individual, flexible, situative, versatile, non-slip, robust, stackable, timesaving, portable
Measure
and break over the edge... h On request: boxes in other colours: white, light grey, blue and red.
2011/12
Cut plate ...
Glue plate ...
Use any box . Prod. Gr. 581
1067
Cabinets and cupboards Classification systems for drawers Continued next page
Black ABS plastic textured mats for AQURADO modular organisation system suitable for HK tool cabinets Simple assembly: measure, cut, break, glue, use
Example of application Dimensions Breadth x Depth Suitable for tool cabinet Textured mat 50540
528 x 624 – 365 O. R.
mm System Ident. No. E
Unit price
576 x 432 550 S 370 O. R.
888 x 432 550 B 380 O. R.
576 x 576 700 S 381 O. R.
888 x 576 700 B 382 O. R.
696 x 576 800 S 385 O. R.
h Other mat dimensions on request.
888 x 672 800 B 388 O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
Continued next page
Black ABS plastic textured mats for AQURADO modular organisation system suitable for HK and ANKE workbenches Dimensions Breadth x Depth Suitable for workbench
50540
mm Art. No. Ident. No.
Unit price
E
480 x 528 50201/50202/50203 660 O. R.
504 x 528 50200 670
408 x 576 50211/50212 680
O. R.
480 x 576 50199 685
O. R.
O. R.
744 x 576 50206 695 O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
Continued next page
Workshop equipment
Black ABS plastic textured mats for AQURADO modular organisation system suited for a tool trolleys Dimensions Breadth x Depth Suited for a tool trolleys
50540
mm Art. No. Ident. No.
Unit price
E
456 x 312 50278 510 610 O. R.
504 x 336 50278 560-572 620 O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
Continued next page
Modular organisation system Universal boxes 24 mm height
Designation Model Outside dimensions Internal dimensions
mm mm
50540
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Designation Model Outside dimensions Internal dimensions
mm mm
50540
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
– 0100 48 x 96 x 24
– 0101 96 x 96 x 24
– 0112 96 x 144 x 24
– 0104 96 x 192 x 24
37 x 85 x 18
85 x 85 x 18
85 x 133 x 18
85 x 181 x 18
150 O. R.
160 O. R.
170 O. R.
8 troughs
–
2 troughs
0113 144 x 192 x 24 (each trough 132x22x18) 200 O. R.
0110 96 x 288 x 24
0103 96 x 288 x 24 (each trough 40x277x18) 220 O. R.
85 x 277 x 18 210 O. R.
180 O. R.
Allen key box 1.5/2/2.5/3/4/5/6/8/10 2112 96 x 288 x 24 – 250 O. R.
3 troughs 0102 96 x 192 x 24 (each trough 24x181x18) 190 O. R.
Calliper gauge box 2113 96 x 288 x 24 – 260 O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
1068
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Classification systems for drawers Continued next page
Modular organisation system Universal boxes 24 mm height, halved
Designation Model Outside dimensions Trough width
50540
mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
1 trough 1118 73 x 48 x 24 37 155 O. R.
1 trough 1119 96 x 96 x 24 85 165 O. R.
3 troughs 1116 96 x 96 x 24 24 each 195 O. R.
2 troughs 1117 96 x 96 x 24 40 each 225 O. R.
8 troughs 1114 48 x 192 x 24 22 each 226 O. R.
8 troughs 1115 73 x 192 x 24 22 each 227 O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
Continued next page
Modular organisation system Basic tool set, 69 pieces In high-quality ABS plastic, colour black.
6 4 2 2 2 2
Model Modules Modules Modules Modules Modules Modules
External dimension mm 48x96x24 96x96x24 96x144x24 96x192x24 96x192x24 144x192x24
0100 0101 0112 0102 0104 0113
1 Module 0110 96x288x24 2 Modules 0105 96x96x48 2 Modules 0111 96x144x48 2 Covers each, Ident. No. 440, 445, 450, 455 2 888 x 696 mm textured mats 1 Cutting and joining aid 1 Universal knife
50540
Unit
Model
2 Modules 0106 2 Modules 0107 2 Modules 0108 2 Modules 0109 1 Module 0117 2 Modules 0114 4 Modules 1118 2 Modules 1119 2 Modules 1117 2 Modules 1116 2 Adhesive pads (for 4 items) 5 Vertical identification labels 5 Horizontal identification labels
Basic configuration set with 2 textured mats
Ident. No. E
Set price
External dimension 96x192x48 96x240x48 96x288x48 96x336x48 144x192x48 144x384x48 48x73x24 96x96x24 96x96x24 96x96x24
Workshop equipment
Unit
145 O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
Continued next page
Modular organisation system Universal boxes 48 mm height
Model Outside dimensions Internal dimensions
50540
mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Model Outside dimensions Internal dimensions
50540
mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
0105 96 x 96 x 48 85 x 85 x 42 270 O. R.
0111 96 x 144 x 48 85 x 133 x 42 280 O. R.
0106 96 x 192 x 48 85 x 181 x 42 290 O. R.
0107 96 x 240 x 48 85 x 229 x 42 300 O. R.
0108 96 x 288 x 48 85 x 277 x 42 310 O. R.
0109 96 x 336 x 48 85 x 325 x 42 320 O. R.
0116 144 x 144 x 48 133 x 133 x 42 323 O. R.
0117 144 x 192 x 48 133 x 181 x 42 325 O. R.
0114 144 x 384 x 48 133 x 373 x 42 330 O. R.
0115 240 x 336 x 48 229 x 325 x 42 335 O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
2011/12
1069
Cabinets and cupboards Classification systems for drawers Continued next page
Modular organisation system Special boxes 48 mm height
Designation
Model Outside dimensions
50540
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Designation
Model Outside dimensions
50540
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
*
Socket wrench box 1/ " * 2
Collet chucks 444E 12 slots
2117 144 x 192 x 48 340 O. R.
Tool box for double ended ring spanner, bent and straight, 8-part 2111 240 x 336 x 48 350 O. R.
2123 144 x 384 x 48 355
2121 96 x 288 x 48 358
Collet chucks box ER 16/10 slots
Collet chucks box ER 25/16 slots
Collet chucks box ER 32/12 slots
Screwdriver box for 6 units
2118 96 x 144 x 48 361 O. R.
2119 96 x 288 x 48 362 O. R.
2120 96 x 288 x 48 363 O. R.
2114 144 x 384 x 48 364 O. R.
Twist drill box 1.0-6.0 mm in steps of 0.1 mm increasing
Twist drill box 6.1-10.0 mm in steps of 0.1 mm increasing
MULTI MEDIA box for 11 CD's or 44 diskettes
2115 144 x 144 x 48 230 O. R.
2116 144 x 192 x 48 240 O. R.
Collet chucks ER 40 13 slots
TOOL box for open-ended spanners, open-ended/ring spanners straight, 12part 2110 240 x 336 x 48 360 O. R.
2122 96 x 336 x 48 359 O. R.
O. R.
For holding socket wrench size 10-32, for 22-part set.
O. R.
Prod. Gr. 581
Workshop equipment
Continued next page
Accessories for AQURADO modular organisation system
Designation Model Sizes
4101 Lg. 135 mm, red 400 O. R.
Adhesive pads (double-side) 4102 = 1 set = 6 pieces 410 O. R.
Adhesive pads (double-side) 4103 = 1 m = 34 pieces 420 O. R.
Cutting and joining aid
Universal knifes
Identification label
Identification label
4104 48x15 mm, vertical 430 O. R.
4105 48x15 mm, horizontal 435 O. R. –
50540
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
4100 26x93x5 mm, red 390 O. R.
Set price
E
–
–
–
–
–
Covers, transparent 4401 48x96x15 mm
Covers, transparent 4400 96x96x15 mm
Covers, transparent 4402 96x144x15 mm
Covers, transparent 4403 96x192x15 mm
Eccentric holding pins in set 4107 each 10 holder posts, 20 screws, black 456 –
Designation Model Sizes
mm
50540
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Set price
E
440 O. R. –
445 O. R. –
450 O. R. –
455 O. R. –
O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
1070
2011/12
Cabinets and cupboards Grinding wheel cabinets and storage systems Continued next page
Modular organisation system Maxi expansion set, 19 pieces In high-quality ABS plastic, colour black. Unit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Model Module Module Module Module Module Module Module
50540
0100 0101 0112 0104 0110 0105 0111
External dimension mm 48x96x24 96x96x24 96x144x24 96x192x24 96x288x24 96x96x48 96x144x48
Unit 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
Module Module Module Module Module Module Module Module
Maxi expansion set without knobbed mats
Model
External dimension
0106 0107 0108 0109 0117 1114 1116 1117
96x192x48 96x240x48 96x288x48 96x336x48 144x192x48 144x384x48 144x384x48 144x192x48 144
Ident. No. E
Set price
O. R. Prod. Gr. 581
only boxes without textured mat
Continued next page
AQURADO universal organisation system Mini expansion set, 8 pieces In high-quality ABS plastic, colour black.
1 1 1 1
Model Module Module Module Module
50540
0100 0101 0104 0111
External dimension mm 48x96x24 96x96x24 96x192x24 96x144x24
Unit 1 1 1 1
Module Module Module Module
Mini expansion set without knobbed mats
Model
External dimension
0106 0107 0108 0114
96x192x48 96x240x48 96x288x48 144x384x48 147
Ident. No. E
Set price
O. R.
Workshop equipment
Unit
Prod. Gr. 581
only boxes without textured mat
Continued next page
Cabinets and frames for storage of grinding wheels Grinding wheels are sensitive and usually heavy tools, whose readiness and storage often creates difficulties. The HK workshop equipment programme offers suitable storage and simplifies their utilisation.
Continued next page
Grinding wheel cabinet Execution: for placing grinding wheels (fork version). With one or two upright supports which, in a single cabinet, accept 7 or 9 swing arms according to the grid spacing. The grinding wheels are laid on the swinging support arms. Lockable hinged doors. Paint: RAL 6011, Reseda green
50634
mm kg Ident. No.
400 125 590 450 1800 159 9 30 100 005
Single cabinets 500 125 700 550 1800 159 9 30 107 007
600 160 800 650 1800 202 7 40 114 008
400 125 1170 450 1800 159 18 30 200 009
Double cabinets 500 125 1390 550 1800 159 18 30 194 011
600 160 1600 650 1800 202 14 40 228 013
Unit price
E
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
Version For grinding wheel Ø For grinding wheel thickness Width Depth Height Grid spacing Number of swinging arms Thickness of swing arm Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm
h Further information, advice and quotations available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
2011/12
Prod. Gr. 504
1071
Cabinets and cupboards Grinding wheel cabinets and storage systems Continued next page
TUREX grinding wheel store for a safe and rational storage of your grinding wheels Do you have problems with the storage of your grinding wheels? We can offer the solution! There are 5 different construction types and construction sizes covering the grinding wheel range from Ø 300 mm to Ø 1100 mm and grinding wheel weights up to 350 kg. According to the requirements in open design or in cabinet with hinged doors, with swivelling arms or for tilting. Damages during storage and transport are therefore problems of the past. The wheels are carried on support arms which swing out of the frame through an angle of about 135° and can be tilted through 90°. Needle bearings have the effect of making them very free-moving. Each arm has a standard mounting spigot made of aluminium. Mounting spigots matched to the corresponding flange holes available at extra cost. Tilting the grinding wheel up or down can be done without great effort since the tilt axis lies exactly on the centre of gravity of each wheel. In order to screw the mounting onto the lifting gear, the grinding wheel can be turned about its own axis without difficulty. A lever on each arm secures the grinding wheel when tilted down or up. The number of arms is dependent on the wheel thickness. The basic version of the grinding wheel store has 6 arms with mounting spigots. Other configurations available on request. Floor fixing required. For calculating the dimensions of the grinding wheel store according to your requirements the dimensions of the grinding wheels are needed as shown in the drawing below. Open type, with fold-down pivoting arm
Composition of grinding wheels to be stored in grinding wheel store Number of grinding wheels
Workshop equipment
Grinding wheels Support flange Flange Dimensions, Dimensions mm mm l Spigot 1:? H with without D b B d1 d2 h Further information, advice and quotations available on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
1072
t -
L -
Cover Ø mm
max. Weight in kg
-
-
Model in hinged door cabinet with swing-out prevention
2011/12
Tool holder system WTS Tool holders Continued next page
Tool holder system A variety of tool designs are required in manufacture. Transport, storage and availability is of great importance in being able to use these tools practically, economically and carefully. The WTS tool holder system is of great assistance here. –It is based on simple basic elements– its composition can be varied to suit the task and as a result it is a simple manoeuvre to transport the tool from storing place via the adjustment location to the machine. Continued next page
Tool holders Execution: The WTS basic elements are made from polypropylene copolymer. This plastic is impact- and scratchresistant under the usual operating conditions, not heat-sensitive, resistant to mineral oil and a variety of chemicals. With the same external dimensions (L x W x H = 220 x 135 x 135 mm) these tool holders have either 2, 3 or 5 holder sleeves. The tool holders fit with their long sides in the support profiles. Grips on the end faces simplify handling of the very light but extremely robust tool holders. The colour of the tool holders is brown. The holder sleeves vary in colour according to their different types.
50655
No. of holders
U. pr. E O. R.
HSK 40
5
Ident. No. 122
HSK 50
3
124
O. R.
Hollow shank taper 63
HSK 63
2
126
O. R.
Steep taper 30
ST 30
5
020
O. R.
ST 40
3
030
O. R.
ST 45
2
040
O. R.
ST 50
2
050
O. R.
TR 20 MT 3 TR 36
5
060
O. R.
Adjustable sleeve TR 36
DIN 6327 DIN 228 DIN 6327
3
080
O. R.
Cylinder shank Ø 40 Adjustable sleeve TR 40 Morse taper 5 Cylinder shank Ø 50 Adjustable sleeve TR 48 Cylinder shank Ø 20
DIN 69880 DIN 6327 DIN 228 DIN 69880 DIN 6327 DIN 69880
VDI 40 TR 40 MT 5 VDI 50 TR 48 VDI 20
3
090
O. R.
2
100
O. R.
3
102
O. R.
Cylinder shank Ø 30
DIN 69880 DIN 6327 DIN 228 DIN 69880
VDI 30 TR 28 MT 4 VDI 60
3
070
O. R.
2
110
O. R.
Hollow shank taper 40 Hollow shank taper 50
DIN 69893
Steep taper 40 DIN 69871
Steep taper 45 Steep taper 50 Adjustable sleeve TR 20
Cylinder shank Ø 60
h HSK 80 and 100 on request. t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360
Fig.: two tool carriers without tools/content Profile rails for wall fastening on request
Workshop equipment
Tool carrier for tools with
Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Table-top stands Application: for holding 2 or 3 tool carriers Art. No. 50655 020-126 Version: sturdy design made of square-section steel pipe. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated.
50656
WTS Table-top stands Design for 2 tool holders, L x W x H 440x205x200 mm
Ident. No. 252
Design for 3 tool holders, L x W x H 660x205x200 mm
253
Prices without tool holders
U. pr. E O. R. O. R. Prod. Gr. 507
without tool holders/tools
2011/12
1073
Tool holder system WTS Module frames Continued next page
Plastic inserts Individual, made of high quality plastic for self-assembly of tool supports. For shank type Colour
50657
Ident. No.
Unit price
E
For shank type Colour
50657
ST 30
ST 40
ST 45
white 400
blue 410
green 420
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
VDI 40/MT 5 Tr 48 / VDI 50 VDI 20 Brown Brown Brown Ident. No. 470 480 485 E
Unit price
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
ST 50 Tr 20 / MT 3 Tr 28/VDI 30 / MT 4 red Brown Brown 430 440 450 O. R. VDI 60 Brown 520 O. R.
Tr 36 Brown 460
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
HSK 40 Black 525
HSK 50 Black 530
HSK 63 Black 535
O. R.
O. R.
O. R. Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Holders for CNC tools
Workshop equipment
with SK or HSK adapter Application: for the protective and space saving preservation and storage of your tools at the work place. The CNC tool carriers Ident. No. 010 and 025 in connection with the table carriage No. 50268 210 page 1017 can even be used as mobile tool magazine. See application figure on the right side. Execution: •made of particle EPP foam (expanded polypropylene) •oil, acid and coolant resistant, impact resistant and break-proof Advantages: •low tare weight - easy to clean •supports can be easily cut with a band saw and individually adapted •the supports can be easily and safely connected with each other with a hot glue gun
Ident. No. 005
Ident. No. 010
Ident. No. 020
Ident. No. 025
Tool holding fixture Number of holders Dimensions L x W x H Weight
50653 Unit price
Ident. No. 015
SK 40 SK 50 HSK 63 Unit 6 12 6 10 15 mm 595 x 90 x 100 360 x 250 x 200 390 x 260 x 145 360 x 180 x 60 360 x 245 x 150 kg 0,226 0,473 0,537 0,178 0,356 Ident. No. 005 010 015 020 025 E
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
O. R.
Example of application: with table carriage No. 50268 210 page 1017: each loading surface can be fitted with up to 4 each CNC-tool holders Ident. No. 010 and/or 025
Prod. Gr. 586
1074
2011/12
Tool holder system WTS Module frames Continued next page
Lateral parts for module frames Application: for open storage of tools on workstations Execution: •made of steel sheet, consisting of 2 lateral parts in 3 different heights •for fitting with WTS support profiles No. 50654 315-358, see below •for each WTS carrier profile one pair of lateral parts is required •individual modules in different heights can be screwed with each other Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Scope of delivery: with required fastening material Height Depth
mm mm Ident. No.
50654
E
Price/pair
150 160 215
200 160 220
(O. R.)
Lateral parts in 3 different heights
250 160 225
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
price without support profiles
Prod. Gr. 507
Workshop equipment
Module frames screwed, with different girder sections
Continued next page
Support profiles for module frames Application: for the fitting of module racks no. 50654 215-225 Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 506 x 160 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools •for each WTS carrier profile one pair of lateral parts is required Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Scope of delivery: with required fastening material Mount Number of holders
50654 Unit price
Unit Ident. No.
ST 40 10 315
E (O. R.)
ST 50 5 320 (O. R.)
VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 14 330 (O. R.)
h Other accommodatings ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto 3, Capto 4 available on request.
2011/12
VDI 40/MT 5 10 335 (O. R.)
HSK 50 12 345 (O. R.)
Ident. No. 315 HSK 63 8 350 (O. R.)
Capto C5 5 355
Capto C6 5 356
Capto C8 4 358
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 507
1075
Tool holder system WTS Transport and supply trolleys Continued next page
Transport and supply trolleys one-sided storage Execution: 4 support profiles, welded at distance of 125 mm, hold the tool carriers. Grid wall for additional support of extra long tools on the back side. 2 each of large rubber-tyred fixed and steering wheels. High degree of stability with double stop on the steering wheels. Paint: handles RAL 5010 gentian blue, chassis construction and grid wall, RAL 7035, light grey, other colours on request WTS accessories for attachment on reverse of the grid wall of WTS trolleys: Ident. No. 050 Hook-on pocket made of welded steel sheet, to hold drawings and other documents. Epoxy resin-coated. Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue. External dimensions Width x Depth x Height 300 x 240 x 60 mm. Ident. No. 060 Shelf with slotted strips and perforated floor. Tray height x width x depth 70 x 450 x 190 mm. Colour: RAL 7035, light grey. Ident. No. 070 Compartments for deposit shelves, made of aluminium, Height x Length 70 x 190 mm Ident. No. 080 Hook-on profile made of sheet steel for holding 2 WTS tool carriers. Outer dimensions Height x Width 130 x 450 mm. Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 4 Ident. No. 010 without tool carrier / contents
1
3 2
1 Workshop equipment
Ident. No. 020 without tool carrier / contents Dimensions W x D x H Wheel Ø Trolley carrying capacity Support profiles For tool holders altogether Weight Transport and supply trolleys, 50656 one-side storage Unit price
mm mm kg Number Number kg Ident. No.
50656
Ident. No.
Hook-on pocket
50656
Compartments
Compartments
Unit price
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50656
Ident. No. E
Unit price
50656
E
E
Unit price
Hook-on profile
Ident. No. E
480 x 700 x 1140 125 300 4 8 40 010
920 x 700 x 1200 200 600 4 16 65 020
O. R.
O. R.
2 3
Ident. No. 010 1 Hook-on pocket 2 shelf 3 divider 4 hook-on profile
050 O. R. 060 O. R. 070 O. R. 080 O. R.
Unit price = price of empty trolley, without the accessories shown in the photographs.
1076
4
Ident. No. 020 1 Hook-on pocket 2 shelf 3 divider 4 hook-on profile
Prod. Gr. 507
2011/12
Tool holder system WTS Transport and supply trolleys Continued next page
Transport and supply trolley double-sided paint coating Execution: 8 support profiles, welded at a distance of 125 mm from one another, hold the tool carriers. 2 each of large rubber-tyred fixed and steering wheels. High degree of stability with double stop on the steering wheels. Paint: handles RAL 5010 gentian blue, Chassis, construction and grid wall, RAL 7035, light grey, other colours on request. Dimensions W x D x H Wheel Ø Trolley carrying capacity Support profiles for tool holders altogether Weight Transport and supply trolley, two-sided storage 50656
mm mm kg Number Number kg Ident. No. E
Unit price
Unit price = price of empty trolley, without the accessories shown in the photographs.
480 x 700 x 1140 125 300 8 16 45 110 O. R. Prod. Gr. 507 without tool holders/tools
Continued next page
Module transport and provision carriage
Ident. No. 800 Single-sided type with perforated sheet metal rear wall The illustration shows a fitting with WTS carrier profiles ST 40, ST 50 and HSK 63 Version HxWxD Overall load capacity
Perforated sheet metal rear wall for single-sided type to take up hooks and tool holders
50654
mm mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Unit price = price of empty trolley, without the accessories shown in the photographs. h Hook for rear wall see No. 50638 300-650 page 939.
2011/12
one-sided 1225 x 582 x 610 400 800 (O. R.)
Workshop equipment
for individual fitting Application: for safe transport and provision of tools Execution: •robust steel sheet metal structure, single sided or double sided type •grid in the side walls to accommodate WTS carrier profiles in a distance of 48 mm, incline of the WTS carrier sections 23.5° •on top with a stacker pan for tools and small parts •bow-type pushing handles made of stainless steel, over the complete depth of the carriage, for an easy movement and to reduce the risk of injury •single-sided type with perforated sheet metal rear wall 10 x10 mm, from hole centre to hole centre 38 mm, to accommodate hooks and tool holders •wheeled with 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, with brake, roller Ø 125 mm, made of solid rubber Colour: frame and panel RAL 7035, light grey, pushing handles and rear wall for single-sided design RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Accessories for individual fitting see No. 50654 page 1078 consisting of: Ident. No. 815-858 WTS carrier section fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools
Ident. No. 805 Double-sided type Fig. shows a fitting with WTS carrier profiles ST 40, ST 50 and HSK 63 double-sided 1225 x 582 x 920 400 805 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 507
1077
Tool holder system WTS Storage and supply frames Continued next page
Support profiles for module transport and provision carriage Application: for the individual fitting of module racks and provision carriages No. 50654 800-805 Execution: made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 506 x 160 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools, carrying capacity per supporting section 50 kg Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Scope of delivery: per support section one support angle pair Ident. No. 815 Mount Number of holders
50654
Unit Ident. No.
ST 40 10 815
E (O. R.)
Unit price
ST 50 5 820 (O. R.)
VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 14 830 (O. R.)
VDI 40/MT 5 10 835 (O. R.)
HSK 50 12 845 (O. R.)
HSK 63 8 850 (O. R.)
Capto C5 5 855
Capto C6 5 856
Capto C8 4 858
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request.
Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Module storage and supply rack
Workshop equipment
for individual fitting Application: •for a safe and clear storage and provision of tools •for fitting with WTS carrier profiles No. 50658 115-158 and WTS tool carrier No. 50655 020-126 Execution: •robust steel sheet metal structure, made of steel sections, welded •total load-bearing capacity 700 kg •the stand can be screwed back to back or next to each other in a row. •screwed connection on floor or wall is required Advantage: •flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles No. 50658 115-158 with different tool fixtures •with hook-on profile Ident. No 165 it is also possible to use WTS tool carriers No. 50655 020-126 in the frame Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Accessories for individual fitting see No. 50658 page 1080 consisting of: Ident. No. 115-158 WTS carrier profile fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools, per carrier profile one support angle pair is required. Please consider this in your order. Ident. No. 160 Supporting angle pair made of steel sheet metal, to accommodate the WTS carrier profiles No. 50658 115-158, per carrier profile one support angle pair is required. Please consider this in your order. Ident. No. 165 Hook-on profile made of steel sheet, to accommodate WTS tool carriers No. 50655 020126, max. 7 hook-on profiles can be inserted into the frame, each hook-on profile can accommodate 4 tool carriers No. 50655 020-126 so that the storage capacity of the frame is 28 tool carriers. Dimensions H x W x D
50658
Frame, empty
mm Ident. No. E
Unit price
1740 x 1019 x 513 050 (O. R.)
Unit price of ident. No. 050 = price of empty frame, without the accessories shown in the figures.
Prod. Gr. 507
Combination with WTS carrier profiles No. 50658 115-158, in connection with support angle Ident. No. 160 and WTS tool carrier No. 50655 020-126 in connection with hook-on profile Ident. No. 165
Continued next page
Hinged door cabinets Execution: casing in robust steel sheet with 2 hinged doors, cylinder lock with 2 keys. In the cabinet a storage and supply structure is built in with 7 support profiles for one-sided storage. 4 tool holders can be placed on each support profile. Storage capacity: 28 tool holders, total carrying capacity: 700 kg. Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. Scope of delivery: integrated fork-lift compatible base with removable screen for in-house transport. Dimensions H x W x D Support profiles (for 4 tool holders each) for tool holders altogether Weight RAL 7035 / 5010 50656
E
Unit price
50656
mm Number Number kg Ident. No.
other colours
Unit price Price without tool holders.
Ident. No. E
1950 x 1015 x 620 7 28 130 300 O. R. 305 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 507 without tool holders/tools
1078
2011/12
Tool holder system WTS Hinged door and roller shutter cabinets Continued next page
The UNIVERSAL cabinet– with an infinitely large number of options Our modular cabinet housing with hinged doors or roller shutter No. 50658 005-010 offers you versatile combination options thanks to extensive accessories. The integrated fixture section in the cabinet allows the height adjustability of accessories in the grid of 30 mm The following pages show you the individual modules for an individual and flexible cabinet equipment.
1 2
1 No. 50658 115-165 WTS carrier profiles for the storage of different tool fixtures 2 No. 50658 300-320 Inclined shelves for easy-view storage bins 3 No. 50298 395 Pull-out shelf made in beech Multiplex 4 No. 50298 300-350 Full extension drawer, load capacity 100 kg 5 No. 50298 390 Shelves, height-adjustable, load capacity 100 kg 6 No. 50298 380 Full extension shelves, height-adjustable, load capacity 100 kg Other accessory elements for the cabinets:
3 4 5 6
Drawer to take grinding disks up to Ø 400 mm (price on request)
Holding of cable reels up to Ø 400 mm (price on request)
Continued next page
Module cabinet housing with folding doors or roller shutters
Version with Dimensions H x W x D Useful height Overall load capacity
50658
mm mm kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
Hinged doors (solid sheet metal) 1950 x 1018 x 620 1770 1000 005 (O. R.)
Hinged doors (viewing window) 1950 x 1018 x 620 1770 1000 008 (O. R.)
Workshop equipment
The universal cabinet – with an infinitely large number of equipment possibilities Execution: •robust steel sheet construction with hinged doors or integrated plastic roller shutter (light grey) •integrated fixture profile allows the height adjustability of accessories in the grid of 30 mm •stack base with removable base sheet for company-internal transport •total load-bearing capacity 1000 kg •can be locked by bowl handle and safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys Advantage: •by fixture profile, in any way and individual with accessories, as WTS carrier profiles, drawers, shelves and perforated sheet metal, expandable Colour: Ident. No. 005 008 corpus RAL 7035, light grey, front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated Ident. No. 010 RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated Note: when fitted with drawers, the cabinet must be secured against tilting (wall or floor anchoring). Roller Shutter 1950 x 1018 x 620 1560 1000 010
Ident. No. 008 Ident. No. 010
(O. R.) Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Support rail pair for module cabinet housing Application: •to accommodate WTS support profiles and shelves in the module cabinet housing •installation of the carrying rails with an inclination of 15° for a clear storage Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, to hand into the module cabinet housing •rails height-adjustable in steps of 30 mm each •per rail pair, up to 3 WTS support profiles can be taken up. •load capacity per rail pair 150 kg Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Length Load capacity per rail pair
50658 Price/pair
mm kg Ident. No. E
515 150 100 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 507
2011/12
1079
Tool holder system WTS Hinged door and roller shutter cabinets Continued next page
Support profiles/hang-in profiles/support angle-pair for module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing and module storage and supply frame Application: for a safe and clear storage of tools in module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housings No. 50658 005-010 and frame. No. 50658 050. Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 942 x 160 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools •carrying capacity per supporting section 50 kg •max. 3 supporting profiles per rail pair (No. 50658 100) can be used in cabinet No. 50658 010 Advantage: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool fixtures. Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Ident. No. 115-158 WTS support profile fitted with plastic inserts to accommodate tools in module hinged doors or roller shutter housing No. 50658 005-010, in connection with carrier rail pair No. 50658 100 or in the module storage frame No. 50658 050 in connection with support angle pair No. 50658 160 Storage level in the cabinet with Ident No. 160 Support angle pair in steel sheet metal, to accommodate WTS tool carriers 3 carrier profiles and different mounting devices No. 50658 115-158 in module storage frame No. 50658 050. per WTS carrier profile No. 50658 110-150 one support angle pair is required. Please consider this in your order. Ident. No. 165 Hook-on profile made of steel sheet, to accommodate WTS tool carriers No. 50655 020126 in the module storage frame No. 50658 050 max. 7 hook-on profiles can be inserted into the frame, each hook-on profile can accommodate 4 tool carriers No. 50655 020-126 so that the storage capacity of the frame is 28 tool carriers. Mount Number of holders
50658
ST 40 ST 50 VDI 30 / VDI 40/ HSK 50 HSK 63 Capto C5 Capto C6 Capto C8 TR 28 / MT 5 MT 4 Unit 20 10 26 20 24 17 10 10 8 Ident. No. 115 120 130 135 145 150 155 156 158 E (O. R.) (O. R.)
Unit price
50658 Support
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
160
Ident. No.
angles Price/pair
50658 Hook-on
(O. R.)
Module storage frame fitted with carrier profiles in connection with supporting angle
(O. R.)
E
Ident. No. 115
165
Ident. No.
profile
Unit price
(O. R.)
E
Workshop equipment
h For the cabinet housing No. 50658 005-010 per storage level one rail pair No. 50658 100 has to be ordered. For the module storage frame No. 50658 050, one pair of support angles No. 50658 160 has to be ordered per storage level. Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request.
Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Compartments for easy-view storage bins for module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing Application: suited for fixture of easy-view storage bins in module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing. Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, in 3 different sizes •carrying capacity per shelf 50 kg Scope of delivery: without carrier rail pairs, without easy-view storage bins Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Accessory: suitable easy-view storage bins see No. 50057 010-420 page 929. Dimensions W x D Boxes size 2 Boxes size 3 Boxes size 4 Carrying capacity per shelf
50658
mm Unit Unit Unit kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
942 x 145 – – 8 50 300
942 x 205 – 6 – 50 310
942 x 305 4 – – 50 320
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
h For each storage level one carrier rail pair No. 50658 100 has to be ordered.
Ident. No. 300 without boxes
Prod. Gr. 507 Storage level with 2 shelves and easy-view boxes
1080
2011/12
Tool holder system WTS Hinged door and roller shutter cabinets Continued next page
Perforated wall for module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing Application: •suited for suspending in module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing •rectangular hole grid for holding tool hooks and accessories Execution: •made of steel sheet metal, height x width 480 x 945 mm, 10 x 10 mm perforated in squares Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. Accessory: Hook for rectangular hole, to take up tools, see No. 50638 300-650 page 939. Dimensions H x W
50658
mm Ident. No.
Unit price
E
480 x 945 350 (O. R.)
Example of application Prod. Gr. 507
Continued next page
Drawers with rails for module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing
Front height Box height Bearing height
50298
mm mm mm Ident. No.
60 40 40 300
E (O. R.)
Unit price
90 70 70 305 (O. R.)
120 100 100 310 (O. R.)
150 130 130 315
180 130 130 320
(O. R.)
(O. R.)
210 130 130 325 (O. R.)
240 130 130 330 (O. R.)
270 130 130 335 (O. R.)
300 130 130 340 (O. R.)
330 130 130 345 (O. R.)
h When ordering please quote the complete Part. No. and the RAL colour.
360 130 130 350 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
Continued next page
Shelves for module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing Execution: Ident. No. 380 made of steel sheet metal, full extension 100 %, with rails, equipped with aluminium grip strip, paper, cellone strips and lateral cover caps, carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load Ident. No. 390 made of steel sheet, sturdy design, height-adjustable, with support rails, carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load. Ident. No. 395 pull-out type, made of beech Multiplex, 20 mm thick, lacquered, with rails, carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load.
Application example with ident. No. 395 Ident. No. 380 Version Clear width x depth Storage surface Carrying capacity
Ident. No. 390
50298
mm m² kg Ident. No.
Unit price
E
full extension 100 % 900 x 450 0,41 100 380 (O. R.)
fixed, height adjustable 935 x 450 0,42 100 390 (O. R.)
h For Ident. No. 380-390: When ordering please quote the desired RAL colour.
2011/12
pull-out type 900 x 450 0,41 100 395 (O. R.) Prod. Gr. 501
1081
Workshop equipment
Execution: •made of steel sheet metal with a reinforced, perforated bottom (25 mm hole grid) •clear width x depth 900 x 450 mm, storage area = 0.41 m² •full extension 100 %, load-bearing capacity 100 kg with evenly distributed load •drawers running on Delrin rollers in rails which are suspended into the housing with plug-in locks •inner drawer sides slotted all around, for attaching and fixing individual items •drawer equipped with handle strip, paper and cellone strips and lateral cover caps Accessories: •wide range of insert material and recommended insert sets for the drawer inner fittings see No. 50483 040-270 page 1051. •WTS support profiles for drawer insert see No. 50654 110-158 page 1052.
